TW201124585A - Laundry machine - Google Patents

Laundry machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201124585A
TW201124585A TW99126791A TW99126791A TW201124585A TW 201124585 A TW201124585 A TW 201124585A TW 99126791 A TW99126791 A TW 99126791A TW 99126791 A TW99126791 A TW 99126791A TW 201124585 A TW201124585 A TW 201124585A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
drum
laundry
predetermined
mode
cleaning
Prior art date
Application number
TW99126791A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI432624B (en
Inventor
In-Ho Cho
Hyung-Yong Kim
Eun-Jin Park
Ig-Geun Kwon
Sang-Il Hwang
Han-Su Jung
Kyung-Chul Woo
Byung-Keol Choi
Myong-Hun Im
Soo-Young Oh
Moon-Hee Hong
Woo-Young Kim
Sang-Heon Lee
Original Assignee
Lg Electronics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020090073976A external-priority patent/KR20110016326A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073980A external-priority patent/KR20110016329A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073977A external-priority patent/KR101638901B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073979A external-priority patent/KR20110017468A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073960A external-priority patent/KR101625046B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073826A external-priority patent/KR101155001B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073827A external-priority patent/KR101611279B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073959A external-priority patent/KR101595027B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073828A external-priority patent/KR101674935B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073978A external-priority patent/KR101092454B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073981A external-priority patent/KR101632210B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090079827A external-priority patent/KR101634179B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090080128A external-priority patent/KR101712905B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090079915A external-priority patent/KR20110022363A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090105116A external-priority patent/KR101731332B1/en
Application filed by Lg Electronics Inc filed Critical Lg Electronics Inc
Publication of TW201124585A publication Critical patent/TW201124585A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI432624B publication Critical patent/TWI432624B/en

Links

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F35/00Washing machines, apparatus, or methods not otherwise provided for
    • D06F35/005Methods for washing, rinsing or spin-drying

Abstract

A laundry machine and a control method thereof are provided in which laundering ability may be improved while also improving efficiency and noise/vibration. The laundry machine employs a plurality of drum motions by varying drum rotational speed, drum rotational direction, and drum starting and stopping point, to provide different motion of laundry items in the drum.

Description

201124585 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 [0001]本案關於一洗衣機及其控制方法。 【先前技術】 [0002】洗衣機係一般用來清洗及/或擰乾紡織品的機器。洗 鲁 衣機可包括一滚筒可旋轉地安裝於一機櫃,滾筒用來容納 待洗衣物於其内以進行處理。在一上開式洗衣機,滾筒大 致上係垂直向設置,具有一開口在洗衣機的一頂端’以透 過該開口置入待洗衣物。在一前開式洗衣機,滚筒大致上 係水平向或稍微傾斜設置,具有一開口在其一前端,以透 過該開口置入待洗衣物。滾筒的運動,以及待洗衣物、洗 衣水與清洗劑,與滾筒内部之間的摩擦,可幫助去除待洗 衣物的ί ^污。 【發明内容】 本發明之主要目的,係提出一種配置以實施複數個清 洗模式的洗衣機,該些複數個清洗模式包含:一標準模式, 具有—第一預定清洗能力;至少一柔弱模式,具有小於該 標準模式之該第一預定清洗能力的一第二預定清洗能力; 以及,至少一強勁模式,具有小於該標準模式之該第一 201124585 定清洗能力的-第三預定清洗能力,其中該至少 式包含具有一強勁清洗 強勁模 月&刀的至少一強勁運轉。 本發明之又一目的,及 係k出一種配置以實施複數伽、主 洗模式的洗衣機,該些複數個清洗模式包含 - Γ 一第—預定操作時間^卜柔弱棋式具有 準模式之該第一預定操作時 、'^標 忭時間的一第二預定操作時間. 及’至少一強勁模式,1 士 λ 、 /、有小於該標準模式之該第一預定201124585 VI. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] [0001] The present invention relates to a washing machine and a control method therefor. [Prior Art] [0002] A washing machine is a machine generally used for washing and/or wringing textiles. The washing machine may include a drum rotatably mounted to a cabinet for containing laundry to be disposed therein for processing. In an open-type washing machine, the drum is generally vertically disposed with an opening at a top end of the washing machine to allow the laundry to be placed through the opening. In a front-opening washing machine, the drum is substantially horizontally or slightly inclined, having an opening at a front end thereof for inserting the laundry through the opening. The movement of the drum, as well as the friction between the laundry, the washing water and the cleaning agent, and the inside of the drum can help remove the stain from the laundry. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The main object of the present invention is to provide a washing machine configured to implement a plurality of cleaning modes, the plurality of cleaning modes comprising: a standard mode having a first predetermined cleaning capability; and at least one weak mode having a smaller a second predetermined cleaning capability of the first predetermined cleaning capability of the standard mode; and, at least one strong mode, having a third predetermined cleaning capability that is less than the first 201124585 cleaning capability of the standard mode, wherein the at least Contains at least one powerful run with a strong cleansing strong diemoon & knives. Still another object of the present invention is to provide a washing machine configured to implement a plurality of gamma and main wash modes, the plurality of cleaning modes including - Γ a first - predetermined operation time ^ 柔 weak chess type having a quasi mode a predetermined operation time, a second predetermined operation time of the '^ standard time, and 'at least one strong mode, 1 士 λ, /, having the first predetermined less than the standard mode

操作時間的一第二褚金4a 頂疋 預疋刼作時間,其中該至少一強勁槿十 包含具有一相對短的摔作眭, 模式 保作時間的至少一強勁運轉。 本發月之再目的’係提出一種配置以實施複數個清 洗模式的洗衣機,該些複數個清洗模式包含:一標準模式, 具有一第—預Η音等級;i少—柔弱模式具有小於該標 準模式之該第一預定噪音等級的-第二預定噪音等級;以 及’至少—強勁模式,具有大於該標準模式之該第一預定 噪音等級的-第三預定料等級,其巾該至少—強勁模式 匕含具有相對兩的噪音等級的至少一強勁運轉。 【實施方式】 I.洗衣機 [0009]以下參照所附圖式詳細說明如本案所具體及充分 描述的一種洗衣機及其控制方法。圖丨是依據本案所詳述 201124585 的第一具體實施例之一洗衣機之一分解圖,對於不同的具 體實施例的控制方法而言亦可加以應用。 [0010]參照圖1,依據一第一具體實施例之一洗衣機 1〇〇’包括一機櫃110用來定義其外觀,於機櫃11〇中提供 一桶120以盛裝洗衣水於其内,及在桶12〇内提供一可旋 轉滾筒130。機櫃ι10定義出洗衣機1〇〇的外觀。—門【η 係提供於機櫃m的-開口 1144,而一使用者係打開門 癱 113以將待洗衣物放入機櫃110。 [0011】桶I20係設於機櫃110中以盛裝洗衣水於其内。滾 筒Π0可於桶120中旋轉,並可容納待洗衣物於其内。在 此情況下,滾筒130中可提供複數個升降桿135,以在清 洗時將待洗衣物舉起及丟落。滚筒13〇包括複數個通孔ΐ3ι 以讓盛裝於桶中的洗衣水12〇能通過。桶12〇可由設在桶 12〇之一外側的一或多個彈簧所支撐。一馬達140是安裝 •在桶12。的一後表面,且馬達14〇能轉動滾筒13。。當馬 達140旋轉滾筒130而產生振動時,桶12〇係與滾筒 連帶振動。當滾筒no在旋轉時,滚筒13〇及桶12〇產生 的振動,可被位於桶120下面的一減震器吸收。 100121如圖1所示,桶120與滾筒130可實質上平行地設 於機植110的一底板。可替代地,桶12〇與滾筒13〇的後 部可置於一傾斜的方位上’使㈣130㈣口端略朝向上 方’以方便將待洗衣物裝入滾筒13〇。 201124585 [0013】 控制面板U5可提供於機榧lio前方的一預定部 分。使用者可透過控制面& 115選擇洗衣機的一模式,或 確認有關洗衣機的資訊。例如,一料選㈣117用以供 使用者選擇可提供於控制面板115上的一特定的清洗模 式。再者,-選項選擇n 118可提供選擇模式讓使用者調 整每一循環或步驟的操作條件,以及一顯示區119可提供 於控制面板115上以顯示當前的洗衣機的操作資訊。洗衣 _ 機的更多細節係描述於2002 S 10月8曰公告的美國專利 案號6,460,382 B1,以及2010年2月12日提出申請的美 國專利申請案號12/704,923,其全部揭露内容在此併入本 案以作爲參考。 [0014] @ 2為依據本案所詳述之—洗衣機的的其他具體 實施例之一分解圖。此處所詳述的依據不同的具體實施例 之一洗衣機,可包括由一機櫃固定地支撐的一桶,或藉由 ® —具彈性的結構,如懸吊單元,而支撐於一機櫃上的一桶, 因此並非固定地鎖在其上,如圖2所示。而且,桶的支撐 結構可能以藉由懸吊單元和完整的固定結構之間來支撐。 亦即,桶可藉由後述的一懸吊單元彈性地支撐,它可被穩 固地支撐,而相較於前述彈性支撐狀態為更具剛性的支撐 狀態。在替代的具體實施例_,該洗衣機可不具有一機櫃。 例如,可由一壁結構,而非一機櫃,界定出一内建式洗衣 201124585 機的一安裝空間。亦即’在一些具體實施例中,不會配置 形成一獨立外觀的一機櫃。 [0015] 參照圖2,一桶可包括一桶前部200和包含桶前部 200的後部的一桶後部220。桶前部200與桶後部220玎透 過螺絲組裝或其他適當的機構,並於其内形成一預定空間 以容納一滚筒。桶後部220包括在其後表面形成的一開 口,且一後部墊圈250可連接於該開口的内圓周。後部墊 • 圈250可連接到一桶背230,且桶背23〇可包括一穿孔, 其具有穿過其中心的一軸桿。 [0016】後部墊圈250係密封的’並且連接到桶背230及桶 後部220各者’以防止洗衣水從桶内漏出。由於滾筒旋轉 時桶背230會震動’桶背230可遠離桶後部220 —預定距 離以不碰到桶後部220。而且,後部墊圈250可由柔性材 料構成,以使知·桶背230能相對移動,而不干預到桶後部 • 220。後部墊圈250可包括一波紋區,其係可擴展到一足夠 長度以允許桶背230的相對運轉。此具體實施例呈現了連 接至桶背230的後部墊圈25〇,但非限於本發明。後部墊 圈250係用以密封桶與包括一軸桿351及一承載機殼彻 的一傳動部分(未圖示)之間的間隔,並使得該傳動部分 對應於該桶作相對移動。因此,僅當提供該功能情況下, 後部墊圈250的形狀及連接物件的可作無限制的變化。一 201124585 柔性材料280將於下文中稱為前墊圈,可安裝在桶前部2〇〇 的前方》 [0017]滚筒可配置有一滾筒前部300,一滾筒中心320和 一滾筒後部340。球平衡器310與330可分別安裝在滾筒 的前端和尾端。該滾筒後部340可連接到一星形輪35〇且 該星形輪350可連接到該軸桿351。藉由軸桿351傳遞一 旋轉力而使該滚筒係可於該桶内作旋轉。 [〇〇18】軸桿351可連接到一馬達,並穿過桶背23〇。在一些 具體實施例中,該馬達可同心地連接到軸桿351。在一些 具體實施例中,該馬達可直接連接到轴桿351,並尤其, 馬達的一轉軸在可直接連接到軸桿351。在替代的具體實 施例中,該馬達和軸桿351可間接地相互連接,例如,他 們可藉由一皮帶。 剛承載機殼彻可以固定在桶背23q,以在該馬達和 桶背230之間可旋轉地支持該軸桿…固定盤可固定至承 載機殼400。而轉轴可位於該固定盤附近。如上所述,該 轉轴可以直接連接到轉351,而該馬㈣—卜轉轴式馬 達而可與該軸桿直接連接。承栽機殼400可藉由懸,單元 而被-底纟600所支持。該懸吊單元可包括—直立懸吊裝 置及-傾斜懸吊裝置,係用以支持承载機殼4〇〇對應於一 向前與向後的方向。例如,該懸吊單元依據此具體實施例 可包括三個垂直的(直立的,如圖2)懸吊器5〇〇 51〇及 201124585 520 ’與兩個傾斜(具角度的或傾斜的,如圖2)懸吊器450 及530 ’用以支持承載機殼400對應於一個向前與向後方 向。該懸吊單70可以—預定彈性變型連接至底纟6G0而使 該滾筒可作向刖/向後的及/或向左/向右的運動,且因此非 固定地連接著。亦即,該懸吊單S可具有足夠的預定彈性 而由該底座支撑’以允許在對應於連接至該底座的點而向 刖/向後’及向左/向右的方向旋轉—預定角度。對於此彈性 支持而言’直立懸吊裝置可藉由一橡膠襯套或其他適當的 機構而安裝至該底座。 [0020]該懸吊單元的該直立懸吊裝置可彈性地暫停滾筒 的振動’且該傾斜懸吊裝置可能阻減該振動。亦即,如在 包括-彈簧和阻尼構件的一振動系統中,該直立懸吊裝置 可作為彈簧且該傾斜懸吊裝置可作為阻尼構件。 陶】該桶係支揮於該機#,且該滚筒的振動可被懸吊單 元阻減H依據此具體實施例之該洗衣機,可在該桶 和該滾筒之間具有一實質地獨立支撐結構,或者其可具有 使該滾筒的振動不直接傳送至該桶的一結構。 Π.滾筒旋轉運轉 [2】h本案所具體及充分描述的滾筒驅動運轉的多樣 化及其組合,可顯著地改善清洗能力、噪音/振動、能耗、 以及客戶滿意度。可改進清洗能力的—控制方法將於下文 201124585 說明。手洗效果可用待洗衣物的各種運動模式加以實現。 例如,該手洗效果可實現揉搓及/或解開糾結及/或衝擊及/ 或擺動及/或摩擦及/或擠壓/過濾的一組合。 [0023】這些不同的待洗衣物的運動模式可採取不同的滾 筒驅動運轉,及不同滾筒驅動運轉的組合。該滾筒驅動運 轉可包括旋轉方向與轉速的組合。因滾筒驅動運轉之故, 位於滾筒内的待洗衣物可能有不同的落下方向、落下地點 與落下距離。因為如此,待洗衣物在該滾筒内可具有不同 的運動。該滚筒驅動運轉可藉由,例如,控制旋轉方向及/ 或驅動該滾筒的馬達速度而實現。 [0024】 當滾筒旋轉時,待冼;^^ 专无衣物破一或多個該滾筒的内圓 周表面的升降板135舉起。 正因如此,該滾筒的旋轉方向 可被控制,且對待洗衣物 w單·J囚此而不同。亦即,施 加於待洗衣物的一機械外 職外力,如待洗衣物之間產生的摩 擦、待洗衣物與水之間產 ^ 產生的摩擦,及待洗衣物的落下衝 擊各有不同。換言之 你獻+ 求巧'先待洗衣物而對待洗衣物的 衝擊或擦洗程度各有不同, 翻 且待洗衣物的分佈或於滾筒内 翻轉的程度可因此而有不同。 [00251因此,洗衣機的 動運棘, 控制方法可提供不同的滾筒驅 —特定^ ㈣根據每1環及形成該循環的 特疋步驟而有所不同。 污箄纺„^ ’可視待洗衣物的類型’髒 〇寻敬,及其他因辛 6 '、 疋,而利用一最佳的機械外力來 10 201124585 清洗待洗衣物。正因如此,待洗衣物的清洗效率得以改善。 此外,可避免典型的滾筒驅動運轉所需的額外的時間。 [0026】在-些具體實施例中’實現這些不同的滾筒驅動運 轉時,馬達140可為一直接連接型。亦即,該馬達可具有 固定在桶120的一後表面的一固定盤,及直接旋轉滾筒 的轉軸《由於可控制直接連接式馬達的旋轉方向與扭矩, 可避免時間延遲或反彈,而接著適當地控制滾筒驅動運轉。 [0027]反之,允許時間延遲或反彈的滾筒驅動運轉,例 如,一滾翻運轉或旋轉運轉,可以透過一間接連接型馬達 來實現,其包括一滑輪而使得扭矩可藉由該滑輪傳遞給一 軸桿。然而,間接連接型馬達可能適用情形有限。 [0028】可透過控制馬達140來實現該滾筒驅動運轉。因 此,該馬達的控制方法係可多樣化,而接著實現各滾筒驅 動運轉。 [0029]待洗衣物的運動模式及達到該待洗衣物的運動模 式的滾筒驅動運轉將詳細介紹如下。 [0030】若待洗衣物和滾筒之間的摩擦最大化,即可實現待 洗衣物的一揉搓運動模式。例如,當滾筒以一預定或較小 的速度於一預定方向上不停旋轉’待洗衣物可被滾動移動 以實現揉搓效果。如果驅動滾筒進行滾翻運轉的轉速被定 義為一參考速度,該預定速度即可為一參考速度。例如, 11 201124585 一滾筒驅動運轉用來以一預定或較小的速度在一預定方向 旋轉該滾筒,可以定義為「滾動運轉」。 [0031]可實現-解開糾結運動模式,例如,—滾翻運轉。 該滾翻運轉可以定義為—運轉’係、用以在-狀方向以- 參考速度不停旋轉該滚筒。該解開糾結運動模式以一中等 拋落距離& t等大小的摩擦的方式拋落滾筒内的待洗衣 物。 籲剛-衝擊運動模式可藉由將滾筒内的待洗衣物抛落 一最大拋落距離來達成。例如,若該滾筒以參考速度或更 决的速度旋肖以將待洗衣物舉起到滚筒内的最高點,然 後突然刹住滾筒,即可達到此—衝擊效果m胃㈣ 運轉可定義為「步進運轉」。 剛w在順時針/逆時針方向以低於㈣速 預定速度作旋轉,即可、、 擺動運動模式。此一滾筒驅 鲁動運轉可定義為「旋擺運轉」。 【0034】當待洗衣物和滾筒之間的摩榕 J们厚擦增加時,即得.以實 一摩擦運動模式。例如,如果 #旧吟針方向以參老挂 更快的速度旋轉的滾筒突缺刺直 考速度或 時,待洗衣物會從滾筒中的— 熒轉 頂疋巧點,沿著滾筒的内 周表面被滾移。此-滾筒驅動運轉 轉」。 皮疋義為「摩擦運 12 201124585 陶】若當以參考速度或更快的速度旋轉該滾筒時同時 供應洗衣水,即可達成一擦壓和過遽運動模式。當該滾筒 :相對較问的速度旋轉時,待洗衣物可被開展、或分散, 並緊附著滾筒的内圓周表面,然後洗衣水喷入滾筒而穿透 待洗衣物’然後待洗衣物可被擠壓以增進沖洗效果。此一 滾筒驅動運轉可被定義為「過濾運轉」。 陶】帛以實現上述待洗衣物的各種運動模式的各種滾 _ 筒驅動運轉將參照圖式說明如下。 陶7】® 3是如本案所具體及充分描述的各種滾筒驅動 運轉之一示意圖。 [0038]圖3 (a)是-滾動運轉之—示意圖。在滾動運轉 時,馬達140沿一預定方向不停旋轉滾筒13〇,且位於沿 著滾筒的旋轉方向旋轉的滾筒的内圓周表面的待洗衣物, 被從約小於一角度90。對應於旋轉中的滚筒至滾筒的最低 修點的滾筒的一位:置處拋落。 [0039】φ即’當馬達14〇以低於一參考轉速(滾翻轉速) 的一速度,如大約40rpm ’旋轉該滾筒,位於滾筒13〇最 低點的待洗衣物被提高到沿著滾筒13 0的旋轉方向的一預 定高度’然後待洗衣物會從自滾筒的最低點對應於滾筒的 旋轉方向小於90。的滾筒的位置處,滾移至滾筒的最低點。 視覺上’在滾筒係一順時針方向轉動情況下,待洗衣物係 在滾筒的一第三象限内不停地滾動。 13 201124585 [0040] 在滾動運轉中’待洗衣物係利用與洗衣水的最大摩 擦,與其他清洗物件的最大摩擦,及與滚筒的内圓周表面 的最大摩擦來清洗。此滾動運轉使待洗衣物能充分的翻轉 以產生一輕揉握似的清洗效果。依據與該滾筒的半徑的一 關係,可決定出該滾筒驅動運轉的滾筒轉速。φ即,滾筒 轉速越大,對該滚筒内的待洗衣物產生的離心力越大。對 滾筒内的待洗衣物所施加的離心力與重力的力量大小的差 籲#,區分了待洗衣物被拋落的點以及該滾筒内的待洗衣物 的對應的運轉。該滾筒的轉動力與滾筒之間的摩擦及待洗 衣物亦可加以考慮。因此,可決定出在滾動運轉中之該滾 筒的轉速,以使產生的離心力和摩擦力需小於重力(iG)。 [0041] _ 3⑴是一滚翻運轉之一示意圖。在滾翻運轉 中,馬達140沿著一預定方向不停地旋轉滾筒13〇,且位 於滾筒的内圓周表面上的待洗衣物從相對於該滾筒的旋轉 • 方向到該滾筒的最低點大約90。至110。的位置處被拋落。 如果滾筒被控制沿著一預定方向以一適當的轉速旋轉,可 於待洗衣物與在滚翻運轉中的滾筒之間產生機械外力。因 為如此’滾翻運轉可用於清洗與沖洗。 [0042] 亦即,裝入滾筒130的待洗衣物,在馬達ι4〇驅動 前係位於該滾筒130的最低點。當馬達14〇對滾筒13〇施 加扭矩,滾筒13〇開始旋轉,且設於滾筒的内圓周表面 的升降桿135將待洗衣物從該滾筒的最低點舉起到一預定 201124585 高度。若馬達140以一參考轉速轉動滾筒13〇,例如,大 約以46RPM的速度,待洗衣物可被舉起到相對於該滾筒的 旋轉方向大約90。至110。的位置,然後被拋落至該滾筒的 最低點。在滾翻運轉中,可決定該滾筒轉速,以使產生的 離心力大於在滾動運轉中所產生的離心力並且小於重力 [0043】可看得見地,如果滾筒是以順時針方向旋轉進行滾 翻運轉,待洗衣物係依序地從該滾筒的最低點被舉起到第 _ 二象限與第二象限之一部分。之後,待洗衣物被拋落到該 滾筒的最低點。因此,滾翻運轉使得待洗衣物可藉由與洗 衣水的摩擦所產生的衝擊與拋落衝擊來清洗。因為如此, 在滾翻運轉中,大於滾動運轉之機械外力的一機械外力可 用來執行清洗與沖洗。而且’滚動運轉可有效地分離糾結 的待洗衣物和均句地分散待洗衣物。 [0044】圖3 (c)是一步進運轉之一示意圖。在步進運轉 _ 中,馬達140沿著一預定方向轉動滚筒130,而位於滾筒 的内圓周表面待洗衣物係被控制從相對於該滚筒的旋轉方 向的最高點(大約1 80。)拋落到該滾筒的最低點。一旦馬 達140以高於參考轉速(滾翻轉速)之一速度,例如’大 約60RPM或以上的速度,來轉動滾筒13〇,待洗衣物藉由 離心力而旋轉而不會掉落,直到達到滾筒的最高點。在步 進運轉中’滾筒是以一預定速度作旋轉,而不會拋落待洗 15 201124585A second sheet metal 4a top operating time of the operating time, wherein the at least one strong tenth comprises at least one strong operation having a relatively short throwing pattern and a mode saving time. A further object of the present month is to provide a washing machine configured to implement a plurality of cleaning modes, the plurality of cleaning modes comprising: a standard mode having a first pre-sound level; and a less-weak mode having a smaller than the standard a second predetermined noise level of the first predetermined noise level of the mode; and an 'at least-strong mode having a third predetermined material level greater than the first predetermined noise level of the standard mode, the towel being at least the strong mode The 匕 contains at least one strong operation with relatively two noise levels. [Embodiment] I. Washing Machine [0009] A washing machine and a control method thereof, as specifically and fully described in the present invention, will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Figure 1 is an exploded view of one of the first embodiment of the first embodiment of 201124585, which may be applied to control methods of different specific embodiments. [0010] Referring to FIG. 1, a washing machine 1' includes a cabinet 110 for defining its appearance according to a first embodiment, and a tub 120 is provided in the cabinet 11 to hold the washing water therein, and A rotatable drum 130 is provided in the barrel 12 。. The cabinet ι10 defines the appearance of the washing machine. - The door [n] is provided to the opening 1144 of the cabinet m, and a user opens the door 瘫 113 to place the laundry into the cabinet 110. [0011] A tub I20 is provided in the cabinet 110 to contain laundry water therein. The roller cartridge 0 is rotatable in the tub 120 and can accommodate the laundry therein. In this case, a plurality of lifting rods 135 may be provided in the drum 130 to lift and drop the laundry to be washed during cleaning. The drum 13A includes a plurality of through holes ΐ3ι to allow the washing water 12 contained in the tub to pass. The tub 12 can be supported by one or more springs disposed outside one of the tubs 12A. A motor 140 is mounted in the tub 12. A rear surface, and the motor 14 can rotate the drum 13. . When the motor 140 rotates the drum 130 to generate vibration, the barrel 12 is oscillated in conjunction with the drum. When the drum no is rotating, the vibration generated by the drum 13 桶 and the tub 12 吸收 can be absorbed by a damper located below the tub 120. 100121 As shown in FIG. 1, the tub 120 and the drum 130 may be disposed substantially parallel to a bottom plate of the planting 110. Alternatively, the rear portion of the tub 12 〇 and the drum 13 可 may be placed in an inclined orientation such that the (four) 130 (four) mouth end is slightly upwardly directed to facilitate loading the laundry into the drum 13 〇. 201124585 [0013] The control panel U5 can be provided in a predetermined portion in front of the casing lio. The user can select a mode of the washing machine through the control surface & 115, or confirm the information about the washing machine. For example, a selection (4) 117 is provided for the user to select a particular cleaning mode that can be provided on the control panel 115. Further, the option selection n 118 provides a selection mode for the user to adjust the operating conditions of each cycle or step, and a display area 119 can be provided on the control panel 115 to display the current operating information of the washing machine. Further details of the laundry _ machine are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,460,382 B1, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Incorporate this case for reference. [0014] @2 is an exploded view of another specific embodiment of the washing machine in accordance with the details of the present invention. The washing machine according to different embodiments of the present invention may include a bucket fixedly supported by a cabinet, or a support body supported by a flexible structure such as a suspension unit. The bucket, therefore, is not fixedly locked thereto, as shown in Figure 2. Moreover, the support structure of the tub may be supported by the suspension unit and the integral fixed structure. That is, the tub can be elastically supported by a suspension unit to be described later, which can be stably supported, and is in a more rigid support state than the aforementioned elastic support state. In an alternative embodiment, the washing machine may not have a cabinet. For example, a wall-mounted structure, rather than a cabinet, defines an installation space for a built-in laundry 201124585 machine. That is, in some embodiments, a cabinet that forms a separate appearance is not configured. Referring to FIG. 2, a tub may include a tub front portion 200 and a tub rear portion 220 including a rear portion of the tub front portion 200. The front portion 200 of the tub and the rear portion 220 of the tub are assembled by screws or other suitable mechanism and define a predetermined space therein to accommodate a roller. The barrel rear portion 220 includes an opening formed in a rear surface thereof, and a rear gasket 250 is connectable to the inner circumference of the opening. Rear Pad • The ring 250 can be coupled to a barrel back 230 and the barrel back 23 can include a perforation having a shaft passing through its center. The rear gasket 250 is sealed 'and attached to the tub back 230 and the tub rear 220' to prevent wash water from leaking out of the tub. The barrel back 230 may vibrate as the drum rotates. The barrel back 230 may be remote from the barrel rear portion 220 - a predetermined distance so as not to touch the barrel rear portion 220. Moreover, the rear gasket 250 can be constructed of a flexible material to enable relative movement of the barrel back 230 without interfering with the rear of the barrel. The rear gasket 250 can include a corrugated region that can be expanded to a sufficient length to allow relative operation of the tub back 230. This particular embodiment presents a rear gasket 25A that is attached to the tub back 230, but is not limited to the present invention. The rear gasket 250 is used to seal the gap between the tub and a transmission portion (not shown) including a shaft 351 and a carrier casing, and to cause the transmission portion to move relative to the barrel. Therefore, the shape of the rear gasket 250 and the attachment member can be changed without limitation only when the function is provided. A 201124585 flexible material 280, hereinafter referred to as a front gasket, can be mounted in front of the front of the tub 2". [0017] The drum can be configured with a drum front 300, a drum center 320 and a drum rear 340. Ball balancers 310 and 330 can be mounted at the front and rear ends of the drum, respectively. The drum rear portion 340 can be coupled to a star wheel 35 〇 and the star wheel 350 can be coupled to the shaft 351. The roller 351 transmits a rotational force to rotate the drum in the barrel. [〇〇18] The shaft 351 can be connected to a motor and passed through the barrel back 23〇. In some embodiments, the motor can be concentrically coupled to the shaft 351. In some embodiments, the motor can be directly coupled to the shaft 351, and in particular, a shaft of the motor can be directly coupled to the shaft 351. In an alternative embodiment, the motor and shaft 351 can be interconnected indirectly, for example, by a belt. The rigid carrying case can be fixed to the tub back 23q to rotatably support the shaft between the motor and the tub back 230. The retaining disc can be fixed to the carrier casing 400. The shaft can be located near the fixed plate. As described above, the shaft can be directly coupled to the turn 351, and the horse (four)-turn shaft can be directly coupled to the shaft. The bearing housing 400 can be supported by the bottom cymbal 600 by means of a suspension. The suspension unit may include an upright suspension device and a tilt suspension device for supporting the carrying case 4〇〇 in a forward and backward direction. For example, the suspension unit may comprise three vertical (upright, as in Figure 2) suspensions 5〇〇51〇 and 201124585 520' with two tilts (angled or inclined, such as 2) Suspensors 450 and 530' are used to support the carrying case 400 corresponding to a forward and rearward direction. The suspension sheet 70 can be coupled to the bottom sill 6G0 by a predetermined elastic deformation so that the drum can be moved toward the squat/rear and/or left/right, and thus is not fixedly coupled. That is, the suspension sheet S may have sufficient predetermined elasticity to be supported by the base to allow rotation at a predetermined angle corresponding to a point connected to the base in a direction of 刖/backward and left/right. For this elastic support, the upright suspension can be mounted to the base by a rubber bushing or other suitable mechanism. The upright suspension of the suspension unit can elastically suspend the vibration of the drum' and the tilting suspension may block the vibration. That is, as in a vibration system including a spring and a damping member, the upright suspension device can function as a spring and the inclined suspension device can function as a damping member. The bucket is supported by the machine #, and the vibration of the drum can be reduced by the suspension unit. According to the washing machine of this embodiment, a substantially independent support structure can be provided between the barrel and the drum. Or it may have a structure that does not directly transmit the vibration of the drum to the tub.滚筒.Roller rotation operation [2]h The diversity and combination of drum drive operations specifically and fully described in this case can significantly improve cleaning ability, noise/vibration, energy consumption, and customer satisfaction. The control method that improves the cleaning capacity is described in 201124585 below. The hand wash effect can be achieved by various movement modes of the laundry. For example, the hand wash effect can achieve a combination of entanglement and/or untangling and/or impact and/or oscillating and/or friction and/or squeezing/filtering. [0023] These different laundry modes of movement can take on different combinations of drum drive operations and different drum drive runs. The drum drive operation can include a combination of rotational direction and rotational speed. Due to the driving operation of the drum, the laundry to be placed in the drum may have different falling directions, falling positions and falling distances. Because of this, the laundry can have different motions within the drum. The drum driving operation can be realized by, for example, controlling the direction of rotation and/or the speed of the motor that drives the drum. [0024] When the drum rotates, it is to be smashed; ^^ The lifting plate 135 which has no clothing to break one or more inner circumferential surfaces of the drum is lifted. For this reason, the direction of rotation of the drum can be controlled, and the laundry is different. That is, a mechanical external force applied to the laundry, such as the friction generated between the laundry, the friction between the laundry and the water, and the falling impact of the laundry are different. In other words, you give + the skill to 'wash the laundry first and the impact or the degree of scrubbing on the laundry varies. The distribution of the laundry or the degree of inversion in the drum can be different. [00251 Therefore, the movement of the washing machine, the control method can provide different drum drives - specific ^ (d) according to each ring and the special steps to form the cycle. Stained spinning „^ 'can be used as the type of laundry to be 'dirty homaged', and other xinxin 6 ', 疋, and use a best mechanical external force to wash the laundry. 10 201124585 Washing the laundry. Because of this, the laundry The cleaning efficiency is improved. In addition, the extra time required for a typical drum drive operation can be avoided. [0026] In these embodiments, the motor 140 can be a direct connection type when these different drum drive operations are implemented. That is, the motor may have a fixed disk fixed to a rear surface of the tub 120, and the rotating shaft of the direct rotating drum "can avoid time delay or rebound due to the control of the direction and torque of the direct-connected motor, and then The drum drive operation is appropriately controlled. [0027] Conversely, the drum drive operation that allows time delay or rebound, for example, a roll-over operation or a rotary operation, can be realized by an indirect connection type motor including a pulley so that the torque can be borrowed The pulley is transmitted to a shaft. However, the indirect connection type motor may be limited in application. [0028] This can be achieved by controlling the motor 140. The drum drive operation. Therefore, the control method of the motor can be diversified, and then each drum drive operation is realized. [0029] The movement mode of the laundry and the drum drive operation to achieve the movement mode of the laundry will be described in detail below. [0030] If the friction between the laundry and the drum is maximized, a mode of movement of the laundry can be achieved. For example, when the drum rotates in a predetermined direction at a predetermined or small speed ' The laundry can be moved by rolling to achieve a smashing effect. If the rotational speed of the driving drum for the tumbling operation is defined as a reference speed, the predetermined speed can be a reference speed. For example, 11 201124585 A drum driving operation is used for a predetermined time. Or a smaller speed to rotate the drum in a predetermined direction can be defined as "rolling operation". [0031] A tangled motion mode can be implemented-unwrapped, for example, a rollover operation. The roll-over operation can be defined as an "running" system for continuously rotating the drum at a reference speed in the - direction. The untangling motion mode drops the laundry to be washed in the drum by a medium throw distance & t. The slam-impact mode can be achieved by throwing the laundry in the drum to a maximum throw distance. For example, if the drum is rotated at a reference speed or a speed to lift the laundry to the highest point in the drum and then suddenly brake the drum, this can be achieved - the impact effect m stomach (4) operation can be defined as " Stepping operation." Just w rotates clockwise/counterclockwise at a predetermined speed lower than (four) speed, and can swing the motion mode. This drum drive can be defined as "swing operation". [0034] When the friction between the laundry and the roller is increased, the frictional movement mode is obtained. For example, if the direction of the old pin is rotated at a faster speed than the old one, the laundry will be lifted from the roller to the top of the drum. The surface is rolled. This - the drum drive is running."皮疋义为“摩擦运12 201124585陶】If the washing water is supplied while rotating the drum at a reference speed or a faster speed, a rubbing and over-squeezing mode can be achieved. When the drum: relatively When the speed is rotated, the laundry can be carried out, or dispersed, and adhered to the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and then the washing water is sprayed into the drum to penetrate the laundry. Then the laundry can be squeezed to enhance the flushing effect. A drum drive operation can be defined as "filter operation". The various drum driving operations for realizing the various movement modes of the laundry described above will be described below with reference to the drawings. Tao 7®® 3 is a schematic representation of various drum drive operations as described and fully described in this case. [0038] Figure 3 (a) is a schematic view of - rolling operation. During the rolling operation, the motor 140 continuously rotates the drum 13 沿 in a predetermined direction, and the laundry to be washed on the inner circumferential surface of the drum which is rotated in the rotational direction of the drum is from about less than an angle 90. One of the rollers corresponding to the lowest point of the rotating drum to the drum: placed at a throw. [0039] φ is 'when the motor 14 旋转 rotates the drum at a speed lower than a reference rotational speed (rolling rotational speed), such as about 40 rpm, the laundry at the lowest point of the drum 13 提高 is raised to along the drum 13 0 A predetermined height of the direction of rotation 'then the laundry will then be less than 90 from the lowest point of the self-rolling drum corresponding to the direction of rotation of the drum. At the position of the drum, roll to the lowest point of the drum. Visually, in the case of a clockwise rotation of the drum system, the laundry is continuously rolling in a third quadrant of the drum. 13 201124585 [0040] In the rolling operation, the laundry is cleaned by the maximum friction with the washing water, the maximum friction with other washing articles, and the maximum friction with the inner circumferential surface of the drum. This rolling operation allows the laundry to be fully inverted to produce a lightly gripping cleaning effect. Based on the relationship with the radius of the drum, the drum rotation speed of the drum driving operation can be determined. φ, that is, the greater the rotational speed of the drum, the greater the centrifugal force generated by the laundry in the drum. The difference between the centrifugal force applied to the laundry in the drum and the magnitude of the force of the gravity distinguishes the point at which the laundry is dropped and the corresponding operation of the laundry in the drum. The rotational force of the drum and the friction between the drum and the laundry to be washed can also be considered. Therefore, the rotational speed of the drum during rolling operation can be determined so that the centrifugal force and friction generated are smaller than the gravity (iG). [0041] _ 3 (1) is a schematic diagram of a rollover operation. In the roll-over operation, the motor 140 continuously rotates the drum 13'' in a predetermined direction, and the laundry on the inner circumferential surface of the drum is about 90 from the direction of rotation with respect to the drum to the lowest point of the drum. To 110. The location was thrown away. If the drum is controlled to rotate at a suitable rotational speed in a predetermined direction, a mechanical external force can be generated between the laundry to be washed and the roller in the rolling operation. Because of this, the rollover operation can be used for cleaning and rinsing. That is, the laundry to be loaded into the drum 130 is located at the lowest point of the drum 130 before the motor is driven. When the motor 14 〇 applies a torque to the drum 13 ,, the drum 13 〇 starts to rotate, and the lifting rod 135 provided on the inner circumferential surface of the drum lifts the laundry from the lowest point of the drum to a predetermined height of 201124585. If the motor 140 rotates the drum 13 以 at a reference speed, for example, at a speed of about 46 RPM, the laundry can be lifted by about 90 with respect to the direction of rotation of the drum. To 110. The position is then dropped to the lowest point of the drum. In the roll-over operation, the drum rotation speed can be determined such that the centrifugal force generated is greater than the centrifugal force generated during the rolling operation and less than the gravity [0043] visibly, if the drum is rotated in a clockwise direction to perform the roll-over operation, the laundry is to be washed. The system is sequentially lifted from the lowest point of the drum to a portion of the second to fourth quadrants. After that, the laundry is thrown to the lowest point of the drum. Therefore, the roll-over operation allows the laundry to be washed by the impact and the throwing impact generated by the friction with the washing water. Because of this, in the roll-over operation, a mechanical external force greater than the mechanical external force of the rolling operation can be used to perform cleaning and flushing. Moreover, the 'rolling operation can effectively separate the tangled laundry and uniformly disperse the laundry. [0044] Figure 3 (c) is a schematic diagram of a stepping operation. In the step running mode, the motor 140 rotates the drum 130 in a predetermined direction, and the inner circumferential surface of the drum is controlled to be dropped from the highest point (about 180) with respect to the rotational direction of the drum. Go to the lowest point of the drum. Once the motor 140 rotates the drum 13 以 at a speed higher than the reference rotational speed (rolling rotational speed), for example, a speed of about 60 RPM or more, the laundry is rotated by the centrifugal force without falling until the highest drum is reached. point. In the step-by-step operation, the drum rotates at a predetermined speed without being thrown away. 15 201124585

衣物的衝擊達到最大。The impact of the clothes is maximized.

筒的旋轉方向180。的位置),馬達ι4〇 最高點而不掉落待洗衣 勺最高點時(相對於該滾 140施予一反轉扭矩給滾 筒130。因此,待洗衣物是沿著滾筒的旋轉方向從該滾筒 籲130#最低點被舉起,滾筒會被馬達的反轉扭矩而暫時停 止,而待洗衣物從滾筒130的最高點被拋落到最低點。該 步進運轉可達到藉由當待洗衣物從最大高度差被拋落所產 生的衝擊來清洗待洗衣物。在此步進運轉產生的一機械外 力’係大於在上述滾動運轉或滾翻運轉中所產生的機械外 力。 [0046】可看得見地’在步進運轉中’藉由滾筒旋轉而從該 • 滾筒的最低點移到最高點後,步進運轉的滾筒内的拋落距 離是最大的’而步進運轉的機械外力可有效地施予少量的 待洗衣物。在步進運轉中的馬達140可利用相對於該馬達 旋轉方向的一相反方向產生的一扭矩以執行相反相位煞 車。供應至該馬達的電流之一相位可經反相,以在該馬達 的相反旋轉方向產生一反轉扭矩,且該相反相位煞車啟動 了欲被施加的突然煞車。該相反相位煞車可用來對待洗衣 物施加強勁的衝擊。 16 201124585 ]因此’利用扭矩在順時針方向旋轉滾筒後,對滾筒 施加逆時針方向的扭矩會使滾筒突然煞車。之後,再對滾 筒旋轉的順時針方向施加一扭矩以達到步進運轉。該步進义 運轉可用來利用經由滾筒上形成的通孔131吸入的水與待 洗衣物之間的摩擦來清洗該待洗衣物,以及利用待洗衣物 到㈣滾筒的最高點而掉落所產生的衝擊來清洗該待洗衣 物。此步進運轉可產生一如「衣物衝擊」般的清洗效果。 卿】@ 3(d)為—旋擺運轉之—示意圖。在旋擺運轉 中,馬達在順時針及逆時針方向交替轉動滾筒13〇, 而待洗衣物被拋落在-個㈣於該滾筒的旋轉方向約小於 的位置。亦即’一旦馬達14〇以一速度低於參考轉速(滾 翻轉速)’例如’約概PM,於逆時針方向轉動滾筒&quot;Ο, 位於該滾筒U0的最低點待洗衣物會沿著逆時針方向被舉 起至一預定高度。在待洗衣物到達相對於該滾筒的逆時針 方向約90的位置之前’該馬達停止該滾筒的旋轉,而待洗 衣物會從對應於該滾筒的逆時針方向約小⑨%。的位置被 拋落到該滾筒的最低點。 隣】因此,馬達14〇以低於參考轉速的一速度(滾翻轉 速),例如,約4〇RPM,於順時針方向轉動滾筒13〇,待洗 衣物會沿著順時針方向被舉起至一預定高度。在待洗衣物 到達相對於該滾筒的逆時針方向約9〇。的位置之前,該馬達 17 201124585 停止該滾筒的旋轉,而待洗衣物會從對應於該滾筒的順時 針方向約小於90。的位置被拋落到該滚筒的最低點。 [0050】 因此,該旋擺運轉係為該旋轉與對應於一第一方向 的停止’以及該旋轉與對應於一第二(相反的)方向停止 可重複的一運轉。可看得見地,重複地,從該滾筒的第三 象限舉起至第二象限一部分的待洗衣物係被輕輕地拋落, 且從該滾筒的第四象限被再舉起至第一象限一部分的待洗 衣物係被輕輕地拋落。 [0051】在一些具體實施例中,馬達14 0可使用電阻制動及 應用到馬彡14G的-負載,使馬達14Q的機械磨耗可降低, 而施予待洗衣物的衝擊可被調整。使用電阻制動,如果供 給馬達的-電流是關閉的,肖馬達即因轉動慣量而具有如 -發電機的功能,而在電源被關閉前,電流在馬達的線圈 中的流動方向將會變成一相反方向,沿著干擾該馬達的旋 轉之方向的—力(弗萊明右手定則)將用來對該馬達煞車。 不同於相反相位煞車,電阻制動不會產生突然剎車,而是 緩和地改變了該滾筒的旋轉方向。 Ί 因此,在旋擺運轉中, 待洗衣物可如圖8形狀在該滾筒 门的第二和第四象限中被移 動。此旋擺運轉可產生如「旋掘 焚擺待洗衣物」般的清洗。 [0052]圖3(e)是一摩擦運轉夕_ 科之一不意圖。在摩擦運轉 中,馬達140以順時針和逆時斜士i 向交替地轉動滾筒130, 18 201124585 且待洗衣物從對應於該滾筒的轉動方向大於90。的位置被 拋落。 ’亦即’當馬達14G以―個速度高於參考轉速(滾翻 轉速)’例如,約60RPM或更快的速度,於逆時針方向轉 動滾筒130,位於該滾筒13〇的最低點的待洗衣物在逆時 針方向被舉起一預疋尚度。在待洗衣物通過—個對應於該 滾筒的逆時針方向約90。的位置後,馬達係提供滾筒的一個 反轉扭矩以暫時地停止滾筒,而位於滾筒的内圓周表面的 待洗衣物會可迅速地掉落。尤其因此H袞筒的㈣周 表面的待洗衣物從對應於該滾筒的順時針方向90。或大於 90。的位置被拋落到該滾筒的最低點◦因此,在摩擦運轉 中,待洗衣物可從一預定高度被迅速拋落。馬達14〇可利 用相反相位煞車以對滾筒煞車。 隣】在摩擦運轉中,該滾筒的旋轉方向會改變迅速,而 待洗衣物在一段長時間内不會脫離滾筒的内圓周表面。因 為如此,藉由待洗衣物和滾筒之間的最大摩擦,可實現一 強勁摩擦式的清洗效果。在摩擦運轉中,經由第三象限移 到第二象限的一部分的待洗衣物會被迅速拋落,然後再經 由第四象限移到第一象限的—部分之後,再被拋落。因此, 視覺上的摩擦運轉’被舉起的待洗衣物係沿著滾筒的内圓 周表面反覆地被拋落。 19 201124585 [0055]圖3(f)是一過濾運轉之一示意圖。在過濾運轉中, 馬達140轉動滾筒130使得待洗衣物不會從滾筒的内圓周 表面被拋落,且洗衣水會被喷入滾筒内。亦即,在過濾運 轉中,當洗衣水是喷入滾筒時,待洗衣物是攤開的且保持 緊密接觸滾筒的内圓周表面。水是藉由離心力而從滾筒的 通孔131排出該桶。由於過濾運轉會攤開/擴大待洗衣物的 表面積並允許水穿過待洗衣物,洗衣水可均勻地提供給待 洗衣物8 [0056】圖3 (g)是一擠壓運轉之一示意圖。在擠壓運轉 中,馬達140轉動滾筒13〇而利用離心力使得待洗衣物攀 附滚筒的内圓周表面而不會被拋落,然後在馬達降低該滾 筒的轉速130以從滾筒的内圓周表面暫時地分開待洗衣 物。這個過程係在該滾筒的轉動期間反覆地將水喷入滾筒 内。亦即’在過濾運轉中’㈣係以一足夠高的速度不停 地旋轉使待洗衣物不會從滾筒的内圓周表面掉落。反之, 在擠壓運轉中,該㈣的轉速會改變,而使待洗衣物反覆 地攀附並分離於滾筒130的内圓周表面。 [0057]在過遽運轉和擠壓運轉中將洗衣水喷人滾筒H 可藉由❹-健環通道及4來執行1環通道之_端 與系相連,而料可與们2G的下表面連通,使洗衣水可 透過循環通道的另一端而從該桶噴入該滾筒。 20 201124585 [0058]在替代的具體實施例中,洗衣水可經由連接至位於 機櫃的外側的一外部供水來源的供應管道而喷入的該滾 筒亦卩#應管道的一端係連接至外部的供貞源',且其 另一端連接於該桶。若有提供—喷嘴來喷入洗衣水至該滾 筒,在過濾與擠壓運轉其中之一或兩者中,均可喷入洗衣 水至該滾筒。 [0059】® 4是-步進運轉之&lt;_細部示意圖。 #闺首先,如圖4(a)〜(c)所示,待洗衣物被從該 滾筒130的一最低點移動至一最高點。如前所述相對於桶 120固定不動地鄰接滾筒13〇,容納在滾筒13〇内的待洗衣 物係從桶120的最低點附近的一位置被移動到桶12〇的最 咼點。對於待洗衣物的這種移動而言,馬達14〇對該滾筒 沿著一預定方向施加一轉動力,稱為一扭矩,如此圖所示 為一順時針方向,且滾筒130連同待洗衣物沿著該預定方 ® 向旋轉’以舉起待洗衣物。 [0061】待洗衣物可與該滚筒一起旋轉,藉由與升降桿及滾 筒130的内圓周表面之一摩擦力,而緊密接觸滾筒13〇的 内表面。以每分鐘約60轉或更快的速度旋轉滾筒13〇,待 洗衣物能被舉起到該滾筒130的最高點而不會脫離滾筒 13 0 ’因為此轉速能產生一預定離心力,足以使在到達滾筒 130的最高點前防止待洗衣物脫離滾筒13〇。 21 201124585 [0062】 可改變該滚筒的轉速以產生大於重力的離心力,使 待洗衣物與滚筒能從滚筒130的最低點,其係桶120最低 點附近的該滾筒的内表面之一預定點,一起旋轉至桶的最 高點的120。當滾筒130突然煞車時,在待洗衣物到達該 滾筒130的最高點或到達之前,待洗衣物從該滾筒13〇的 最高點被拋落至該滚筒130的最低點。 [0063] 特別地,馬達140對滾筒130施加一反轉扭矩以對 # 滾筒130突然煞車。參照圖3 ( c )所描述,該反轉扭矩是 透過用來供應相反相位的電流至馬達14〇的相反相位煞車 所產生的。相反相位煞車,係利用在相對於該馬達的一旋 轉方向的一個相反方向所產生一扭矩的一種馬達煞車的類 型。供應至該馬達的一電流的相位可被反相,以在相反於 該馬達的旋轉方向產生—反轉扭矩,且相反相位煞車啟動 了欲施加至該馬達的突然煞車。例如, 如圖所示, 一電流 係供應至該馬達以在順時針方向轉動該滾筒,然 係供應至該馬達以在逆時針方向突然轉動滾The direction of rotation of the barrel is 180. Position), when the motor ι4〇 is at the highest point without dropping the highest point of the laundry spoon (relative to the roller 140, a reverse torque is applied to the drum 130. Therefore, the laundry is from the drum in the direction of rotation of the drum The lowest point of the call 130# is lifted, the drum is temporarily stopped by the reverse torque of the motor, and the laundry is thrown from the highest point of the drum 130 to the lowest point. The stepping operation can be achieved by being a laundry The laundry is cleaned from the impact caused by the maximum height difference being thrown. The mechanical external force generated by the stepping operation is greater than the mechanical external force generated during the rolling or rolling operation described above. [0046] In the 'stepping operation', after the drum is rotated and moved from the lowest point to the highest point of the drum, the throwing distance in the stepping drum is the largest' and the mechanical external force of the stepping operation can be effectively A small amount of laundry is applied. The motor 140 in the stepping operation can utilize a torque generated in an opposite direction to the direction of rotation of the motor to perform an opposite phase braking. One of the currents supplied to the motor The reverse phase can be reversed to produce a reverse torque in the opposite direction of rotation of the motor, and the opposite phase brake initiates a sudden braking to be applied. The opposite phase brake can be used to apply a strong impact to the laundry. 16 201124585 ] Therefore, after using the torque to rotate the drum in the clockwise direction, applying a counterclockwise torque to the drum causes the drum to suddenly brake. Then, a torque is applied to the clockwise rotation of the drum to achieve the stepping operation. It can be used to clean the laundry by the friction between the water sucked through the through hole 131 formed in the drum and the laundry, and to clean the laundry by using the impact of the laundry to the highest point of the (four) roller. Waiting for laundry. This stepping operation can produce a cleaning effect like "clothing impact." Qing] @3(d) is a schematic diagram of the swaying operation. During the slewing operation, the motor is clockwise and counterclockwise. The direction alternately rotates the drum 13〇, and the laundry is thrown at a position that is less than (4) in the direction of rotation of the drum. That is, 'once the motor 14 is at a speed At the reference speed (rolling speed), for example, 'about PM, turn the drum counterclockwise', the laundry at the lowest point of the roller U0 will be lifted counterclockwise to a predetermined height. The laundry stops the rotation of the drum before the laundry reaches a position of about 90 with respect to the counterclockwise direction of the drum, and the laundry is thrown to a position that is about 9% smaller than the counterclockwise direction corresponding to the drum. The lowest point of the drum. Neighbors, therefore, the motor 14 turns at a speed lower than the reference speed (rolling speed), for example, about 4 〇 RPM, rotates the drum 13 顺 clockwise, and the laundry will follow the clockwise The direction is raised to a predetermined height. Before the laundry reaches a position of about 9 逆 in the counterclockwise direction relative to the drum, the motor 17 201124585 stops the rotation of the drum, and the laundry will correspond to the drum The clockwise direction is less than about 90. The position is dropped to the lowest point of the drum. [0050] Therefore, the swing operation is an operation in which the rotation and the stop corresponding to a first direction and the rotation stop in a direction corresponding to a second (opposite) direction. Visibly, repeatedly, the laundry to be lifted from the third quadrant of the drum to a portion of the second quadrant is gently dropped, and is lifted from the fourth quadrant of the drum to the first quadrant A portion of the laundry was gently dropped. [0051] In some embodiments, the motor 140 can use resistive braking and a load applied to the stirrup 14G to reduce the mechanical wear of the motor 14Q, and the impact imparted to the laundry can be adjusted. Using resistance braking, if the current supplied to the motor is off, the Xiao motor has the function of a generator due to the moment of inertia, and the flow direction of the current in the coil of the motor will become the opposite before the power is turned off. The direction, along the direction that interferes with the direction of rotation of the motor (Fleming's right hand rule) will be used to brake the motor. Unlike the opposite phase brake, the resistance brake does not produce a sudden brake, but gently changes the direction of rotation of the drum. Ί Therefore, in the swinging operation, the laundry can be moved in the second and fourth quadrants of the drum door as shown in Fig. 8. This whirl operation can produce cleaning like "spinning and burning laundry". [0052] FIG. 3(e) is a schematic diagram of a frictional operation. In the frictional operation, the motor 140 alternately rotates the drum 130 in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction, 18 201124585 and the laundry is greater than 90 from the direction of rotation corresponding to the drum. The position was thrown away. 'When the motor 14G rotates the drum 130 counterclockwise at a speed higher than the reference rotational speed (rolling rotational speed)', for example, about 60 RPM or faster, the laundry is located at the lowest point of the roller 13〇. It is lifted in a counterclockwise direction. The laundry is passed through - a counterclockwise direction corresponding to the drum of about 90. After the position, the motor provides a reverse torque of the drum to temporarily stop the drum, and the laundry on the inner circumferential surface of the drum can be quickly dropped. In particular, therefore, the (four) circumferential surface of the H-cylinder has a laundry in a clockwise direction corresponding to the drum. Or greater than 90. The position is dropped to the lowest point of the drum. Therefore, in the frictional operation, the laundry can be quickly dropped from a predetermined height. The motor 14 can brake the drum with the opposite phase. Adjacent] In the friction operation, the rotation direction of the drum changes rapidly, and the laundry does not leave the inner circumferential surface of the drum for a long period of time. Because of this, a strong friction type cleaning effect can be achieved by the maximum friction between the laundry and the drum. In the frictional operation, the laundry to be moved to a portion of the second quadrant via the third quadrant is quickly dropped, and then moved to the first quadrant by the fourth quadrant and then thrown. Therefore, the visually rubbed operation 'lifted laundry line is repeatedly thrown down along the inner circumferential surface of the drum. 19 201124585 [0055] FIG. 3(f) is a schematic diagram of a filtration operation. In the filtering operation, the motor 140 rotates the drum 130 so that the laundry is not thrown off from the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and the washing water is sprayed into the drum. That is, in the filtration operation, when the washing water is sprayed into the drum, the laundry is spread out and kept in close contact with the inner circumferential surface of the drum. The water is discharged from the through hole 131 of the drum by centrifugal force. Since the filtering operation spreads/expands the surface area of the laundry and allows the water to pass through the laundry, the washing water can be uniformly supplied to the laundry 8 [0056] Fig. 3 (g) is a schematic view of a pressing operation. In the squeezing operation, the motor 140 rotates the drum 13 〇 to use the centrifugal force to cause the laundry to adhere to the inner circumferential surface of the drum without being thrown, and then the motor rotates the rotation speed 130 of the drum to temporarily temporarily from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. Separate the laundry. This process repeatedly sprays water into the drum during the rotation of the drum. That is, 'in the filtration operation' (d) is continuously rotated at a sufficiently high speed so that the laundry does not fall from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. On the other hand, in the squeezing operation, the rotational speed of the (four) is changed, and the laundry is repeatedly attached and separated from the inner circumferential surface of the drum 130. [0057] In the over-twisting operation and the squeezing operation, the washing water spray roller H can be connected to the system by the ❹-health ring passage and the 端-ring ring and the fourth end, and the material can be connected to the lower surface of the 2G. Connected so that the wash water can be sprayed from the barrel into the drum through the other end of the circulation passage. 20 201124585 [0058] In an alternative embodiment, the wash water may be sprayed into the drum via a supply conduit connected to an external source of water supply located outside the cabinet. Source ', and the other end is connected to the bucket. If a nozzle is provided to spray the wash water into the drum, the washing water can be sprayed into the drum in one or both of the filtration and extrusion operations. [0059]® 4 is a <- detail view of the stepping operation. #闺 First, as shown in Figs. 4(a) to (c), the laundry is moved from a lowest point of the drum 130 to a highest point. As described above, the drum 13 is fixedly held relative to the tub 120, and the laundry contained in the drum 13 is moved from a position near the lowest point of the tub 120 to the lowest point of the tub 12'. For this movement of the laundry, the motor 14 applies a rotational force to the drum in a predetermined direction, referred to as a torque, as shown in the figure in a clockwise direction, and the drum 130 along with the laundry Hold the predetermined side® to rotate 'to lift the laundry. The laundry can be rotated together with the drum to closely contact the inner surface of the drum 13〇 by friction with one of the inner circumferential surfaces of the lifting rod and the drum 130. Rotating the drum 13 以 at a speed of about 60 rpm or faster, the laundry can be lifted to the highest point of the drum 130 without leaving the drum 13 0 ' because this rotational speed can generate a predetermined centrifugal force enough to The laundry is prevented from coming off the drum 13 before reaching the highest point of the drum 130. 21 201124585 [0062] The rotational speed of the drum can be varied to produce a centrifugal force greater than gravity, such that the laundry and the drum can be predetermined from one of the lowest points of the drum 130, one of the inner surfaces of the drum near the lowest point of the barrel 120, Rotate together to 120 of the highest point of the bucket. When the drum 130 suddenly brakes, the laundry is dropped from the highest point of the drum 13 to the lowest point of the drum 130 before the laundry reaches the highest point or arrival of the drum 130. [0063] In particular, the motor 140 applies a reverse torque to the drum 130 to suddenly brake the # roller 130. Referring to Figure 3(c), the reverse torque is generated by the opposite phase braking used to supply the opposite phase current to the motor 14''. The opposite phase braking is a type of motor brake that utilizes a torque generated in an opposite direction relative to a direction of rotation of the motor. The phase of a current supplied to the motor can be reversed to produce a reverse torque in the direction opposite to the direction of rotation of the motor, and in contrast the phase brake initiates a sudden braking to be applied to the motor. For example, as shown, a current is supplied to the motor to rotate the drum in a clockwise direction, and then supplied to the motor to suddenly roll in a counterclockwise direction.

使用該感測裝置來決定該滾汽 ,然後一電流 點,可與滾 。因為如此,可提供 以及提供一感測 〔hall effect sensor)用來決定 置之一例。該控制部可透過 的旋轉角度,並在滾筒旋轉 22 201124585 角X 1 8 0時或在其之前’控制馬達14 〇作相反相位煞 車因此,在順時針方向旋轉的滚筒會受到逆時針方向扭 矩而迅速彳τ止。待洗衣物所受到之離心力被移除,然後待 洗衣物會被拋落到最低點。The sensing device is used to determine the rolling steam, and then a current point can be rolled. Because of this, a hall effect sensor can be provided and provided to determine an example. The rotation angle of the control unit is permeable, and the drum is rotated in the direction of the drum rotation 22 201124585 angle X 1 8 0 or before the control motor 14 is reversed. Therefore, the drum rotating in the clockwise direction is subjected to the counterclockwise torque. Quickly stop. The centrifugal force to be subjected to the laundry is removed, and then the laundry is thrown to the lowest point.

陶】因此,如圖4⑷所示,滾筒13〇係不停地在順 時針方向旋轉,而待洗衣物係反覆地旋轉/拋落。雖然圖4 顯不該滚筒是順時針方向旋轉,該滾筒亦可逆時針方向旋 轉以執订步進運轉。步進運轉會對馬彡14〇產生—較大的 負何,而減低步進運轉的一淨作用比。 [0066】·淨作用比係為一馬達驅動時間對馬達μ 動時間及停止時間的-比率。若淨作用比是Γ1」,這= 該馬達係被驅動而沒有停止時間。考量該馬達的負栽,可 執行步進運轉可進行約淨作用比的7〇%的比率。例如,卞 二達可在驅動Η)秒鐘後,停止3秒鐘。其他的比率和驅: /停止時間亦是適當的。 【嶋】在待洗衣物落下到該滾筒的最低點之前,亦即,每 待洗衣物被拋落時,滾冑13Q開始旋轉以執行下 運轉。在此情況下,滾冑130旋轉至一預定角 , 桃袞筒130的最低點。從此點開始,待洗才物 和滾筒會一起斿赭^ 付洗衣物 起旋轉。然而,滾筒因其係設定 180。,但待洗衣物不會旋轉! 轉到 最高點,而它不能從y ,亦即,該滚筒13。的 个月b從最间點被拋落以鴻·值 孤洛以獲侍所需的清洗能力。 23 201124585 [0068]因為如此,在待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低點後,衷 筒130如圖4(d)所示係被控制再次旋轉。亦即,在待、 衣物到達該滾筒的最低點前,該滾筒先保持靜止不動。更 具體地,在待洗衣物正要開始落下的片刻,該滾筒η。便 停止。從拋落的點直到待洗衣物至㈣了該滾筒的最低點^ 時間内’滾筒保持停止和不旋轉。其停止時間可大於待洗 衣物從滾筒的最高點落下至最低點(點n所需的時間。 因此,滚筒可保持停止’如〇·4 #,或在_些具體實施例 中為0.6秒,以破保在停止狀態下有足夠的時間。這使得 應用步進運轉能更精確地產生最大的衝擊,因而可達到所 需的清洗能力。 [0069】圖5是一摩擦運轉之一細部示意圖。 陶首先,如圖第5(a)〜(c)所示,待洗衣物係從 滾筒130的最低點移動到後,滾冑13〇的順時針方向上▼ 或超過90的轉角的一位置。如所述相對於桶,鄰近滾 筒保持不動;袞筒130内的待洗衣物係從桶12〇的最 低點附近的滚筒内表面的預定點,移動至内滾筒表面上沿 著該滚筒120的順時針方向旋轉9〇。或超過90。的點。為了 產生待洗衣物的這種運動,馬達施加一轉動力,亦即,沿 著一預定方向(順時針方向)對滾筒130施加-扭矩,然 後滾筒130連同待洗衣物一起旋轉以舉起待洗衣物。 24 201124585 [0071】待洗衣物係經由升降桿及與滚筒的内圓周表面的 摩擦緊密接觸滾筒13Q的㈣周表面,而與滚筒一起旋 轉而不會脫離滾筒130。為此,滾筒以約6〇RpM或更快 的速度旋轉,以產生足夠的離心力,使待洗衣物不會脫離 滾筒130。滾筒的轉速可依據關於滾筒的大小,如内徑, 叹定成以產生大於重力的一離心力。因此,待洗衣物能與 滾筒從該滾筒的最低點一起旋轉至相對於該滾筒的最低點 ® 為90°或更大轉角的位置。 [0072] #洗衣物然後從9『或更大轉角的位置落下至該最 低點為了以此拋落待洗衣物,當待洗衣物到達9 〇。或更大 滾筒旋轉的位置時,滾筒13〇會突然煞車。馬達14〇提供 滾筒130 —反轉扭矩以對該滾筒突然煞車。如上所述參照 圖3(e),該反轉扭矩係藉由用以供應至馬達14〇的相反 相位電流的相反相位制動所產生的一反轉扭矩。 ® [0073]該控制部可利用如上所述之一感測裝置來決定該 滚筒的一旋轉角度。當該滾筒的旋轉角.度為9〇。或以上時’ 該控制部會控制馬達140作相反相位煞車。因此,順時針 方向旋轉的滾筒130會在逆時針旋轉方向被施加一扭矩, 以暫時停止而移除對待洗衣物的離心力。如圖5(c)所示, 待洗衣物因逆時針方向的扭矩不會被垂直拋落,但相對滾 筒的内圓周表面會傾斜地被拋落至該滾筒的最低點。由於 傾斜地落下,在落下期間中,待洗衣物與該滾筒的内表面 25 201124585 會具有相對較大的料,且待洗衣物之間及待洗衣物與洗 衣水之間的同步摩擦亦相對較大。Therefore, as shown in Fig. 4 (4), the drum 13 is continuously rotated in the clockwise direction, and the laundry is repeatedly rotated/thrown. Although Figure 4 shows that the drum is rotating in a clockwise direction, the drum can also be rotated counterclockwise to set the stepping operation. The stepping operation will produce a large amount of 彡 14〇, which will reduce the net effect ratio of the stepping operation. [0066] The net effect ratio is a ratio of motor drive time to motor μ time and stop time. If the net effect ratio is Γ1", this = the motor is driven without stopping time. Considering the load of the motor, the stepping operation can be performed to achieve a ratio of about 7% of the net effect ratio. For example, 卞 达 can be stopped for 3 seconds after being driven for 秒钟). Other ratios and drive: / stop time are also appropriate. [嶋] Before the laundry is dropped to the lowest point of the drum, that is, every time the laundry is thrown, the tumbling 13Q starts to rotate to perform the lower operation. In this case, the tumbler 130 is rotated to a predetermined angle, the lowest point of the peach canteen 130. From this point on, the items to be washed and the rollers will be rubbed together with the laundry. However, the drum is set 180 by its system. But the laundry will not spin! Go to the highest point, and it cannot be from y, that is, the drum 13. The month b was thrown from the most point to the value of the value of the cleaning. 23 201124585 [0068] Because of this, after the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum, the cylinder 130 is controlled to rotate again as shown in Fig. 4(d). That is, the drum remains stationary until the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum. More specifically, the drum n is momentarily when the laundry is about to start to fall. Stop. From the point of the drop to the point where the laundry is to (d) the lowest point of the drum, the drum remains stopped and does not rotate. The stop time may be greater than the time the laundry is dropped from the highest point of the drum to the lowest point (the time required for point n. Therefore, the drum may remain stopped), such as 〇·4#, or 0.6 seconds in some embodiments, There is sufficient time for the break to stop in the stop state. This allows the application of the stepping operation to produce the maximum impact more accurately, thus achieving the required cleaning capability. [0069] Figure 5 is a detailed schematic view of a friction operation. First, as shown in Figs. 5(a) to (c), the laundry is moved from the lowest point of the drum 130 to a position in the clockwise direction of the roll 13 ▼ or a position exceeding the corner of 90. As described with respect to the tub, the adjacent drum remains stationary; the laundry in the cartridge 130 moves from a predetermined point on the inner surface of the drum near the lowest point of the barrel 12〇 to the smoothing along the drum 120 on the inner drum surface. In the hour hand direction, 9 turns or more than 90. In order to generate such a movement of the laundry, the motor applies a rotational force, that is, applies a torque to the drum 130 in a predetermined direction (clockwise direction), and then Roller 130 together with laundry Rotating to lift the laundry. 24 201124585 [0071] The laundry is in close contact with the (four) circumferential surface of the drum 13Q via the lifting rod and the friction with the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and rotates together with the drum without leaving the drum 130 To this end, the drum is rotated at a speed of about 6 〇RpM or faster to generate sufficient centrifugal force so that the laundry does not leave the drum 130. The rotation speed of the drum can be determined according to the size of the drum, such as the inner diameter. To generate a centrifugal force greater than gravity. Therefore, the laundry can be rotated with the drum from the lowest point of the drum to a position of 90° or more with respect to the lowest point of the drum. [0072] #洗衣物 Then From the position of 9" or a larger corner to the lowest point in order to throw off the laundry, when the laundry reaches 9 〇 or the position where the drum rotates, the drum 13 煞 suddenly brakes. The motor 14 〇 A drum 130 is provided to reverse the torque to suddenly brake the drum. As described above with reference to FIG. 3(e), the reverse torque is produced by the opposite phase braking of the opposite phase current supplied to the motor 14A. A reverse torque. [0073] The control unit can determine a rotation angle of the drum by using one of the sensing devices as described above. When the rotation angle of the drum is 9 〇 or more, the control The part controls the motor 140 to perform the opposite phase braking. Therefore, the drum 130 rotating clockwise is applied with a torque in the counterclockwise direction to temporarily stop the centrifugal force of the laundry, as shown in Fig. 5(c). The torque of the laundry in the counterclockwise direction will not be vertically dropped, but will be thrown obliquely to the lowest point of the drum relative to the inner circumferential surface of the drum. Due to the oblique falling, during the falling period, the laundry and the laundry The inner surface 25 of the drum, 201124585, will have a relatively large material, and the synchronous friction between the laundry and the laundry and the washing water is relatively large.

陶】®此’如圖5 (d)所示,滾筒13〇係以逆時針方 β不停地旋轉,且上述的待洗衣物會反覆地旋轉/落下的。 圖5緣示出滾筒係、先以順時針方向旋轉,但之前仍以逆時 針方向旋轉。摩擦運轉對產生馬冑uo較大的負荷,如步 進運轉,而摩擦運轉的淨作用比會減少,例如,摩擦運轉 料止3秒可錢,而轉運轉的淨仙比可被_在70 %。其他的處置亦是適當的。 【0075]在待洗衣物落下到達該滾筒的最低點,亦即,當待 洗衣物被拋落’滾冑130開始其相反方向旋轉以執行下— 步進運轉。在這種情況下,滾筒U0旋轉到狀角度,且 在這之後’待洗衣物到達該滾筒13〇的最低點。從這點開 始,待洗衣物與滾筒會一起旋轉。雖然滚筒因其被設定而 旋轉到90,待洗衣物不會旋轉到9〇。,即該滾冑⑽的最 高點,而其無法從最m落以獲得所需的清洗能力。 [0076】因為如此’在待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低點之後, 圖5 (d)所不’滾筒13〇會再旋轉。亦即,滾筒被控制 保持靜止不動,直到待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低點。更具 體地,在待洗衣物正開始落下時,該滾詩會停止。從待 洗衣物被搬落的時間點吉别# ^ , 门點直到待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低 點’該滾筒仍處於停止狀態而不旋轉。該滾筒的停止狀態 26 201124585 的時間會比待洗衣物落下至該滾筒的最低點所耗費的㈣ 更長。因此’該滚筒保持的停止狀態可設定為,例如二 秒’這小於在步進運轉中該滾筒的停止狀態的時間。. 剛如此該滾筒保存的停止狀態已設i步進運轉可更 精確執行’以產生滾筒内表面和待洗衣物之間的最大摩 擦、待洗衣物之間的最大摩擦、及待洗衣物和洗衣水之間 的最大摩擦,而可因而達成所需的清洗能力。 剛圖6是相較於圖3所示的清洗能力與每—運轉的振 動·#級之一示意圖。水平站志_ 平軸表不清洗忐力,更輕鬆地將移 動到左邊的待洗衣物申包含的辦污物分離。垂直軸表示振 動或噪音水平’越向上移動其水平越高,其相同待洗衣物 的清洗時間將減少。 陶當待洗衣物有極辨污物時,步進運轉和摩擦運轉係 適於執行㈣少清料間的清洗模式。步進運轉和摩擦運 轉具有报高的振動/噪音水平,通常不會用來洗敏感織物及 /或減少噪音和振動。 [_】滾動運轉具有良好的清洗能力和低㈣等級,以使 #^_損㈣少和降低馬達負載。因A,滾動運轉可 用於所有的清洗模式,尤其,可在㈣清洗階段助於去污 劑溶解,並潤濕肖洗衣物。 [81】;衰翻運轉具有—較摩擦運轉低的清洗能力,及相較 ;擦運轉和滾動運轉的一中振動等級。滾動運轉具有較 27 201124585 低的振動等級’但其比滾翻運轉需要—較長的清洗時間。 因為如此’滚翻運轉可適用於所有的清洗模式,並有效率 地在一清洗模式中均勻分散待洗衣物。 ㈣運轉也有一類似於滾翻運轉的清洗能力及一 較滾翻運轉高的振料級。擠壓運轉反覆地進行向前拉動 待洗衣物與從滾筒的内圓周表面分離待洗衣物的運作。在As shown in Fig. 5(d), the drum 13 is rotated counterclockwise, and the above-mentioned laundry is repeatedly rotated/dropped. The edge of Figure 5 shows the drum system, which is first rotated in a clockwise direction, but still rotated counterclockwise before. The frictional operation produces a large load on the horse 胄 uo, such as stepping operation, and the net effect ratio of the friction operation is reduced. For example, the friction operation can be stopped for 3 seconds, and the net operation ratio of the rotation operation can be _ at 70. %. Other disposals are also appropriate. [0075] The laundry is dropped to the lowest point of the drum, i.e., when the laundry is thrown off, the roll 130 begins its opposite direction rotation to perform the lower-stepping operation. In this case, the drum U0 is rotated to a shape angle, and after that, the laundry is reached at the lowest point of the drum 13〇. From this point on, the laundry and the drum will rotate together. Although the drum is rotated to 90 because it is set, the laundry does not rotate to 9 inches. That is, the highest point of the roll (10), and it cannot fall from the most m to obtain the required cleaning ability. [0076] Because of this, after the laundry is reached at the lowest point of the drum, the drum 13 is rotated again in Fig. 5(d). That is, the drum is controlled to remain stationary until the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum. More specifically, the poem will stop when the laundry is starting to fall. From the point of time when the laundry is being carried off, the number of the door is #^, the door point until the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum. The drum is still in a stopped state without rotating. The stop state of the drum 26 201124585 will be longer than the (four) cost of dropping the laundry to the lowest point of the drum. Therefore, the stop state in which the drum is held can be set to, for example, two seconds' which is smaller than the time in which the drum is stopped in the stepping operation. The stop state of the drum preservation has just been set so that the stepping operation can be performed more accurately to generate the maximum friction between the inner surface of the drum and the laundry, the maximum friction between the laundry, and the laundry and laundry. The maximum friction between the waters can thus achieve the required cleaning power. Figure 6 is a schematic diagram showing one of the cleaning ability and the vibration-level of each operation as shown in Figure 3. Horizontal Station _ The flat-axis table does not clean the force, making it easier to separate the dirt contained in the laundry to the left. The vertical axis indicates the vibration or noise level. The higher the level is, the higher the level is, and the cleaning time of the same laundry will be reduced. When the laundry has extremely discriminating dirt, the stepping operation and the friction operation are suitable for performing the cleaning mode between (4) less clearing. Stepper and frictional operation have high vibration/noise levels that are typically not used to wash sensitive fabrics and/or reduce noise and vibration. [_] Rolling operation has good cleaning ability and low (four) rating to make #^_damage (four) less and reduce motor load. Because of A, the rolling operation can be used in all cleaning modes. In particular, it can help the detergent to dissolve and wet the laundry in the (4) cleaning stage. [81]; the failing operation has a cleaning ability lower than that of the frictional operation, and a comparison of the vibration level of the rubbing operation and the rolling operation. The rolling operation has a lower vibration level than the 27 201124585' but it requires longer cleaning time than the rollover operation. Because of this, the roll-over operation can be applied to all cleaning modes and efficiently disperses the laundry in a cleaning mode. (4) The operation also has a cleaning ability similar to that of the rollover operation and a vibration level higher than that of the rollover operation. The squeezing operation repeatedly pulls forward the laundry to separate the laundry from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. in

此運作中,洗衣水在穿過待洗衣物後排出該滾筒之外。因 此,擠壓運轉可應用於沖洗。 [0083] 過濾運轉具有一較擠壓運轉低的清洗能力,及一類 似於滾動運轉的噪音水平。在過濾運轉中,水穿過待洗衣 物並排出該滾筒,待洗衣物會緊密接觸滾筒的内圓周表 面。因此,該過濾運轉可被應用到一潤濕待洗衣物的模式。 [0084] 旋擺運轉具有最低的振動等級與清洗能力,且可應 用在低嗓音、低振動的清洗模式,及一清洗敏感或纖細衣 物的模式》 [0085] 如上所述,每個滾筒驅動運轉具有其個別的優點, 且更佳的是,那些不同的滾筒驅動運轉都用來最大化這些 優點。根據洗衣量的關係的每個滾筒驅動運轉亦可能有優 點和缺點。即便在同一模式與循環的情況下,可根據洗衣 量的關係不同地施加各種滾筒驅動運轉。 [0086] 在滚筒式洗衣機,可以透過門而從外部看到滾筒的 内部。不同的滚筒驅動運轉可適用於以下將詳述的一清洗 28 201124585 模式。因此,使用者可看到在滾筒内 n執仃的各種的滾筒驅 動運轉。亦即,可從視覺上辨識出— 朱衝擊式清洗(滚 翻運轉)、一強勁衝擊式清洗(步進運 逆轉)、一輕柔摩擦式 清洗(滾動運轉)n強勁摩擦式清洗(摩擦運轉)。 因為如此,使用者可察覺到的清洗功能良好,這可提高使 用者的滿意度,並大大提高清洗效率。In this operation, the washing water is discharged outside the drum after passing through the laundry. Therefore, the squeezing operation can be applied to rinsing. [0083] The filtration operation has a cleaning ability lower than that of the extrusion operation, and a noise level similar to the rolling operation. In the filtration operation, water passes through the laundry and exits the drum, and the laundry will closely contact the inner circumferential surface of the drum. Therefore, the filtering operation can be applied to a mode of wetting the laundry. [0084] The swing operation has the lowest vibration level and cleaning ability, and can be applied to a low-pitched, low-vibration cleaning mode, and a mode of cleaning sensitive or slender clothes. [0085] As described above, each drum drive operation With their individual advantages, and more preferably, those different drum drive operations are used to maximize these advantages. There may also be advantages and disadvantages for each drum drive operation depending on the amount of laundry. Even in the case of the same mode and circulation, various drum drive operations can be applied differently depending on the amount of laundry. [0086] In the drum type washing machine, the inside of the drum can be seen from the outside through the door. Different drum drive operations can be applied to a cleaning 28 201124585 mode as will be detailed below. Therefore, the user can see various drum driving operations that are performed in the drum n. That is, it can be visually recognized - Zhu impact cleaning (rolling operation), a strong impact cleaning (stepping operation reversal), a gentle friction cleaning (rolling operation) n strong friction cleaning (friction operation). Because of this, the user can perceive a good cleaning function, which improves user satisfaction and greatly improves cleaning efficiency.

III.洗衣機的模式 法,亦即,本案 【0087]以下將討論洗衣機的各種的控制方 所具體及充分描述的一洗衣機的各種模式 Α·模式A (標準模式) 【_]參照圖7A,以下將詳細描述模式A。模式a是不 具任何辅助選項的一標準模式,可用於清洗普通待洗衣 物模式A包括一清洗循環、一沖洗循環及一自旋循環。 使用者可從一模式選擇區U7(S71〇)選擇該標準模式。 A·1節清洗循環(S730): [〇〇89]清洗循環包括-供水步驟(S733 )係提供洗衣水與III. Mode Method of Washing Machine, That is, This Case [0087] Various modes of a washing machine specifically and fully described by various controllers of the washing machine will be discussed below. Mode A (Standard Mode) [_] Referring to FIG. 7A, the following Mode A will be described in detail. Mode a is a standard mode that does not have any auxiliary options and can be used to clean normal laundry mode A including a wash cycle, a rinse cycle, and a spin cycle. The user can select the standard mode from a mode selection area U7 (S71〇). A·1 cleaning cycle (S730): [〇〇89] cleaning cycle includes - water supply step (S733) provides laundry water and

去污劑至丨1 I 一桶120或滾筒130以溶解去污劑於洗衣水中, 以及清洗步驟(S742 )係用以驅動該滾筒來清洗該待洗 衣物。在該供水步驟中,水是從一外部供水來源與去污劑 29 201124585 的效率以進行清洗 包括清洗效率和清 一起供應至洗衣機。藉由提高供水步驟 步驟的準備,可達到清洗循環的效率, 洗時間的減少。 A. 1 決定洗衣量(S 731):The detergent is applied to the tank 110 or the drum 130 to dissolve the detergent in the washing water, and the washing step (S742) is used to drive the drum to wash the laundry. In this water supply step, water is supplied from an external source of water with the efficiency of the detergent 29 201124585 for cleaning, including cleaning efficiency and cleaning, to the washing machine. By increasing the preparation of the water supply step, the efficiency of the cleaning cycle can be achieved and the washing time can be reduced. A. 1 Decide on the amount of laundry (S 731):

剛如上所述,供水步驟的完成係 '準傷主清洗步驟。因 :,需迅速和完全地達成去污劑溶解、洗條潤濕及類似運 作。然而’考量到該滾筒的承載量及供應到滚筒的洗衣水 的水量,可依據供水步驟中的滾筒内的待洗衣物的量來控 制一滚筒驅動運轉。亦_,可依據滾筒内待洗衣物的量來 選擇更有效地執行Μ劑溶解及洗務㈣的_滾筒 轉。 陶】用以決定容納於該滾筒的待洗衣物的量之—洗衣 量決定步驟,可於供水步驟前執行。依據決定的待洗衣物 的量,在供水步驟中可區別出該滾筒驅動運轉。 【0092】可透過測量用以驅動該滾筒的電流來決定一洗衣 量例如,測量用來執行滾翻運轉的電流。為了執行翻滾 運轉,一控制部控制滾筒以一預定轉速旋轉,例如46RpM。 依據滾筒内待洗衣物的量,驅動該滾筒以該轉速所需的一 電流值會不同。因此,根據在一特定的運轉下以一特定的 轉速驅動一特定的滾筒所需的一電流流量,可決定出待洗 衣物的量。 30 201124585 [0093】如果洗衣量是相對較大的,於供水步驟的初始階 段,會提供足夠的洗衣水給待洗衣物,而清洗效率可進一 步改善。滾筒驅動運轉會依據供水步驟的洗衣量而不同, 且供水步驟的參數亦可適當地決定。 A.1.2 供水(S733 ): A.1.2.1決定去污劑類型(§734): 酬在供水步驟的初始階段,可執行―去污劑類型決定 步驟以決定在供水步驟的初始階段所提供的去污劑是液體 式或粉末式。執行此步驟是用以決定在進行清洗循環後的 -滾筒驅動運轉或沖洗_中的沖洗次數。在洗衣機的初 始運作時’使用者可透過顯示區119得知有關於清洗循環 和沖洗循環的資訊。因為如此,去污劑類型決定步驟可在 供水步驟的初始階段巾執行,特別地,其係可在—去污劑 加強溶解步驟之前。 A·1.2.]去污劑加強溶解(S735 ): 田於供水步驟中提供洗衣水和去污 污劑溶解步驟。為了提高清洗循環的效率,在時::去 初始階段,去、、-在供水步驟的 又去污劑應更有效地完全溶解。因士 步驟中,執行哕去一 ,可在供水 可劑加強溶解步驟以加強去污劑的溶解。 31 201124585 [0096】帛來移動滾筒内的待洗衣物以加強去污劑溶解的 -運轉’稱為滾筒驅動運轉,可為用來對洗衣水和待洗衣 物提供-強勁機械外力的一運轉,如,在去污劑加強溶 解步驟中,可執行一步進運轉,係用以沿著旋轉的滾筒反 覆舉起待洗衣物,且依照對該滾筒執行的—煞車As mentioned above, the completion of the water supply step is the 'primary cleaning step'. Because: detergent dissolution, strip wetting, and the like need to be achieved quickly and completely. However, considering the amount of load of the drum and the amount of water supplied to the drum, the drum drive operation can be controlled in accordance with the amount of the laundry in the drum in the water supply step. Also, depending on the amount of laundry to be washed in the drum, the drum rotation can be performed more efficiently to perform the dissolution and washing of the tanning agent (4). The amount of laundry to be used to determine the amount of laundry to be contained in the drum is determined by the washing step. The drum drive operation can be distinguished in the water supply step depending on the determined amount of laundry to be washed. [0092] The amount of laundry can be determined by measuring the current used to drive the drum. For example, the current used to perform the rollover operation is measured. In order to perform the tumbling operation, a control unit controls the drum to rotate at a predetermined rotational speed, for example, 46 RpM. Depending on the amount of laundry in the drum, the amount of current required to drive the drum at that speed will vary. Therefore, the amount of laundry to be washed can be determined based on a current flow rate required to drive a particular drum at a particular speed for a particular operation. 30 201124585 [0093] If the amount of laundry is relatively large, sufficient washing water is supplied to the laundry during the initial stage of the water supply step, and the cleaning efficiency can be further improved. The drum driving operation differs depending on the amount of laundry in the water supply step, and the parameters of the water supply step can be appropriately determined. A.1.2 Water supply (S733): A.1.2.1 Determining the type of detergent (§ 734): In the initial stage of the water supply step, a “detergent type determination step” may be performed to determine the initial stage of the water supply step. The detergent is liquid or powder. This step is performed to determine the number of flushes in the drum drive operation or flush_ after the cleaning cycle. At the beginning of the operation of the washing machine, the user can know through the display area 119 about the cleaning cycle and the flushing cycle. Because of this, the detergent type determining step can be performed at the initial stage of the water supply step, in particular, before the detergent-reinforcing step. A·1.2.] Detergent enhances dissolution (S735): The laundry water and decontaminant dissolution steps are provided in the water supply step. In order to increase the efficiency of the cleaning cycle, at the time:: go to the initial stage, go, and - the detergent in the water supply step should be completely dissolved more effectively. In the step of the stalk, the sputum is performed, and the dissolution step can be enhanced in the water supply to enhance the dissolution of the detergent. 31 201124585 [0096] The operation of moving the laundry in the drum to enhance the dissolution of the detergent is called a drum driving operation, which can be used to provide a strong mechanical external force to the washing water and the laundry. For example, in the detergent reinforced dissolution step, a stepping operation can be performed to repeatedly lift the laundry along the rotating drum, and according to the brake executed on the drum

的内圓周表面椒落待洗衣物。可替代地,不執行一步進運 轉,而可執行用以沿著旋轉的滾筒舉起待洗衣物,再依昭 該滾筒的煞車與反向旋轉以再舉起待洗衣物之—摩擦運 轉。步進運轉和摩擦運轉均為 為用來對旋轉的滾筒突然煞車 的運轉,以突然改變接冰右从 文變冉洗㈣_動方向,而對待洗衣物 施加強勁的衝擊。此外,步進 〇厚擦運轉亦可用來對 洗衣水施加強勁的衝擊。因 供強勁機因此纟供水步料初讀段提 供強勁機械外力,以加強去 的效率。 劑冷解,因而提高清洗循環 [0097】在替代的具體實施例 在這種情 水水流的模式可更多元“ 疋反覆的組合,而洗衣 [0098] …哪1,驅動滾筒造耔岁&amp; 係:停地沿著—預定方向以預定速度h .翻運轉, 拋落待洗衣物u,在滾翻運轉中將 運轉或其組合中更大 /亏劑加強溶解步驟兹 由步進運轉和摩擦運轉的重複接續組合來執― 了藉 況下,兩種類型的滾筒驅動運轉會 仃 ,^ 化’以提高清洗循環的效率 在一典型的供水步驟中, 半 定速度旋轉滾筒,以舉起和 水的時間,會比在任—步驟或摩擦溶解去污劑於洗衣 32 201124585 例如,在例示的洗衣娘+ ^ 機之一滾翻運轉中溶解去污劑的時間 大約15分鐘,而利用相円以山 相冋的洗衣機在步進運轉或摩擦運 中溶解去污劑的時間可在9至1〇分鐘。因此,步進 摩擦運轉可更快速地溶解去污劑於洗衣水,而可減少㈣ 定清洗模式的相應的時間。 [0099]在該步進和摩擦運轉中,待洗衣物被拋落且對待先 衣物施加拋落衝擊,而旋轉並停止該滾筒會產生洗衣水中 — 的強大旋渦。 [00100J &amp;外’可在去污劑加強溶解步驟中執行—循環步 驟,用以循環桶中盛裝的洗衣水且再提供洗衣水至滚筒。 在該循環步驟中,在滾筒下方盛裝的洗衣水會供應至滾筒 的内。Ρ ’進-步加強去污劑溶解和洗務潤濕。 [00101]在一歧且贈音说/ r山 _ 一八體實施例中,去污劑加強溶解步驟可進 行,例如約2分揚出甘AU k •戈其他適當的時間,直到供水已完成。 供水可在去污劑加強溶解步驟中完成,或者因為之後的洗 滌潤濕步驟其水位會降低而可另外再提供供水。去污劑加 =溶解步帮可進行-相對較短的時間,以便不會顯著損傷 彳洗衣物織品。因此,每個以上模式的去污劑加強溶解步 二Γ滾筒驅動運轉,可為取決於滾筒内的待洗衣物之 置的摩擦運轉。 Z亦即’如果決^的洗衣量係在—個預α或更低的 ’可執行去污劑加強溶解步驟,因為少量的待洗衣物, 33 201124585 可使用以供應強勁機械外力的滾筒驅動運轉可更有效率, 因為少量的待洗衣物可保持與洗衣水足夠的接觸。特別 地,少量的待洗衣物表示待洗衣物與洗衣水接觸的一表面 面積小,而去巧劑溶解及洗滌潤濕可在相對短的時間内透 過已施加的機械外力來翻轉待洗衣物而達成。因此步進 運轉或料運轉能提高清洗效率,且洗衣料間因而 減少。The inner circumference surface of the pepper falls to the laundry. Alternatively, instead of performing a stepping operation, it is executable to lift the laundry along the rotating drum, and then to rotate the drum and reverse the drum to lift the frictional movement of the laundry. Both the stepping operation and the frictional operation are used to suddenly brake the rotating drum, and suddenly change the ice to the right and apply a strong impact on the laundry. In addition, the stepping and thick rubbing operation can also be used to exert a strong impact on the washing water. Because of the strong machine, the initial reading section of the water supply step provides strong mechanical external force to enhance the efficiency of going. The agent is cold-dissolved, thus improving the cleaning cycle [0097] in an alternative embodiment in this case of the water flow pattern can be more "reverse" combination, while laundry [0098] ... which 1, drive the drum yos &amp;; system: stop the ground along the predetermined direction at a predetermined speed h. Turn the operation, throw off the laundry u, run in the rollover operation or the combination of the larger/depleted agent to strengthen the dissolution step by stepping and rubbing The repeated combination of the operation is carried out. Under the circumstance, the two types of drum drive operation will be 仃, to improve the efficiency of the cleaning cycle. In a typical water supply step, the drum rotates at a semi-fixed speed to lift and The time of the water will be more than 15 minutes in the step-by-step or friction-dissolving detergent on the laundry 32 201124585 For example, in the one-step operation of the illustrated washing machine + ^ machine, the detergent is dissolved for about 15 minutes, while using the mountain The relative washing machine can dissolve the detergent in stepping or rubbing for 9 to 1 minute. Therefore, the step friction operation can dissolve the detergent in the washing water more quickly, and can reduce (4) cleaning. Mode [0099] In this step and friction operation, the laundry is thrown away and a throwing impact is applied to the first laundry, while rotating and stopping the drum creates a powerful vortex in the wash water. [00100J &amp; The outer step can be performed in the detergent reinforcing dissolution step - a circulation step for circulating the washing water contained in the tub and supplying the washing water to the drum. In the recycling step, the washing water contained under the drum is supplied to the drum Ρ 'In-step to enhance detergent dissolution and detergent wetting. [00101] In a disagreement and voiced / r mountain _ eight body embodiment, the detergent reinforced dissolution step can be carried out, for example Approximately 2 minutes to raise the AU KU • Ge other suitable time until the water supply has been completed. The water supply can be completed in the detergent reinforced dissolution step, or the water level can be lowered due to the subsequent washing and wetting step. Detergent plus = Dissolving step can be carried out - for a relatively short period of time so as not to significantly damage the laundry fabric. Therefore, each of the above modes of detergent enhances the dissolution of the second step of the drum drive operation, which can be determined The frictional operation of the laundry in the drum. Z, that is, if the amount of laundry is in a pre-alpha or lower, the detergent-enhancing step can be enhanced because of a small amount of laundry, 33 201124585 It can be more efficient to use a drum drive that supplies a strong mechanical external force, because a small amount of laundry can maintain sufficient contact with the laundry water. In particular, a small amount of laundry indicates that the laundry is in contact with the laundry water. The surface area is small, and the dissolving agent dissolving and washing and wetting can be achieved by inverting the laundry by the applied mechanical external force in a relatively short time. Therefore, the stepping operation or the material running can improve the cleaning efficiency, and the washing material room Thus reduced.

[00103] Κ &amp;果在洗衣量決定步驟中決定的洗衣量是— 預定的或更高的水平,則可跳過去污劑加強溶解步驟。亦 即’如果待洗衣物的量相對較大,在機械外力不足以使待 洗衣物與洗衣水充分接觸,因為洗衣水不能供應給/或被一 足量的糾結的待洗衣物所吸收。 [00104]因此,如果洗衣量在一箱宗弋苗a &quot; 在預疋或更兩的水平,則省略[00103] Κ &amp; If the amount of laundry determined in the laundry amount determining step is - a predetermined or higher level, then the dirt enhancing dissolution step may be skipped. That is, if the amount of laundry is relatively large, the mechanical external force is insufficient to sufficiently contact the laundry with the washing water because the washing water cannot be supplied to/or absorbed by a sufficient amount of tangled laundry. [00104] Therefore, if the amount of laundry is in a box of seedlings a &quot; at the level of the pre- or more two, then omitted

去污劑加強溶解步驟,而* P 而立即啟動洗滌潤濕步驟。如果洗 衣量在一預定或更高的水平 干使用供水步驟中的循環步 驟’待洗衣物能更佳地鱼洗衣 /、无衣水接觸以加強去污劑溶解。 A.1.2.3 洗條澗濕(s736 ): [00105】在供水步驟中,可# 了執订充分地以洗衣水潤濕待洗衣 物的一步驟,並一起溶解去 可劑在一滾筒式洗衣機的例 子中,待洗衣物不一定完全淹 文於洗衣水,而因此可在清 洗循環的一初始階段迅速中快 仃洗膝潤濕。在去污劑 34 201124585 加強溶解步驟之後,可進行一待洗衣物潤濕加強步驟以促 進洗滌潤濕。此步驟可在供水步驟已進行至一預定程度或 至供水步驟已完成之後,以確保待洗衣物已充分地飽和。 可替代地’在去污劑加強溶解步驟可在供水已完成後進 行。水位會在洗滌潤濕步驟中降低,且會進行額外的水的 供應。 [00106] 可在上述的去污劑加強溶解步驟中,部分地進行洗 條调濕步驟’且-水位可提高以使洗衣水能被足夠地收集 在滾筒内。因為如此,該促進洗滌潤濕的步驟可在去污劑 加強溶解步驟之後進行。洗滌潤濕加強步驟中的一滾筒驅 動運轉,可被控制成與去污劑加強溶解步驟中的不同。例 如,洗滌潤濕加強步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可包括一滾動運轉 及/或一過濾運轉。在一些具體實施例中,過濾運轉和滾動 運轉可連續地進行。 [00107] ㉟濾運#,係為將待洗衣物寬廣地分散以增大待洗 衣物的面積之一運轉,而因為此過濾運轉可用來均勻地潤 濕待洗衣物。滾動運轉,係為將待洗衣物反覆地翻轉以使 滾筒下盛裝的洗衣水均句地接觸待洗衣物之一運轉,且該 滾動運轉可同時適用於洗滌潤濕。為了盡可能利用這些效 果,不同的滾筒驅動運轉,亦即,以一預定順序反覆的/連 續的進行過濾與滾動運轉,可最大化洗滌潤濕加強步驟的 效果。 35 201124585 [00108]如果洗衣量是一預定的或更高的水平’洗滌潤濕加 強步驟的滚筒驅動運轉可包括過濾運轉。亦即,在過渡運 轉中,待洗衣物的表面面積被增大及在過濾運轉中供應洗 衣水,並且待洗衣物均勻分佈而不會糾結且洗衣水係均勻 地供應至待洗衣物。可替代地,或除了過濾運轉之外,滚 翻運轉亦可同時進行。The detergent enhances the dissolution step while *P initiates the wash wetting step immediately. If the amount of laundry is at a predetermined or higher level, the cycle step in the water supply step is used. The laundry is better able to be washed by the fish/with no contact with the clothes to enhance the dissolution of the detergent. A.1.2.3 Washing strips and dampness (s736): [00105] In the water supply step, a step of fully drying the laundry to be washed with washing water, and dissolving together in a drum type In the case of the washing machine, the laundry is not necessarily completely flooded with the washing water, and therefore the knee is wetted quickly in an initial stage of the washing cycle. After the detergency 34 201124585 enhanced dissolution step, a laundry wetting enhancement step can be performed to promote washing wetting. This step may be performed to ensure that the laundry is sufficiently saturated after the water supply step has been carried out to a predetermined extent or until the water supply step has been completed. Alternatively, the detergent reinforced dissolution step can be performed after the water supply has been completed. The water level will be reduced during the washing and wetting step and additional water supply will be made. [00106] In the detergent-reinforcing dissolution step described above, the strip conditioning step can be partially performed and the water level can be increased to allow the washing water to be sufficiently collected in the drum. Because of this, the step of promoting washing wetting can be carried out after the detergent intensifying dissolution step. A drum drive operation in the wash wetting enhancement step can be controlled to be different from the detergent reinforced dissolution step. For example, the drum drive operation of the wash wetting enhancement step may include a rolling operation and/or a filtration operation. In some embodiments, the filtering operation and the rolling operation can be performed continuously. [00107] 35 Filtration # operates to widely disperse the laundry to increase the area of the laundry to be washed, and because this filtering operation can be used to uniformly wet the laundry. The rolling operation is to repeatedly reverse the laundry to allow the washing water under the drum to be in contact with one of the laundry items, and the rolling operation can be applied to the washing and wetting at the same time. In order to utilize these effects as much as possible, different drum drive operations, i.e., repeated/continuous filtration and rolling operations in a predetermined sequence, maximize the effect of the wash wetting enhancement step. 35 201124585 [00108] If the amount of laundry is a predetermined or higher level, the drum drive operation of the washing and moistening step may include a filtering operation. That is, in the transient operation, the surface area of the laundry is increased and the washing water is supplied in the filtering operation, and the laundry is uniformly distributed without being entangled and the washing water is uniformly supplied to the laundry. Alternatively, or in addition to the filtration operation, the tumbling operation can also be performed simultaneously.

[00109]如果洗衣量是低於預定水平,可在洗務潤濕加強步 驟中進行一過濾及/或滾翻運轉。 剛〇】使用者可從選項選擇… 污程度’而馬達的一淨作用比會依據這一選擇而有所不 同。然而,供水步驟中的淨作用比,可能不會依選定的髒 污程度而有所不同,因為供k 马供水步驟中的淨作用比係由預設 以最佳化去污劑溶解及洗蘇 』漁且因為不能忽略待 物的非必要損壞的考量。如 衣 如果淨作用比下降,去污劑溶醢 及洗滌潤濕即會進行得不充分。 [〇_在標準模式中的供水步驟 步驟、土…森丨1 了匕括去污劑類型決定 步驟h劑加強溶解步驟,以 、疋 驟。在# &amp; # ρ φ &amp; γ α的洗滌潤濕加強步 在管代的具體實施例中,去 τ 劑加強溶解步驟 里決疋步驟、去污 涵冷解步驟、或洗務濁濕加強污 驟而進行。在這種情況下,去锦,可獨立於供水步 溶解步帮或在洗膝濁濕步帮,可在二步帮、去污劑加強 供應完成後進行。 36 201124585 A.1.3 加熱(S74〇): [00112】清洗循環包括清洗步驟。為了準備清洗,在清洗和 供水步驟之間可進行一加熱步驟。 [00113] 加熱步驟可用來加熱洗衣水,其係利用設置於桶的 下方的加熱器或藉由利用供應至滚筒内部的蒸汽增加洗衣 水或滾筒的酿度。因為如此,加熱步驟可依需求而進行或 省略亦即,如果利用冷空氣或水來洗待洗衣物,即可不 • 執打加熱步驟。然而,如果在一選定的模式下的内定的洗 衣水的度係預設為高於冷水的溫度,或如果從選項選擇 區118選擇洗衣水的溫度是高於冷水的溫度,則可進行該 加熱步驟。 [00114] 在加熱步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉,可依據待洗衣物的 量而改變。不論洗衣量多寡,均可在加熱步驟中進行一滾 翻運轉。然而,如上所述,如果洗衣量為預定水平或更少, ❿可在加熱步驟中進行該滾動運轉。亦即,假設待洗衣物是 相對j量,在該滾筒的下半部反覆地翻滾待洗衣物並加熱 和清洗’會比分散待洗衣物更有效率。可替代地,在加熱 步驟中以小量的待洗衣物’可使用滾翻與滾動運轉的組 合,而在有大量的待洗衣物時,可使用滾動運轉。 [00115】加熱步驟可包括一加熱準備步驟係用以準備在供 水步驟之後的加熱。這意味在完全洗條潤濕後,供水步驟 即已元成。因此,其可在供水步驟後更精確地決定待洗衣 37 201124585 物的量’因為從洗滌潤濕前的乾的待洗衣物,無法辨識出 濕的待洗衣物的洗衣量。例如,在洗滌潤濕前,決定出的 濕的待洗衣物的量會大於洗滌潤濕前的實際的量。因此, 在些具體實施例中,在清洗前,可在加熱步驟中進行一 更精確的洗衣量決定步驟。若省略加熱步驟,可進行相應 於加熱準備步驟的一步驟,以決定待洗衣物的確切的量。 亦即,若省略加熱步驟,可在補充供水步驟後,於清洗步 • 驟前進行精確的洗衣量決定步驟。 A-1.4 清洗(S742): 【00116]當該供水步驟和上述的加熱步驟完成後,可進行用 以清洗該待洗衣物的清洗步驟。在清洗步驟中的一滾筒驅 動運轉可為一連續的步驟及/或烘乾及/或滾動運轉的組 合,以施加強勁機械外力並移動待洗衣物於不同的模式, 以增進清洗效率。 [00117] 可替代地,在清洗步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉可為—連 續的過遽運轉及滾翻運轉的組合,不停地供應洗衣水給待 洗衣物以加強去污劑所產生的清洗效率,及施予待洗衣物 的機械外力所產生的清洗效率。 [00118] 因此,在清洗步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉可依據的洗衣 量而不同,因為滾筒驅動運轉能夠根據洗衣量產生不同的 最佳的清洗效果。該洗衣量可為在供水步驟前或在加熱步 38 201124585 驟中決定出的洗衣量°在清洗步財,滾筒驅動運轉可依 據在供水步驟後決定的洗衣量而不同。 [00119】如果洗衣量係—預定水平或更高,滾筒驅動運轉可 包括㈣運轉及/或滾㈣轉。如果洗衣機未配置循環洗衣 水’則只可進行翻滾運動。在一大的待洗衣物的量的情況 下洗衣水可均勻地提供給待洗衣物,且機械外力可同時 施加至待洗衣物’以増進清洗效率。[00109] If the amount of laundry is below a predetermined level, a filtration and/or rollover operation can be performed in the washing and wetting enhancement step. 〇 〇 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者 使用者However, the net effect ratio in the water supply step may not vary depending on the selected degree of soiling, since the net effect ratio in the k-horse supply step is preset to optimize detergent dissolution and soaking. "Because fishing cannot ignore the unnecessary damage of the object." If the net effect ratio is lowered, the detergent solubilization and washing and wetting will not proceed sufficiently. [〇_Water supply step in the standard mode Steps, soil... Mori 1 Include the type of detergent to determine the step to enhance the dissolution step, to 疋. In the specific example of the tube generation in the # &amp;# ρ φ &amp; γ α, in the specific example of the tube generation, the de-tanning agent enhances the dissolution step, the decontamination culvert cooling step, or the decontamination turbidity enhancement step The contamination proceeded. In this case, the brocade can be separated from the water supply step, or the knee turbidity step can be carried out after the two-step gang and the detergent supply are completed. 36 201124585 A.1.3 Heating (S74〇): [00112] The cleaning cycle includes a cleaning step. In order to prepare for cleaning, a heating step can be performed between the washing and water supply steps. [00113] The heating step can be used to heat the wash water by using a heater disposed below the tub or by increasing the brewing of the wash water or drum by utilizing steam supplied to the interior of the drum. Because of this, the heating step can be carried out as needed or omitted, i.e., if the laundry is washed with cold air or water, the heating step can be performed. However, if the predetermined degree of wash water in a selected mode is preset to be higher than the temperature of the cold water, or if the temperature of the wash water selected from the option selection area 118 is higher than the temperature of the cold water, the heating may be performed. step. [00114] The drum driving operation in the heating step may vary depending on the amount of laundry. Regardless of the amount of laundry, a roll-over operation can be performed in the heating step. However, as described above, if the amount of laundry is a predetermined level or less, the rolling operation can be performed in the heating step. That is, assuming that the laundry is in a relative amount of j, it is more efficient to repeatedly roll the laundry and heat and clean in the lower half of the drum than to disperse the laundry. Alternatively, a combination of rollover and rolling operation may be used with a small amount of laundry to be washed in the heating step, and a rolling operation may be used when there is a large amount of laundry. [00115] The heating step can include a heating preparation step to prepare for heating after the water supply step. This means that after the complete strip is wetted, the water supply step is completed. Therefore, it is possible to more accurately determine the amount of laundry to be washed after the water supply step. Because the dry laundry before wetting is cleaned, the amount of laundry of the wet laundry cannot be recognized. For example, the amount of wet laundry to be determined prior to washing wetting will be greater than the actual amount prior to washing wetting. Thus, in some embodiments, a more precise laundry amount determination step can be performed in the heating step prior to cleaning. If the heating step is omitted, a step corresponding to the heating preparation step can be performed to determine the exact amount of the laundry. That is, if the heating step is omitted, an accurate laundry amount determination step can be performed before the washing step after the supplementary water supply step. A-1.4 Cleaning (S742): [00116] When the water supplying step and the above heating step are completed, a washing step for washing the laundry can be performed. A drum drive operation in the cleaning step can be a continuous step and/or a combination of drying and/or rolling operations to apply a strong mechanical external force and move the laundry to a different mode to enhance cleaning efficiency. [00117] Alternatively, the drum driving operation in the washing step may be a combination of continuous over-running operation and rolling-over operation, continuously supplying the washing water to the laundry to enhance the cleaning efficiency of the detergent. And the cleaning efficiency caused by the mechanical external force applied to the laundry. [00118] Therefore, the drum driving operation in the washing step can be varied depending on the amount of laundry, because the drum driving operation can produce different optimum cleaning effects depending on the amount of laundry. The amount of laundry may be the amount of laundry determined before the water supply step or during the heating step 38 201124585. In the cleaning step, the drum driving operation may be different depending on the amount of laundry determined after the water supply step. [00119] If the amount of laundry is a predetermined level or higher, the drum drive operation may include (iv) running and/or rolling (four) turning. If the washing machine is not equipped with circulating laundry water, then only the tumbling motion can be performed. In the case of a large amount of laundry, the washing water can be uniformly supplied to the laundry, and mechanical external force can be simultaneously applied to the laundry to advance the cleaning efficiency.

[麵】如果洗衣㈣—敎水平或更低,滾筒驅動運轉可 包括-步進運轉及/或—滾動運轉,在待洗衣物以各種模式 移動而在機械外力施加下而提高清洗效率。在—些具體實 施例中,該滾翻運轉還可與步進運轉及/或滾㈣轉二起執 行。 [0_如上所述,在標準模式中,在供水轉、加熱步驟 及清洗步驟中的滚筒驅動運轉,τ更加多樣化,而可相應 提升清洗循環的效率。此外’每個步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉, 可依據滾筒内的待洗衣物的量而不同,且因而可進行最佳 化的清洗循環。 【麵】b果使用者從選項選擇區118選擇了待洗衣物的 -鱗污程度’加熱步驟與清洗步驟的淨作用比會有所不 同。若在髒污程度相對低的情況下淨作用比係非不必要的 高’待洗衣物會受到不必要的損壞。 39 201124585 A·2沖洗循環(S750): 【00123】參照圖7a,在模式 、 τ耵禋汗洗循環之控制方 、、詳述如了。依據此具體實施 &lt;列,沖洗循環可執行作為 連同亡述的清洗循環的一單一模式的一部分,&lt;它可獨立 :執饤。4 了簡便說明’以下將詳述在標準模式中提及的 /月洗循環之後的一種沖洗循環的控制方法。 Α·2·1.第一沖洗(S751 ): [oom]當該清洗循環已完成時’可執行用以供應水及驅動 該滾筒執行沖洗的一第一沖洗步驟。 [00125]在每—個清洗循環、沖賴環及自㈣環中,可在 標準模式中進行一或多個自旋步驟。例如,可執行清洗循 環後的自旋和沖洗循環中的自旋。這些自旋步驟係稱為「中 級自旋」’以與標準模式中的最後—次循環的自旋循環作區 別。 [00126] 一自旋等級可依據該滾筒的轉速來決定。典型地 至400轉,且例如在一敏感 柔弱模式約每分鐘6〇〇轉, 中級自旋可進行約每分鐘2〇〇 模式約每分鐘400轉,在一個 在-中等模式約每分鐘咖#,以及在—強勁模式約每分 鐘测轉。供中級自旋的一滾筒轉速,係基於在由當前的 操作參數而定的運作期間的—低共振頻率和—高共振頻率 而選定的。 201124585 [00127]共振頻率是洗衣機的_種物理特徵值,而洗衣機的 、動在接近共振頻率時會大幅增加。如果滾筒以接近共振 頻率旋轉而待洗衣物分佈不Μ,洗衣機的振動會突然地 增加。因此,如果自旋以高於共振頻率的—預定轉速執行, 待先衣物解開糾結步驟通常會執行以將滾筒内的待洗衣 物刀配均自’且會感測到振動。如果感測到的振動小於一 預疋值可執仃一加速步驟以超過一共振頻率頻帶 (resonance frequency band)。[Face] If the laundry (4)-敎 level or lower, the drum driving operation may include a stepping operation and/or a rolling operation to improve the cleaning efficiency when the laundry is moved in various modes and applied under mechanical external force. In some embodiments, the roll-over operation can also be performed with stepping and/or rolling (four). [0_ As described above, in the standard mode, the drum drive operation in the water supply rotation, heating step, and cleaning step is more diverse, and the efficiency of the cleaning cycle can be increased accordingly. Further, the drum driving operation in each step can be made different depending on the amount of laundry to be washed in the drum, and thus an optimized washing cycle can be performed. [Face] b The user selects the degree of squashing of the laundry from the option selection area 118. The net effect ratio of the heating step to the washing step is different. If the degree of soiling is relatively low, the net effect is not unnecessarily high. The laundry will be unnecessarily damaged. 39 201124585 A·2 Flushing Cycle (S750): [00123] Referring to Figure 7a, the control of the mode, τ耵禋 sweat cycle, and details are as follows. In accordance with this implementation &lt;column, the flush cycle can be performed as part of a single mode along with the described wash cycle, &lt;it can be independent: stubborn. 4 A brief description of the control method of a flushing cycle after the /month washing cycle mentioned in the standard mode will be described in detail below. Α·2·1. First rinsing (S751): [oom] When the cleaning cycle has been completed, a first rinsing step for supplying water and driving the drum to perform rinsing may be performed. [00125] One or more spin steps can be performed in standard mode in each of the wash cycle, the rush ring, and the (four) ring. For example, spins in the spin and rinse cycles after the purge cycle can be performed. These spin steps are referred to as "intermediate spins" to distinguish them from the spin cycles of the last-cycle in the standard mode. [00126] A spin level can be determined based on the rotational speed of the drum. Typically up to 400 rpm, and for example about 6 rpm in a sensitive mode, the intermediate spin can be performed at about 2 rpm per minute, about 400 rpm, in an in-mode mode about every minute. And in the - strong mode about every minute. The rotational speed of a drum for intermediate spin is selected based on the low resonant frequency and the high resonant frequency during the operation determined by the current operating parameters. 201124585 [00127] The resonance frequency is a physical characteristic value of the washing machine, and the movement of the washing machine is greatly increased as it approaches the resonance frequency. If the drum rotates near the resonance frequency and the laundry is not distributed, the vibration of the washing machine suddenly increases. Therefore, if the spin is performed at a predetermined rotational speed higher than the resonance frequency, the preceding laundry untangling step is usually performed to match the laundry knife in the drum and to sense the vibration. If the sensed vibration is less than a predetermined value, an acceleration step can be performed to exceed a resonance frequency band.

[00128】由於供水與沖夺太兮* A f洗在該沖洗循環中重複更多次,在沖 洗中間段執行的中級自絲μ恭 級自旋所需的時間會變得更長。為了解 決清洗完成後殘餘去污劑的 剛的疑慮,在沖洗循環中可執行至 少二次或更多次的沖洗步 ^ 少驟。在這次執行的中級自旋會對 沖洗循壤增加大量的拉pg 時間’導致過長的沖洗循環。依據此 具體實施例,在供火L , ’、和/中洗的中間段執行的中級自旋的轉 速會有所區別。亦即,步 A if可在一預定的特定中級自旋中 以低於一低共振頻率的一 &amp; 預疋轉速旋轉,及在一其他的預 疋的特疋中級自旋中以高 —^ 间於—岗共振頻率的一預定轉速旋 轉。 [00129] 行時, 當特定中級自;^ w 低於一低共振頻率的一轉速進 輔助的待洗衣物鏟門々丨 @解開糾結步驟、振動量感測步驟 及加速步驟的所需時 洗循環所需的時間。 間可為非必要的,因此有可能減少沖 中級自旋的轉速可被設定為大約1〇〇 201124585 至110。反之,如果特定中級自旋以低於—低共振頻率的 -轉速進行時’可減少沖洗循環所需的時間,但洗衣水包 含去污劑可能無法完全排出。 _30]於清洗循環後,在洗衣水中可發現最髒污物和去污 劑殘留。因為如此’於清洗循環後,盡可能徹底地將該洗 衣水自待洗衣物排出。 ’31]在標準模式中的清洗循環之後,在第一沖洗步驟的 初始階段可進行—高速度自旋(S752 )。在高速度自旋中, 滾筒會以比鬲共振頻率更高的轉速旋轉,以致使最大量的 洗衣水可從待洗衣物排出例如,該轉速可被設定為大約 每分鐘1000轉。不管使用者的選擇,該高速度自旋步驟可 不停地以鬲速度旋轉滾筒,亦即,大約每分鐘1 轉,使 得在冲洗刖能盡可能徹底地將去污劑殘留排出。 [00132] ▲該面速度自旋已完成,可在供水後進行一第一滾 筒驅動步驟(S753 )以驅動該滾筒以沖洗待洗衣物。一沖 洗水位可算是比較高的水位,使該水位透過門為可見的, 讓待洗衣物能淹沒於洗衣水内。因此,可提供一大量的洗 衣水於沖洗循環的一初始階段中以沖洗待洗衣物。 [00133】在第一滾筒驅動步驟的一滾筒驅動運轉可為一摩 擦及/或旋擺運轉,以移動最大待洗衣物的量浸入洗衣水 中,以增進沖洗效能。此摩擦及/或旋擺運轉係對應在待洗 衣物浸入洗衣水後的一反覆地手揉搓待洗衣物的程序。滾 42 201124585 翻及步進運轉對應一反覆將待洗衣物移進移出洗衣水的程 序。因此,該第一滾筒驅動步驟可控制該滾筒在摩擦及/或 旋擺運轉中’以一高水位驅動,讓使用者能直接觀看到充 分的沖洗在進行。在替代的具體實施例中,用以將桶内裝 洗衣水循環到滾筒中的一循環步驟可於第一滾筒驅動步驟 中執行。洗衣水係噴入滾筒以沖洗待洗衣物。此程序可被 稱為「喷射(spray)沖洗」。這也可對使用者展現,因其透過 • 門即可見在進行充分的沖洗。 [00134] 當該第一滾筒驅動步驟已完成,可進行一第一脫水 及中級自旋步驟(S754 )。在排水期間,滾筒可在步進及/ 或滾翻運轉時被驅動。待洗衣物被提高且拋落以增進清洗 效率,且會產生泡沫來提高沖洗效率。滾筒驅動運轉可依 據洗衣的量而不同。在一小的待洗衣物量的情況下,驅動 滾筒進行步進運轉以產生提高及拋落的最大距離。在一 響的待洗衣物量的情況下,可驅動滾筒進行滾翻運轉。 [00135] 在第一脫水與中級自旋中,中級自旋會以大約每分 鐘100至110轉來執行。然後,可省略的該待洗衣物解開 糾結步驟、該振動感測步驟及該加速步驟,且所需的時間 會明顯減少。 [00136] 在替代的具體實施例中,在一標準模式中的第一脫 水與中級自旋步驟中,中級自旋會以高於低共振頻率的大 約每分鐘400轉來進行。在這種情況下,當水被排出且待 43 201124585 刀地刀散時,可進行 如此,可省略竽牿、“ $及’次滾翻運轉。因為 该待洗衣物解開糾結步驟。 於低共振頻率,該中 更在轉速押 步驟 /中級自旋可與振動感測步驟及單—加速 并進订—短暫的時間。這種中級 的轉速進行,以排+产一 A ^相對何 盘如 出在向速度自旋步驟中未排出的去污劑 物然而,在-情況下,在振動感測步驟中測[00128] Since the water supply and the flushing are too many times, the Af wash is repeated more times in the flushing cycle, and the time required for the intermediate-level self-spinning spin performed in the middle section of the flushing becomes longer. In order to understand the concerns of the residual detergent after the completion of the cleaning, at least two or more rinsing steps can be performed in the rinsing cycle. The intermediate spins performed this time will add a large amount of pull pg time to the rinse path, resulting in an excessively long flush cycle. According to this embodiment, the speed of the intermediate spins performed in the middle section of the fire L, ', and / washes will be different. That is, step A if can be rotated at a predetermined and intermediate spin in a predetermined intermediate spin at a lower than a low resonant frequency, and in a further pre-intermediate special intermediate spin. Rotating at a predetermined rotational speed of the resonant frequency of the gang. [00129] During the line, when a certain intermediate level is lower than a low resonance frequency, the auxiliary washing machine shovel door 解 解 tangling step, the vibration amount sensing step, and the acceleration step are required to be washed. The time required for the loop. The interval may be unnecessary, so it is possible to reduce the rotational speed of the intermediate spin to be set to approximately 1〇〇201124585 to 110. Conversely, if a particular intermediate spin is performed at a lower speed than the -low resonance frequency, the time required for the flush cycle may be reduced, but the detergent water containing the detergent may not be completely discharged. _30] After the cleaning cycle, the dirtiest and detergent residues are found in the washing water. Because of this, the washing water is discharged from the laundry as thoroughly as possible after the washing cycle. '31] After the cleaning cycle in the standard mode, high speed spin (S752) can be performed in the initial stage of the first rinsing step. In high speed spins, the drum will rotate at a higher rotational speed than the 鬲 resonance frequency so that the maximum amount of wash water can be discharged from the laundry, for example, the rotational speed can be set to approximately 1000 revolutions per minute. Regardless of the user's choice, the high speed spin step can continuously rotate the drum at a 鬲 speed, i.e., about 1 revolution per minute, so that the detergent residue can be drained as thoroughly as possible during the rinsing. [00132] ▲ The surface speed spin is completed, and a first roller driving step (S753) may be performed after the water supply to drive the drum to flush the laundry. A flushing water level can be regarded as a relatively high water level, so that the water level is visible through the door, allowing the laundry to be submerged in the washing water. Therefore, a large amount of washing water can be supplied to wash the laundry in an initial stage of the flushing cycle. [00133] A drum driving operation in the first drum driving step may be a friction and/or a swing operation to immerse the washing water in a quantity to move the maximum laundry to improve the flushing performance. This friction and/or whirl operation corresponds to a procedure for repeatedly washing the laundry after the laundry is immersed in the laundry water. Rolling 42 201124585 Turning and stepping operation corresponds to a process of moving the laundry into and out of the washing water. Thus, the first drum driving step can control the drum to be driven at a high water level during friction and/or swing operation, allowing the user to directly view the full flushing. In an alternative embodiment, a cycle of circulating the wash water in the tub into the drum can be performed in the first drum drive step. The washing water is sprayed into the drum to wash the laundry. This procedure can be referred to as "spray flushing." This can also be shown to the user as it is visible through the door. [00134] When the first drum driving step has been completed, a first dehydration and intermediate spin step (S754) may be performed. During draining, the drum can be driven during stepping and/or rollover operations. The laundry is raised and thrown to improve cleaning efficiency, and foam is generated to increase the rinsing efficiency. The drum drive operation can vary depending on the amount of laundry. In the case of a small amount of laundry, the drum is driven to perform a stepping operation to produce a maximum distance for lifting and throwing. In the case of a loud amount of laundry, the drum can be driven to perform a rollover operation. [00135] In the first dehydration and intermediate spins, the intermediate spins are performed at about 100 to 110 revolutions per minute. Then, the laundry can be omitted to untie the entanglement step, the vibration sensing step, and the acceleration step, and the time required can be significantly reduced. [00136] In an alternate embodiment, in the first dewatering and intermediate spin steps in a standard mode, the intermediate spins will be performed at about 400 revolutions per minute above the low resonant frequency. In this case, when the water is discharged and the knife is to be dissipated, the 竽牿, “$ and 'next roll operation can be omitted. Because the laundry is untwisted and entangled. The frequency, which is more in the speed of the step / intermediate spin can be combined with the vibration sensing step and single-acceleration and advancement - a short time. This intermediate speed is performed, in order to produce + A ^ relative to the disk Detergent that is not discharged in the speed spin step. However, in the case of the vibration sensing step

里超出了-允許範圍,可重複該振動感測步驟, 而不會進入加速步驟’而沖洗時間可能會不利地增長。因 為如此’該振動感測步驟可於大約每分鐘⑽i no轉的 滾筒速度下執行’且因在振動步驟執行的一預定時間内不 會啟動加速步驟’可完成該第—脫水與t級自旋步驟。 2第一冲洗(S756)和最终沖洗(S760): [00137】-第二沖洗步驟(S756 )可接著第—沖洗步驟。該 第冲洗步驟可包括一第二滾筒驅動步驟(S757)及一第 脫水與中級自旋步驟(S758 )。該第二滾筒驅動步驟本質 上係與上述的第一滾筒驅動步驟相同。而且,該第二脫水 與中級自旋步驟本質上係與第一脫水與中級自旋步驟相 同。然而’因為去污劑殘留已在高速度自旋步驟及第一脫 水與中級自旋步驟中被排出,中級自旋可在第二脫水與中 級自旋步驟中以大約每分鐘1〇〇至11〇轉進行,以減少沖 洗時間。 44 201124585 [00138]該沖洗循環可利用去污劑類型決〜 、弋步驟的決定結 〉亏劑會殘留而可 的時間。如果去 冲洗步驟可為内 【00139】如果去污劑是液體型式,比較少去 省略第二沖洗步驟,以減少沖洗循環所需 污劑是粉末型式的,第一沖洗步驟和第二 定進行的。 [00140】如果去污劑是液體型式,一個第三Exceeding the allowable range, the vibration sensing step can be repeated without entering the acceleration step' and the flushing time may be disadvantageously increased. Because the vibration sensing step can be performed at a drum speed of about (10) i revolution per minute and the acceleration step is not initiated for a predetermined time during the vibration step, the first dehydration and the t-class spin can be completed. step. 2 First rinse (S756) and final rinse (S760): [00137] - The second rinse step (S756) may be followed by a first rinse step. The first rinsing step may include a second drum driving step (S757) and a first dehydration and intermediate spin step (S758). This second roller driving step is essentially the same as the first roller driving step described above. Moreover, the second dehydration and intermediate spin steps are essentially the same as the first dehydration and intermediate spin steps. However, because the detergent residue has been discharged in the high-speed spin step and the first dehydration and intermediate spin steps, the intermediate spin can be about 1 to 11 per minute in the second dehydration and intermediate spin steps. Twist to reduce the rinse time. 44 201124585 [00138] The flushing cycle can be determined by the type of detergent, and the decision of the step is to lag the time the deficient agent will remain. If the rinsing step can be internal [00139] if the detergent is in a liquid type, the second rinsing step is omitted to reduce the rinsing agent required to be in a powder type, the first rinsing step and the second grading step. . [00140] If the detergent is a liquid type, a third

Γ /无步驟(S760 ) 可作為在第—沖洗步驟之後的__最終沖洗步驟。如果去污 劑是粉末型式,一個第三沖洗步驟可作為在 之後的一最終沖洗步驟。然而,當泡沫在第 第二沖洗步驟 三沖洗步驟被 可執行一第四沖洗 摘測到(在一粉末型式去污劑情況下), 步驟為最終沖洗步驟。 [00141]最終沖洗步驟(S76〇)的一水位可為一相對較低的 水位。在具有以一預定角度傾斜的滾筒的傾斜滾筒式洗衣 機情況中,一水位可為足夠供水到傾斜的滾筒的一預定尾 部的一預定水平。亦即,這樣的水位不是從洗衣機外可察 覺到’或可見的。然而’這樣的水位係預定的以便不會在 待洗衣物中產生任何更多的泡沫。即使已產生泡沫,泡沫 會產生於桶内而不會在滾筒内,防止泡沫過度的累積。因 此’使用者可直觀地確定在最後沖洗步驟中沒有泡沫產 生’而沖洗表現的滿意程度可有所改善。 45 201124585 [00142】一第三排水步驟(S762 ),可在最後沖洗步驟中的 第三滾筒驅動步驟(S761)之後執行,以執行自旋循環。 可驅動該滾筒進行第三排水步驟中的步進及/或摩擦運轉 以均勻地分散待洗衣物。 A·3自旋循環(S770 ): [〇〇叫纟照圖7A,以下將詳述在標準模式中的自旋循環 之-控制方法。該自旋循環可執行如一標準模式的一部 分’再加上清洗循環與沖洗循環,或為—獨立的單—模式。 為了便於討論,在執行清洗循環及沖洗循環所組成的標準 模式之後的自旋循環的一控制方法將詳述如下。 A.3.1待洗衣物解開糾結(S77i): 陶4】自旋循環可包括—待洗衣物解開糾結步驟,係透過 驅動滾筒以均句地分散待洗衣物以解開糾結的待洗衣物。Γ / no step (S760 ) can be used as the __ final rinse step after the first rinse step. If the detergent is in powder form, a third rinse step can be used as a final rinse step. However, when the foam is subjected to a fourth rinse in the second rinse step, the fourth rinse is performed (in the case of a powder type detergent), and the step is the final rinse step. [00141] A water level in the final rinse step (S76〇) can be a relatively low water level. In the case of a tilt drum type washing machine having a drum inclined at a predetermined angle, a water level may be a predetermined level sufficient to supply water to a predetermined tail of the inclined drum. That is, such a water level is not detectable or visible from outside the washing machine. However, such water levels are predetermined so as not to create any more foam in the laundry. Even if foam has been generated, the foam will be produced in the tub and not in the drum, preventing excessive accumulation of foam. Therefore, the user can intuitively determine that there is no foam generation in the final rinsing step, and the satisfaction level of the rinsing performance can be improved. 45 201124585 [00142] A third draining step (S762) may be performed after the third drum driving step (S761) in the last flushing step to perform a spin cycle. The drum can be driven to perform a stepping and/or rubbing operation in the third draining step to evenly disperse the laundry. A·3 spin cycle (S770): [Squelly refer to Fig. 7A, the spin cycle control method in the standard mode will be described in detail below. The spin cycle can be performed as part of a standard mode plus a wash cycle and a flush cycle, or as an independent single mode. For ease of discussion, a control method of the spin cycle after performing the standard mode consisting of the cleaning cycle and the flushing cycle will be described in detail below. A.3.1 Untied laundry tangled (S77i): Tao 4] The spin cycle may include - the laundry unwinding and tangling step, by means of the drive roller to uniformly disperse the laundry to untang the tangled laundry .

該自旋循環提供減少了遼料A 衰筒在1速旋轉時產生的振動。 果在自旋循衮之則的排水步驟中驅動滾筒進行步進及/ ^擦運轉,待洗衣物很可能在步進及/或摩擦運财被解 :至一預定的程度’而待洗衣物解開糾結步驟所需的 時間可大大減少。 46 201124585 [00145】在待洗衣物解開糾結步驟之後,在一預定時間間隔 以一預定轉速低於低共振頻率旋轉滾筒的偏心量,可透過 加速滾筒並決定待洗衣物在滚筒内是否均勻分佈來衡量。 [00146】依據其他具體實施例的在標準模式中的—自旋循 環的一偏心率量測步驟,可在一待洗衣物解開糾結步驟前 進行。一大量的待洗衣物量的解開糾結可—直由沖洗循環 的滾筒驅動運轉來執行《因此,該自旋循環可與偏心率量 • 測步驟一起開始,以減少自旋循環的時間。如果測得的偏 心量相較於一參考的偏心量是理想的,則可進行詳如後述 的加速。如果測得的偏心量相較於一參考的偏心量是不理 想的,可進行待洗衣物解開糾結步驟。驅動滾筒可進行待 洗衣物解開糾結步驟中的步進運轉,以促進待洗衣物的解 開糾結,而偏心率量測步驟可在待洗衣物解開糾結步驟之 後重新啟動。 A.3.3加速和標準自旋(S775 ): [00147]在偏心率量測步驟之後,可進行一對滾筒旋轉加速 至一標準自旋轉速(加速步驟)的步驟。之後,一普通自 旋步驟係用來進行以標準自旋轉速旋轉滾筒而完成該自旋 循環°標準自旋的滾筒轉速可預設為大約每分鐘1000轉。 亦即’待洗衣物所含有的水量可盡可能降低以減少去污劑 殘留°標準自旋的轉速係依使用者的選擇而可變更,因為 201124585 標準自旋的轉速係關於在自旋循環已完成後的殘餘水分水 平和待洗衣物的皺折程度。因此,使用者可選定關於待洗 衣物的水分水平和皺折程度的普通自旋步驟的轉速。 B.模式B (極髒污物模式): [00148]參照圖8 ’嚴重的髒污將於如下詳述之—極辨污物 模式B中從待洗衣物被移除。此外,極髒污物模式可在選 Φ 擇區117中被選定(ssio)。 B.1清洗循環(S830): Β·1.1確定洗衣量(S831 ):This spin cycle provides a reduction in the vibration generated by the L-cell A-cavity at 1 revolution. In the draining step of the spin cycle, the drum is driven to perform stepping and / rubbing operation, and the laundry is likely to be solved in stepping and/or frictional transportation: to a predetermined extent 'while laundry The time required to unlock the entanglement step can be greatly reduced. 46 201124585 [00145] After the tangling step of the laundry is untied, the eccentric amount of the drum is rotated at a predetermined rotation speed lower than the low resonance frequency at a predetermined time interval, and the acceleration drum is passed through and the laundry is uniformly distributed in the drum. to measure. [00146] An eccentricity measurement step of the spin cycle in the standard mode in accordance with other embodiments can be performed prior to the step of untangling the laundry. A large amount of unwinding tangles of the amount of laundry can be performed directly by the drum drive operation of the flush cycle. Therefore, the spin cycle can be started with the eccentricity amount measuring step to reduce the spin cycle time. If the measured eccentricity is ideal compared to the eccentricity of a reference, acceleration as described later can be performed. If the measured amount of eccentricity is undesirable compared to the amount of eccentricity of a reference, the step of untangling the laundry can be performed. The driving roller can perform the stepping operation in the laundry untangling step to promote the untangling of the laundry, and the eccentricity measuring step can be restarted after the laundry is untied and tangled. A.3.3 Acceleration and Standard Spin (S775): [00147] After the eccentricity measurement step, a pair of drum rotation acceleration steps to a standard spin speed (acceleration step) may be performed. Thereafter, a normal spin step is used to perform the spin cycle at a standard spin speed to complete the spin cycle. The standard spin speed can be preset to about 1000 revolutions per minute. That is, the amount of water contained in the laundry can be reduced as much as possible to reduce the detergent residue. The standard spin speed can be changed according to the user's choice, because the standard spin speed of 201124585 is related to the spin cycle. The residual moisture level after completion and the degree of wrinkles of the laundry. Therefore, the user can select the rotational speed of the ordinary spin step with respect to the water level and the degree of wrinkles of the laundry to be washed. B. Mode B (Extremely Dirty Mode): [00148] Referring to Figure 8 'Severe soiling will be removed from the laundry in Mode B as detailed below. In addition, the extremely dirty mode can be selected (ssio) in the selection 117. B.1 Cleaning Cycle (S830): Β·1.1 Determine the amount of laundry (S831):

[00149] 當選定該極髒污物模式時’可執行洗衣量決定步驟 以決定裝人滾筒内的待洗衣物的4。該彳法確$的洗衣量 會近似於上述對應於該標準模式的方法,故重複說明將因 此而省略。該洗衣量決定步驟可在模式選擇步驟之前執行。 [00150] &amp;制部會將洗衣量決定步驟中所決定的洗衣量與 進行比較,並根據其比較的結果,控制將詳述如 下的一供水步驟和—清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉。實際上, 個大於-參考值的決定的洗衣量可被視為一個大的負 打而㈤低於-參考值的決定的洗衣量可被視為—個小 的負荷I據決定的洗衣量的每—個步驟的滾筒驅動運轉 將詳述如下 48 201124585 B.1.2 供水(S833 ): [00151】在一供水步驟中’控制部控制連接供水來源和桶的 水供應設備(例如,水供應管道與供水間)以供應洗衣水 至桶内。如果洗衣量決定步驟所測得的洗衣量小於一參考 值時控制。卩會控制滾筒驅動以進行滾翻運轉及/或步進運 轉及/或摩擦運轉及/或該過濾運轉及/或該滾動運轉。 鲁[001521首先’若放入該滾筒的待洗衣物糾結在一起滾筒 的偏〜的旋轉會被啟動,且控制部會控制滚筒驅動以進行 在供水步驟中的滾翻運轉來解開待洗衣物的糾結。在滾翻 運轉中,;袞筒沿著-預定方向旋轉且待洗衣物從一個對應 於該滾筒的旋轉方向大約9〇。或更多的位置被抛落到該滾 筒的最低點,以致使糾結的待洗衣物可被解開糾結且均句 地分散^ φ [00153]控制部控制滾筒進行步進運轉及,或摩擦運轉的旋 轉^樣會對裝於滚筒的待洗衣物施加一抛落衝擊。該步 進運轉和摩擦可用來順利地移除不溶性辭污物。因此,當 該滾筒以步進運轉及/或摩擦運轉驅動,不溶性辨污物可在 供水步驟中移除,而減少清洗時間並可提高清洗效率。 [00154】如上所述’供水㈣供應洗衣水聽内並浸满装入 滚筒的待洗衣物。因為如此,控制部可驅動該滾筒進行在 49 201124585 洗滌潤 …轉及/或摩擦運轉之後的過遽運轉,以進行 师55】此外,控制部可驅動該滾筒進行滾動運轉以在供水 步驟冷解去污劑於洗衣水令,且除了滾動運轉,以在供水 步帮已完成前將待洗衣物浸濕於洗衣水中。 [6】如果洗衣量係大於一參考值時,在供水步驟中,控 制:了控制滾筒進行滾翻運轉及/或該過濾運轉如果洗衣 量疋相對較大的,特別是,超過了參考值,用以對滚筒突 然煞車的該滾筒運轉如步進運轉及/或摩擦運轉,會施加太 大的馬達上的負載。推而廣之’步進及/或摩擦運轉的原始 作用即抛洛衝擊的應用將無法實現。因此,如果滾筒係裝 載一大的待洗衣物的量,則不進行該步進及/或摩擦運轉。 而且’如果滾筒係裝載一大的待洗衣物的量,藉由具有相 對較低的轉速的滾動運轉所產生的洗務潤濕效果無法有效 地實現’且亦不執行滾翻運轉以達到洗務潤濕。最終,如 、t量超過參考值,可驅動該滾筒進行滾翻及/或該過遽 運轉使其達到上述之待洗衣物的分散、不溶性辨污物的 移除、洗滌潤濕及去污劑溶解的效果。 Β.1·3 清洗(S835 ): 陶7】在供水步驟已完成後,可啟動極#污物模式的-清 洗步驟;髒污物模式的該清洗步驟可包括一浸泡步驟、 50 201124585 辦污物移除步驟及剩餘髒污物移除步驟。在這種情況下, 可在每個步驟中供應具有不同的溫度的洗衣水,而每個步 驟可相應地執行。 B.1.3.1 浸泡(S836 ): [麵】$泡步驟是一個將待洗衣物浸泡在冷水中以鬆脫[00149] When the extremely dirty mode is selected, the laundry amount determining step can be performed to determine the laundry 4 in the loading drum. The amount of laundry that is determined to be $ will be approximated by the above method corresponding to the standard mode, so the repeated explanation will be omitted. The laundry amount determining step can be performed prior to the mode selection step. [00150] The &amp; department will compare the amount of laundry determined in the laundry amount determining step with the result of the comparison, and control the drum driving operation which will be described in detail below for a water supply step and a cleaning step. In fact, a laundry amount greater than the - reference value can be regarded as a large negative hit and (5) a laundry amount lower than the - reference value can be regarded as a small load I determined by the amount of laundry The drum drive operation for each step will be detailed as follows. 48 201124585 B.1.2 Water supply (S833): [00151] In a water supply step, the control unit controls the water supply device that connects the water supply source and the barrel (for example, the water supply pipe and Water supply room) to supply laundry water to the barrel. Control is performed if the amount of laundry measured by the laundry amount determining step is less than a reference value. The drum drive is controlled to perform a rollover operation and/or a stepper operation and/or a frictional operation and/or the filtration operation and/or the rolling operation. Lu [001521 first] if the laundry to be placed in the drum is entangled, the rotation of the drum will be activated, and the control unit will control the drum drive to perform the roll-over operation in the water supply step to unlock the laundry. Tangled. In the roll-over operation, the cylinder rotates in a predetermined direction and the laundry is about 9 inches from a rotation direction corresponding to the drum. Or more positions are dropped to the lowest point of the drum, so that the tangled laundry can be untangled and evenly dispersed. [00153] The control unit controls the drum to perform stepping operation or friction operation. The rotation of the sample will exert a throwing impact on the laundry to be loaded on the drum. This stepping operation and friction can be used to smoothly remove insoluble resects. Therefore, when the drum is driven in a stepping operation and/or a rubbing operation, the insoluble matter can be removed in the water supply step, and the cleaning time can be reduced and the cleaning efficiency can be improved. [00154] As described above, the water supply (4) supplies the laundry water to the inside and is filled with the laundry to be loaded into the drum. Because of this, the control unit can drive the drum to perform the overrun operation after the washing operation and/or the friction operation at 49 201124585 to perform the operation. 55 In addition, the control unit can drive the drum to perform the rolling operation to cool the water supply step. The detergent is applied to the washing water, and in addition to the rolling operation, the laundry is soaked in the washing water before the water supply step has been completed. [6] If the amount of laundry is greater than a reference value, in the water supply step, control: control the drum to perform the rollover operation and/or the filtration operation if the amount of laundry is relatively large, in particular, exceeds the reference value, The operation of the drum, such as stepping operation and/or frictional operation, in which the drum is suddenly braked, exerts a too large load on the motor. The original application of stepping and/or frictional operation, that is, the application of the impact shock, will not be realized. Therefore, if the drum is loaded with a large amount of laundry, the stepping and/or rubbing operation is not performed. Moreover, 'if the drum is loaded with a large amount of laundry to be washed, the wetting effect by the rolling operation with a relatively low rotational speed cannot be effectively achieved' and the rolling operation is not performed to achieve the washing operation. wet. Finally, if the amount of t exceeds the reference value, the drum can be driven to roll over and/or the over-running operation to achieve the above-mentioned dispersion of the laundry, the removal of the insoluble soil, the washing and wetting, and the detergent dissolution. Effect. Β.1·3 Cleaning (S835): Tao 7] After the water supply step has been completed, the “dirty mode-cleaning step” can be activated; the cleaning step of the dirty mode can include a soaking step, 50 201124585 The object removal step and the remaining dirt removal step. In this case, washing water having different temperatures may be supplied in each step, and each step may be performed accordingly. B.1.3.1 Soaking (S836): [Face] $bubble step is a way to soak the laundry in cold water to loosen

待洗衣物中包含的嚴重癖污物的程度。具有溫度,例如大 約饥的相對冷的水係用於浸泡步驟,以鬆脫長時間附著 在待洗衣物的極髒污物中所含的蛋白質成份。如果這些蛋 白質成分接觸熱水’這些髒污物趨向於固定地凝固在待洗 衣物上而很難將它們從待洗衣物上分開。因為如此,浸泡 步驟可利用冷水,以防止極髒污物的蛋白f成份被固著在 待洗衣物上D _59]如果洗衣量小於一預定量時,馬達可驅動該滾筒進 行步進運I可在步進運轉後增加滾翻運轉及/或在滾動運 轉。由於步進運轉具有極佳的清洗能力並能減少清洗時 間’可對附著在待洗衣物的嚴重的辦污物進行、浸泡,並施 該步進運轉具有誘導極髒污 加一衝擊於待洗衣物。因此 物從待洗衣物上分離的作用 [00160】如果洗衣量超過了參考值時,可在浸泡步驟中驅動 滾筒進行滾翻運轉及/或滾動運轉。亦即,如果測得的洗衣 1是多於預定參考值時,由於沒有對馬達施加過載,故可 51 201124585 能不會執行步進運轉。如上所述’步進運轉對滚筒裡面的 待洗衣物施加一拋落衝擊,ϋ以增進清洗效車 平。然而,如 果洗衣量較大時,可能不會進行步進運韓。办 ^ 曰洗衣量超過 了參考值’步進運轉亦不會執行將詳述如下的髒污物移除 及剩餘髒污物移除的步驟。 Β.1.3.2髒污物移除(S837 ):The extent of serious contamination contained in the laundry. A relatively cold water having a temperature such as about hunger is used in the soaking step to release the protein component contained in the extremely dirty matter of the laundry for a long time. If these protein components are in contact with hot water, the dirt tends to solidify on the laundry to be washed and it is difficult to separate them from the laundry. Because of this, the soaking step can utilize cold water to prevent the extremely fouling protein f component from being fixed on the laundry D _59] If the laundry amount is less than a predetermined amount, the motor can drive the roller to perform the stepping operation. Increase the rollover operation and/or the rolling operation after the stepping operation. Due to the excellent cleaning ability of the stepping operation and the reduction of the cleaning time, it can carry out the immersion of the serious dirt attached to the laundry, and the stepping operation has the induction of extremely dirty and a shock to the laundry. Things. Therefore, the action of separating the objects from the laundry [00160] If the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value, the drum can be driven to perform a roll-over operation and/or a rolling operation in the soaking step. That is, if the measured laundry 1 is more than a predetermined reference value, since no overload is applied to the motor, it is possible to perform stepping operation in 201124585. As described above, the stepping operation exerts a throwing impact on the laundry to be washed in the drum to improve the cleaning effect. However, if the amount of laundry is large, it may not be stepped up. Do not exceed the reference value. Stepping operation will not perform the steps of removing the dirt and removing the remaining dirt as detailed below. Β.1.3.2 Dirty removal (S837):

[00161]在浸泡步驟後,可啟動一髒污物移除步驟係用以加 熱洗衣水於35°C至40°C的一定的溫度範圍内,移除嚴重的 辭污物。該洗衣水的溫度在髒污物移除步驟係設置於35。〇 至4(TC之間,因為包含在極髒污物中的皮脂成分在溫度近 似於人體溫度下係易於移除/桶的底部表面提供的加熱器 或用來供應加熱水的供水設備如提供蒸汽至桶内的設備, 可用來提高洗衣水的溫度達預定範圍内。 [00162]在辨污物移除步驟中’如果洗衣量為參考值或更 少’該控制料控制的馬達·動該滾筒進行滾翻運轉及/ 或滾動運轉。㈣翻運轉及/或該滾動運轉可施加低負荷於 馬達’而減少清洗時間,具有高清洗效率。因為如此,可 達到清洗時間的縮減。 陶⑹】如果洗衣量比參考值多時,控制部可控制滾筒驅動 以進行滾翻運轉。如果-個大的待洗衣物的量,在辦污物 52 201124585 移除步驟中可能不會卦并 现仃用來以相對較低的速度旋轉滾筒 的滾動運轉,而因此舍 _ 凡言進仃滾翻運轉。 B·1·3.3剩餘髒污物移除(S838 ): 【164】控制部可實現剩餘辨污物移除步驟,係在髒污物移 :步驟之後用來加熱洗衣水至大約航的溫度,並消毒、 漂白待洗衣物。在剩餘髒污物移除步驟中,該洗衣水的溫 度可為大約6(TC或更高以進行消毒、漂白待洗衣物。 [嶋5】在剩餘髒污物移除步驟中’該控制部可控制滾筒驅 動進行步進運轉’或在洗衣量小於參考值時為了進行步進 運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或滾動運轉。 , [〇〇施I如果洗衣量超過了參考值時,在剩餘髒污物移除步 驟中’控制部可控制滾筒驅動進行㈣運轉及/或滚 轉。 碟 B.2沖洗循環(S850 ): 於上述標準模式 洗循環。因此, [00167]極髒污物模式的沖洗循環會近似 的沖洗循環及將詳述如下的其他模式的沖 將省略沖洗循環的重複說明》 Β·3自旋循環(S870 ): 53 201124585 [嶋8】_污物模式的自旋循環會近似於上述標準模式 的自旋循環及將詳述如下的其他模式的自旋循環。因此, 將省略自旋循環的重複說明。 c.模式c(快速煮沸模式): [〇〇⑽】參照圖9,將詳述模式C。模式c可被稱為「快速 煮彿模式」,係用以在相對較短的時間内加熱洗衣水到預定 溫度’以達到待洗衣物的衛生沸騰的效果,亦如在一衛生 處理循環。 卿】在一般情況下’當殺菌和漂白待洗衣物時,會加熱 裝在桶内的洗衣水到一預設的「設定溫度」,然後進行清 洗。由於清洗時間相對較長,洗衣水加熱也消耗了不少電 力,其需要相當長的時間和較多的電力來加熱裝在桶内的 洗衣水到-預設溫度。在快速煮涛模式中,待洗衣物可進 行消毒及漂白,同時也能降低整體清洗時間和電力消耗。 無論洗衣水的溫度是多知快速煮沸模式會於一預設時間 内加熱供應至桶内的洗衣水’而非加熱洗衣水直到洗衣水 到達預設溫度。若考量音洗At六 m先月&quot;力,在這個清洗模式中,可 包括在快速煮滞模式中提供的—清洗步驟的—個依據洗衣 水的溫度的補償時間步驟,參照圖9詳述如下。 [_】首先,使用者可從模式選擇區m選擇快速考沸模 式(關h然後,該控制部執行—快速煮沸模式的清洗步 54 201124585 允許控制部 其儲存在一 擇步驟或一 …间的設定步驟。這清洗時間設定步驟, 來決定快速煮模式的清洗步驟所需的時間, 儲存裝置’如—記憶體t。此步料與模式選 供水步驟同時進行。 C·1清洗循環(S930 ): .1決定洗衣量及設定清洗時間(S93丨): 當使用者選擇該快速煮沸模式,該控制部可 用以衡量待洗衣物的量’及-清洗時間設 丨 〜疋依據決定的洗衣量的快速m式的—清 洗步驟所需的時間 月 到預疋位置的時間來決定洗衣量,或在滾筒旋轉一 間之後的剩餘旋轉的時間。[00161] After the soaking step, a dirty soil removal step can be initiated to heat the wash water within a range of temperatures from 35 ° C to 40 ° C to remove severe resects. The temperature of the washing water is set at 35 in the dirt removal step. 〇 to 4 (between TC, because the sebum component contained in extremely dirty matter is provided at a temperature close to the body temperature, the heater is provided for easy removal/bottom surface of the tub or the water supply device for supplying heated water is provided The steam to the equipment in the tub can be used to increase the temperature of the washing water within a predetermined range. [00162] In the dirt removing step, 'if the amount of laundry is a reference value or less', the motor controlled by the control material The drum is subjected to roll-over operation and/or rolling operation. (4) Turning operation and/or the rolling operation can apply a low load to the motor' to reduce the cleaning time and have high cleaning efficiency. Because of this, the cleaning time can be reduced. Tao (6)] When the amount of laundry is more than the reference value, the control unit can control the drum drive to perform the roll-over operation. If the amount of the large laundry is large, it may not be used in the removal step of the sewage 52 201124585 and is now used to The rolling operation of the rotating drum is relatively low, and therefore the rolling operation is performed. B·1·3.3 Residual dirt removal (S838): [164] The control unit can realize the residual dirt removal The step is to heat the washing water to about the temperature of the laundry after the step of removing the dirt, and to sterilize and bleach the laundry. In the remaining dirt removing step, the temperature of the washing water may be about 6 ( TC or higher for disinfecting and bleaching the laundry. [嶋5] In the remaining dirt removal step, 'the control unit can control the drum drive to perform the stepping operation' or to perform the step when the laundry amount is less than the reference value In-run and/or roll-over operation and/or rolling operation. , [When the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value, in the remaining dirt removal step, the control unit can control the drum drive to perform (4) operation and/or Rolling. Dish B.2 Flushing Cycle (S850): Wash cycle in the above standard mode. Therefore, [00167] The flush cycle of the extremely dirty mode will approximate the flush cycle and the other modes of the following will be omitted. Repeated description of the flushing cycle Β·3 Spin cycle (S870): 53 201124585 [嶋8] The spin cycle of the dirt mode will approximate the spin cycle of the above standard mode and the other modes as detailed below Rotating cycle. Therefore, Repeat the repetitive description of the spin cycle. c. Mode c (rapid boiling mode): [〇〇(10)] Referring to Figure 9, mode C will be described in detail. Mode c can be called "rapid boiled mode", which is used in Heating the washing water to a predetermined temperature in a relatively short period of time to achieve the hygienic boiling effect of the laundry, as in a sanitary treatment cycle. Qing] In general, when the sterilization and bleaching of the laundry, it will heat up The washing water contained in the tub reaches a preset "set temperature" and then is cleaned. Since the washing time is relatively long, the washing water heating also consumes a lot of power, which takes a long time and more power. The washing water contained in the tub is heated to a preset temperature. In the quick boil mode, the laundry can be disinfected and bleached, and the overall cleaning time and power consumption can also be reduced. Regardless of the temperature of the washing water, it is known that the fast boiling mode heats the washing water supplied to the tub within a predetermined period of time instead of heating the washing water until the washing water reaches a preset temperature. If the sound is washed, the Atm6 first month &quot; force, in this cleaning mode, may include the step of compensating time according to the temperature of the washing water provided in the rapid stagnation mode - the cleaning step, as detailed below with reference to FIG. . [_] First, the user can select the quick test boiling mode from the mode selection area m (closed h then, the control unit executes - the quick boiling mode cleaning step 54 201124585 allows the control unit to store it in a step or a Setting step. This cleaning time setting step determines the time required for the cleaning step of the quick cooking mode, the storage device 'such as the memory t. This step is performed simultaneously with the mode selection water supply step. C·1 cleaning cycle (S930) : .1 determines the amount of laundry and sets the cleaning time (S93丨): When the user selects the quick boiling mode, the control unit can be used to measure the amount of laundry 'and the cleaning time is set to 疋 疋 according to the determined amount of laundry The quick m-type - the time required for the cleaning step to the pre-turn position determines the amount of laundry, or the time of the remaining rotation after the drum is rotated one.

[]在凊洗時間設定步驟,該控制部可選擇一清洗時 間’係相對於存在記憶體内的以適當次數測量的洗衣量。 快速錢模式的清洗步驟所需料㈣時間係儲存在儲存 設備’如記憶體中,因&amp;,當選擇了快速煮沸模式,該控 制部可選擇儲存在記憶體中的-適當時間。 C.1.2 供水(S933 ) · [00叫該快速煮滞模式的清洗擴環可包括一個供水步驟 用以供應洗衣水至桶内。在供水步騾中,控制部控制連接 55 201124585 於供水源及桶的供水設備(如供水路徑和供水間)以供應 水至桶。而且,該控制部控制在類似滚筒驅動運轉中的浪 筒進行例如上述的極辦污物模式的供水步驟的滾筒驅㈣ 轉’而因此將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 C.1.3水溫量測步驟/補償(S935 ): [00175】當該水係供應至桶,該控制部利用設於洗衣機的— 魯 S度感測器測量洗衣水的溫度,並比較測量的溫度與—參 考溫度來調整清洗步驟的時間。 [00176]例如,控制部可將測量的洗衣水的溫度與一參考溫 度進行比較,例如,高於大約5(rc。如果測得的溫度高於 參考溫度,例如,如果加熱的水係供應至桶,該控制部會 立即執行清洗步驟《然而,如果測量溫度低於參考溫度時, 控制部可執行用以調整清洗步驟的時間的一補償步驟。 鲁[00177]如上所述,於此模式中,無論水溫為何在預定時間 間隔加熱洗衣水後,可執行清洗步驟。因為如此,裝在桶 内的洗衣水的溫度可有所不同,這取決於在一加熱步驟已 完成後供應至桶的水的溫度,且由於水溫的不同而清洗能 力會有差異。因此,該補償步驟是提供減少因在加熱步驟 後洗衣水的不同溫度所造成的清洗能力的差異。如果洗衣 水的溫度低於參考溫度時,可增加清洗步驟的時間,以彌 補在較低的溫度的清洗能力。 56 201124585 [剛肖來定義一溫度範圍的參考溫度的數量可適當地 調整。例如,在-具體實施例中,可提供—單—參考溫度, 且在替代的具體實施例中,可提供複數個參考溫度。若洗 衣水的溫度高於一第一參考溫度(例如5〇。〇,而其有三個 參考溫度,亦即’首先,在第二與第三參考溫度有提供時, 控制部會可立即執行清洗步驟。當洗衣水的測量的溫度是 低於第-參考溫度而高於第二參考溫度,第二參考溫度(如 4〇。㈡係低於第-參考溫度(例如机),以及當測量的溫 度低於第二參考溫度而高於第三參考溫度,第三參考溫度 (如30 C)係低於第二參考溫度(如4〇。㈡,以及當測量 的溫度低於第三參考溫度時’會執行用以補償在清洗時間 設置步驟所預置的清洗步驟的時間的該補償步驟。 [瞻】當已補償清洗步驟的時間,控制部可取決於洗衣水 的溫度而控制不同的補償時間。清洗能力係大大的比例取 決於洗衣水的溫度。因兔‘ 囚為如此,洗衣水的測量溫度越低, 則補償的時間越長。參考溫度和補償步驟中增加的時間範 圍係依據洗衣機的容量及其他因素而可預先設定。 C.M 加熱(S937 ): [00180]當在補償㈣巾已補償該清洗步㈣預設的時 間’可執行一加熱步驟一箱+此bb 預疋時間間,用以藉由滾筒運轉 的方式移除待洗衣物中包含㈣污物的隔,並同時加熱洗 57 201124585 衣水。該加熱步驟可為一獨立 一清洗步驟的一部分。只是為 述中’該加熱步驟將以該清洗 的步驟執行,或為如後述的 了便於时論,在此模式的描 步驟的一部分而詳述如下。 C.U 清洗(S939 ): [00181]十夬速煮彿模式中的清洗步驟的一滾筒驅動運轉可 包括的該步進運轉及/或該滾翻運轉及/或該滾動運轉。 卿2】步進運轉具有良好的清洗能力’並對待洗衣物施加 衝擊,以使附著於待洗衣物的辨污物可分開,且可減少清 、時1因此,在清洗步驟的初始階段,控制部可旋轉滾 筒進订步進運轉。在這種情況下,加熱步驟可在清洗步驟 的步進運轉後執行。 _83】在步進運轉中,滾筒以—預定速度旋轉使得待洗衣 力而不會從滾筒的内圓周表面被拋落。當待洗衣 物位於接近滾筒的最高點,可對滾筒施加一反轉扭矩。由 於步進運轉的淨作用㈣經調整,在步進運轉巾施加至馬 、、負載比在其他運轉大。因為如此,如果用以加熱洗衣 水的加熱步驟係是繼續在步進運轉中,電力耗費量將增 加且由於電流的增加可能會出現一安全問題。因此,在 步進運轉已元成後’加熱步驟可進行—預定時間。 [84】加熱步驟係在加熱器未在一預設加熱時間驅動時 進行而並非必要直至洗衣水的溫度達到一預定值。這使 58 201124585 得/月洗步驟所需的時間和電力是可準確預測的且使用者可 2知預測數據。此外,不管在清洗步驟中供應的洗衣水的 -度’清洗步驟可大致進行相同的預設時間,使得可減少 電力消耗和清洗時間。 [00185] g此’控制部可控制滾翻運轉及/或待進行的滾動 運轉在這種情況下,在加熱步驟啟動的同時會進行滾翻 運轉及/或滚動運轉。滾翻運轉和滾動運轉施予馬達低負荷 •❿具有良好的清洗能力,與減少清洗時間。因此,滾翻運 轉和滾動運轉可達到減少清洗步驟所需的清洗時間的效 、及即使在使用不同溫度的洗衣水的清洗步驟進行中 適當的清洗能力的效果。 C·2沖洗循環(S950 ): [00186】快速煮沸模式的一沖洗循環會近似於上述模式的 _ 沖洗循環及其他後面描述的模式的沖洗循環。因此,將省 略其進一步的詳細說明。 c.3自旋循環(S970 ): [00187]快速煮游模式的一自旋循環會近似於上述模式的 自旋循環及其他後面描述的模式的自旋循環。因此,將省 略其進一步的詳細說明。 59 201124585 D.模式D (冷洗模式)·· [00188]參照圖10,將詳述一冷洗模式D。冷洗模式D係 用來不需加熱洗衣水而清洗待洗衣物,提供節約能源而不 會降低一所需的清洗能力。因此,此模式測量供應至桶的 洗衣水的溫度,將測量溫度與預設溫度進行比較,並相應 的調整操作參數,使能保持清洗能力。例如,如果依據比 較的結果,洗衣水的溫度沒有達到參考溫度,能足夠地補 • 償清洗時間以在冷洗模式中提供一目標清洗能力。 [〇〇1的】首先’使用者可從模式選擇區117選擇該冷洗模式 (〇1〇) ^使用者選擇該冷洗模式,該控制部可順序地 或選擇性地進行一清洗循環、一沖洗循環及/或自旋循環。 D.1清洗循環(第一具體實施例)(sl〇3〇): D. 1.1決定洗衣量/清洗時間設定(s丨〇3 1 ): 陶〇】當使用者選擇該冷洗模式,該控制部可進行一洗衣 量決定步驟係用以衡量待洗衣物的量,及一清洗時間設定 步驟係用以設定依據該量測的待洗衣物的量的冷洗模式的 :清洗步驟所需的時間。在洗衣量決定步驟中,該控制部 了利用旋轉滾筒到預^位置的所花的時間或在滾筒的殘餘 旋轉所花的時間,如上所述,以衡量待洗衣物的量。在清 洗時間設定步驟,該控制部可從儲存在記憶體中的依據洗 201124585 衣量的合適的時間中,選埋 避擇餅應於測量的洗衣量的一清洗 時間。 D.U 供水(S1033 ): [刪…模式的清洗備環可包括一供水步驟用以供康 洗衣水至桶。在供水步驟中’該控制部控制供水設備(如 供水路徑和供水闕)連接的供水來源與桶以供應水至桶。 而且’該控制部控制在_介 _ 制在類似滾筒驅動運轉的滾筒,以進行 極辦5物模式或上述的煮沸模式的供水步驟的滾筒驅動運 轉。因此,將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 D.1.3水溫測量/清洗時間補償(si〇35): [峨】、當該洗衣水係供應至桶’該控制部可利用設於洗衣 機的溫度測量裝置來測量洗衣水的溫度。該控制部可將 測量的溫度與參考溫度進行比較(如15。〇。如果測吾 洗衣水溫度是參考、,w /1量的 〜 疋參考-度或以上,控制部可依據該洗衣量執 驟而不補償清洗時間。如果測得的溫度低於參考 /皿又時’控制部可執行清洗時間補償步驟。在這個例子中 :「15t」是作為-臨界溫度的-個例子,能夠保證― 二二在冷洗和利用冷水的一清洗能力測試的一參考溫 此,如果測量洗衣水的溫度低於參考溫度時 &quot;可調節在清洗時間設定步驟中所設定的清洗步驟的時工 201124585 間 間。例如,如果測量溫度低於參考溫度時,控制部可增加 一預定時間至清洗步料時心防止因㈣具有比參考值 低的溫度的冷洗衣水而使清洗能力變差。例如,如果測量 洗衣水的溫度小於大約阶,在清洗時間補償步驟中可辦 加1〇分鐘至清洗步驟的時間。如果,例如,所測溫度超過 且小於的,可增加5分鐘至清洗步驟㈣ D-1.4 清洗(S1037): 陣93】當已補償清洗㈣料間,上述的洗衣量決定步驟 中測得的洗衣量是與洗衣量參考值進行比較,並可執行包 括依據洗衣量的不同的滾筒驅動運轉的—清洗步驟。該洗 衣量參考值可依據允許步進運轉執行,㈣考慮到該滾筒 的大小及馬達的輸出的一待洗衣物的量而預先設定。例 如,洗衣量參考值可是一洗衣機的清洗容量的一半(大約 5〜6公斤於一具# 斤容量的洗衣幻。$先描述洗衣 量的測量值小於洗衣量參考值的一實例,然後再描述測量 值即為參考值或更多的一實例。 [00194】當洗衣量的測量值小於洗衣量參考值,控制部控制 要在清洗步驟中進行的步進運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或滾動 運轉。該步進運轉對於裝入滾筒内的待洗衣物施加拋落衝 擊’而即使是用冷水亦可易於移除待洗衣物中所含的癖污 物。如果在清洗步驟中待洗衣物糾結在一起,會產生該滚 62 201124585 筒的偏心旋m,該控制部會驅動滾筒進行滚翻運轉 及/或滾動運轉以解m並分散糾結的待洗衣物。 [麵]當洗衣量的測量值是參考值或以上,控制部控制要 在清洗步驟中進行的過濾運轉及/或滾翻運轉。如果洗衣量 為參考值或以上’大的負荷量會使其難以達到在步進運轉 中的對待洗衣物的衝擊效果,及在滚動運轉中的沿著滾筒 的内圓周表面滾動待洗衣物的效果。因為如此 該過濾運[] In the rinsing time setting step, the control unit can select a cleaning time ‘ relative to the amount of laundry measured in an appropriate number of times in the memory. The quick money mode cleaning step requires (4) time to be stored in the storage device 'such as memory, because &, when the fast boiling mode is selected, the control can select the appropriate time to store in the memory. C.1.2 Water Supply (S933) • [00] The cleaning expansion ring called the rapid stagnation mode may include a water supply step for supplying the laundry water to the barrel. In the water supply step, the control unit controls the connection to the water supply source and the water supply equipment of the barrel (such as the water supply path and the water supply room) to supply water to the barrel. Further, the control unit controls the drum drive (four) to rotate, for example, the water supply step of the above-described extreme dirt mode in the drum driving operation, and thus a further detailed description thereof will be omitted. C.1.3 Water temperature measurement step/compensation (S935): [00175] When the water system is supplied to the tub, the control unit measures the temperature of the washing water using a Lu S sensor located in the washing machine, and compares the measured Temperature and - reference temperature to adjust the time of the cleaning step. [00176] For example, the control portion may compare the measured temperature of the wash water with a reference temperature, for example, above about 5 (rc. If the measured temperature is higher than the reference temperature, for example, if the heated water system is supplied to In the barrel, the control unit immediately performs the washing step. However, if the measured temperature is lower than the reference temperature, the control unit may perform a compensation step for adjusting the time of the washing step. [00177] As described above, in this mode The washing step may be performed after the washing water is heated at predetermined intervals regardless of the water temperature. Because of this, the temperature of the washing water contained in the tub may vary depending on the supply to the tub after a heating step has been completed. The temperature of the water, and the cleaning ability may vary due to the difference in water temperature. Therefore, the compensation step is to provide a difference in cleaning ability caused by different temperatures of the washing water after the heating step. If the temperature of the washing water is lower than When the temperature is referenced, the cleaning step can be increased to compensate for the cleaning ability at a lower temperature. 56 201124585 [After defining a temperature range The amount of temperature can be suitably adjusted. For example, in a particular embodiment, a single-reference temperature can be provided, and in an alternative embodiment, a plurality of reference temperatures can be provided. If the temperature of the wash water is higher than one a reference temperature (eg 5 〇. 〇, and it has three reference temperatures, ie 'first, when the second and third reference temperatures are provided, the control can immediately perform the cleaning step. When the measured temperature of the wash water Is lower than the first reference temperature and higher than the second reference temperature, the second reference temperature (eg, 4 〇. (b) is lower than the first reference temperature (eg, machine), and when the measured temperature is lower than the second reference temperature At a third reference temperature, the third reference temperature (eg, 30 C) is lower than the second reference temperature (eg, 4 〇 (2), and when the measured temperature is lower than the third reference temperature' is performed to compensate for the cleaning time The compensation step of setting the time of the cleaning step preset in the step. [When the time of the washing step has been compensated, the control unit can control different compensation time depending on the temperature of the washing water. The cleaning ability is greatly greater than Depending on the temperature of the washing water. Because the rabbit is in prison, the lower the measured temperature of the washing water, the longer the compensation time. The time range added in the reference temperature and compensation steps can be advanced according to the capacity of the washing machine and other factors. Set. CM Heating (S937): [00180] When the compensation (four) towel has compensated for the cleaning step (4) preset time 'can perform a heating step for a box + this bb pre-time, for the way to run by the drum Removing the compartment containing the (4) dirt in the laundry, and simultaneously heating and washing 57 201124585 clothing water. The heating step may be part of a separate cleaning step. Just for the description, the heating step will be performed by the cleaning step. Or, as will be described later, a part of the description of this mode is described in detail below. CU Cleaning (S939): [00181] A drum driving operation of the cleaning step in the Shiyan Instant Buddha mode may include This stepping operation and/or the rolling operation and/or the rolling operation. Qing 2] stepping operation has a good cleaning ability' and exerts an impact on the laundry, so that the dirt adhering to the laundry can be separated, and the cleaning time can be reduced. Therefore, in the initial stage of the cleaning step, control The rotating drum can be stepped in. In this case, the heating step can be performed after the stepping operation of the washing step. _83] In the stepping operation, the drum is rotated at a predetermined speed so that the laundry is not washed away from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. When the laundry is located near the highest point of the drum, a reverse torque can be applied to the drum. Since the net action (4) of the stepping operation is adjusted, the step running towel is applied to the horse, and the load is larger than the other operation. Because of this, if the heating step for heating the washing water is continued in the stepping operation, the power consumption amount will increase and a safety problem may occur due to the increase in the current. Therefore, the heating step can be performed after the stepping operation has been completed - a predetermined time. The heating step is performed while the heater is not being driven for a predetermined heating time and is not necessary until the temperature of the washing water reaches a predetermined value. This allows the time and power required for the 58 201124585 get/month wash step to be accurately predicted and the user can know the predicted data. Further, the -degree of washing step of the washing water supplied in the washing step can be substantially performed for the same preset time, so that power consumption and washing time can be reduced. [00185] The control unit can control the rollover operation and/or the rolling operation to be performed. In this case, the rollover operation and/or the roll operation are performed while the heating step is started. Rolling operation and rolling operation give the motor a low load. • It has good cleaning ability and reduces cleaning time. Therefore, the roll-over operation and the rolling operation can achieve the effect of reducing the cleaning time required for the washing step, and the effect of proper cleaning ability even in the washing step using washing water of different temperatures. C·2 Flush Cycle (S950): [00186] A flush cycle of the fast boil mode will approximate the flush cycle of the above mode _ flush cycle and other modes described later. Therefore, further detailed explanations will be omitted. C.3 Spin Cycle (S970): [00187] A spin cycle of the fast boil mode will approximate the spin cycle of the above mode and other spin cycles of the modes described later. Therefore, further detailed explanations will be omitted. 59 201124585 D. Mode D (Cold Wash Mode) · [00188] Referring to Figure 10, a cold wash mode D will be described in detail. The cold wash mode D is used to clean the laundry without heating the washing water, providing energy saving without reducing a required cleaning power. Therefore, this mode measures the temperature of the wash water supplied to the tub, compares the measured temperature with the preset temperature, and adjusts the operating parameters accordingly to maintain the cleaning capability. For example, if the temperature of the wash water does not reach the reference temperature based on the result of the comparison, the wash time can be sufficiently compensated to provide a target cleaning capability in the cold wash mode. [〇〇1] First, the user can select the cold wash mode from the mode selection area 117. The user selects the cold wash mode, and the control unit can sequentially or selectively perform a cleaning cycle. A flush cycle and/or spin cycle. D.1 cleaning cycle (first embodiment) (sl〇3〇): D. 1.1 determines the amount of laundry / cleaning time setting (s丨〇 3 1): Tao Wei] When the user selects the cold wash mode, the The control unit may perform a laundry amount determining step for measuring the amount of the laundry to be washed, and a cleaning time setting step for setting the cold washing mode according to the measured amount of the laundry to be washed: required for the washing step time. In the laundry amount determining step, the control portion takes the time taken to rotate the drum to the pre-position or the time spent on the residual rotation of the drum, as described above, to measure the amount of laundry. In the cleaning time setting step, the control unit may select a cleaning time for the laundry amount to be measured from the appropriate time stored in the memory according to the amount of washing 201124585. D.U Water Supply (S1033): The [REDUTED... mode cleaning backup ring may include a water supply step for the laundry to the barrel. In the water supply step, the control unit controls the water supply source and the tub connected to the water supply device (e.g., the water supply path and the water supply port) to supply the water to the tub. Further, the control unit controls the drum driving operation in the drum-like driving operation to perform the drum driving operation in the extreme water supply mode or the above-described boiling mode. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. D.1.3 Water temperature measurement/washing time compensation (si〇35): [峨], when the washing water is supplied to the tub' The control unit can measure the temperature of the washing water using a temperature measuring device provided in the washing machine. The control unit can compare the measured temperature with the reference temperature (for example, 15. If the temperature of the washing water is reference, w / 1 amount ~ 疋 reference - degree or more, the control department can be based on the laundry amount The cleaning time is not compensated. If the measured temperature is lower than the reference/dish, the control unit can perform the cleaning time compensation step. In this example: "15t" is an example of -critical temperature, which can guarantee - A reference temperature test for cold wash and cold water use cleaning test, if the temperature of the wash water is lower than the reference temperature, &quot; adjust the time of the cleaning step set in the cleaning time setting step 201124585 For example, if the measured temperature is lower than the reference temperature, the control portion may increase the predetermined time to the cleaning step to prevent the cleaning ability from being deteriorated due to (4) cold washing water having a temperature lower than the reference value. For example, if The temperature of the washing water is less than about step, and the washing time compensation step can be added for 1 minute to the cleaning step. If, for example, the measured temperature exceeds and is less than , can be increased by 5 minutes to the cleaning step (4) D-1.4 Cleaning (S1037): Array 93] When the compensated cleaning (4) material is used, the laundry amount measured in the above laundry amount determining step is compared with the laundry amount reference value, and A washing step including a different drum driving operation depending on the amount of laundry may be performed. The washing amount reference value may be executed in accordance with the allowable stepping operation, and (4) in advance in consideration of the size of the drum and the amount of laundry to be outputted by the motor. For example, the laundry amount reference value may be half of the washing capacity of a washing machine (about 5 to 6 kg in a washing machine with a capacity of # 斤. $ first describes an example in which the measured amount of laundry is less than the reference value of the laundry amount, and then An example in which the measured value is the reference value or more is described. [00194] When the measured value of the laundry amount is less than the laundry amount reference value, the control unit controls the stepping operation and/or the rollover operation to be performed in the washing step and/or Or rolling operation. This stepping operation applies a throwing impact to the laundry to be loaded into the drum, and even if it is cold water, it is easy to remove the dirt contained in the laundry. If the laundry is tangled together during the washing step, the eccentric rotation m of the roller 62 201124585 can be generated, and the control portion drives the roller to perform the rolling operation and/or the rolling operation to solve the m and disperse the tangled laundry. When the measured value of the laundry amount is the reference value or more, the control unit controls the filtering operation and/or the rolling operation to be performed in the washing step. If the amount of laundry is a reference value or more, a large load amount makes it difficult to reach. The impact effect of the laundry on the stepping operation, and the effect of rolling the laundry along the inner circumferential surface of the drum during the rolling operation.

轉和滾翻運轉可單獨地或依序地進行,以達到保持清洗 力的效果及分散待洗衣物的效果。 D.1’清洗循環(第二具體實施例)(sll3〇): [00196】圖11是如此處所詳述的依據一第二具體 一冷洗模式的示意圖。 [00197]與依據第一具體實施例的冷洗模式相較,依據第二 參具體實施例的冷洗模式省略了 一清洗時間設置步驟與一補 償步驟’反而是在該洗衣水的溫度低於丨5它時利用加熱器 加熱洗衣水。亦即,在依據第二具體實施例的—冷洗模式 中’ t決疋洗衣量(S1131)且不設置清洗時間而立即進行 一供水步驟(S1133)。之後’測量該洗衣水的溫度(S1135) 以進行清洗步驟(S1137)。該滚筒的一滚筒驅動運轉可因 在依據的第二具體實施例的清洗步驟中的洗衣量而不同, 其係近似於上述的第一具體實施例。該依據的第二具體實 63 201124585 施例的清洗步驟可進一步包括依據測量洗衣水的溫度的_ 加熱步驟。 [00198】以下將詳述一個在清洗步驟中測得的洗衣量低於 參考值的案例’在其中該滚筒的滾筒驅動運轉包括步進運 轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或滾動運轉。 【謝991當測量的洗衣水溫度小於參考值,在清洗步驟開始 後進行步進運轉。在該步進運轉後,可執行一加熱步驟利 參用一加熱器或設於桶内的一水分供應設備以加熱洗衣水。 在步進運轉後開始加熱步驟,如上所述,因為步進運轉會 增加馬達的負載。因此,如果加熱步驟及步進運轉同時進 行時會發生—安全問題並使清洗能力惡化。而且,如果加 熱步驟是在步進運轉前執行以避免上述問題,清洗時間將 不利地增加。因此,在這個具體實施例中,加熱步驟係在 步進運轉已完成後開始進行。 ·_)0]在加熱步驟開始那一刻,控制部可順序地執行滾翻 運轉和滾動運轉。滾翻運轉和滾動運轉與清洗能力和安全 的惡化及減少清洗時間無關,即使他們與加熱步帮—起同 時進行。 [0201]加熱步驟後重新測定洗衣水的溫度,這會決定重新 測量的溫度是否達到參考溫度。當洗衣水的溫度到達參考 溫度時,加熱步驟即可完成。“,如果洗衣水的溫度未 ^ J參考恤度時’加熱步驟可在清洗步驟中繼續進行。亦 64 201124585 即’即使在加熱步驟中加熱的洗衣水的溫度未達到參考溫 度’如果清洗步驟完成則加熱步驟亦完成。 [00202]如果測量溫度是參考溫度或以上,控制部驅動滾筒 進行步進運轉及/或滚翻運轉及/或與依據第一具體實施例 描述的該滾筒驅動運轉大致相同的滚動運轉,而因此將省 略相應的進一步說明》 [00203】如果在清洗步驟中洗衣量為參考值或更多,控制部 • 可驅動該滚筒進行過濾運轉及/或滾翻運轉。在此時,可提 供加熱步驟以免測得的洗衣水溫度低於參考溫度。如上所 述,在加熱步驟期間,不會驅動滾筒進行步進運轉。 S1230 ): 三具體實施例的 D_ 1 ’’清洗循環(第三具體實施例)( [00204]圖I2是如此處所詳述的依據—第 一冷洗模式的示意圖。The turning and rolling operations can be carried out individually or sequentially to achieve the effect of maintaining the cleaning power and dispersing the laundry. D.1' Cleaning Cycle (Second Embodiment) (sll3〇): [00196] Figure 11 is a schematic illustration of a second specific cold wash mode as detailed herein. [00197] Compared with the cold wash mode according to the first embodiment, the cold wash mode according to the second specific embodiment omits a cleaning time setting step and a compensation step, but instead the temperature of the washing water is lower than丨5 It uses a heater to heat the washing water. That is, a water supply step (S1133) is immediately performed in the cold wash mode according to the second embodiment, in which the laundry amount (S1131) is determined and the cleaning time is not set. Thereafter, the temperature of the washing water is measured (S1135) to perform a washing step (S1137). A drum driving operation of the drum may differ depending on the amount of laundry in the washing step according to the second embodiment, which is similar to the first embodiment described above. The cleaning step of the second embodiment of the invention may further include a heating step based on measuring the temperature of the washing water. [00198] A case in which the amount of laundry measured in the washing step is lower than the reference value will be described in detail below, in which the drum driving operation of the drum includes a step running and/or a rolling operation and/or a rolling operation. [Xie 991 When the measured washing water temperature is less than the reference value, the stepping operation is performed after the cleaning step starts. After the stepping operation, a heating step can be performed to heat the washing water using a heater or a moisture supply device provided in the tub. The heating step is started after the stepping operation, as described above, because the stepping operation increases the load of the motor. Therefore, if the heating step and the stepping operation are simultaneously performed, safety problems occur and the cleaning ability is deteriorated. Moreover, if the heating step is performed before the stepping operation to avoid the above problem, the cleaning time will be disadvantageously increased. Thus, in this particular embodiment, the heating step begins after the stepping operation has been completed. _) 0] At the beginning of the heating step, the control section can sequentially perform the rollover operation and the scrolling operation. Rolling and rolling operations are independent of cleaning capacity and safety degradation and reduced cleaning time, even if they are combined with the heating step. [0201] The temperature of the wash water is re-measured after the heating step, which determines whether the re-measured temperature reaches the reference temperature. When the temperature of the washing water reaches the reference temperature, the heating step is completed. "If the temperature of the washing water is not measured, the heating step can be continued in the washing step. Also 64 201124585 ie 'even if the temperature of the washing water heated in the heating step does not reach the reference temperature' if the washing step is completed The heating step is also completed. [00202] If the measured temperature is the reference temperature or above, the control portion drives the drum to perform the stepping operation and/or the rolling operation and/or substantially the same as the drum driving operation described in accordance with the first embodiment. The rolling operation, and thus the corresponding further explanation will be omitted. [00203] If the washing amount is the reference value or more in the washing step, the control unit can drive the drum to perform the filtering operation and/or the rolling operation. A heating step may be provided to prevent the measured wash water temperature from being lower than the reference temperature. As described above, during the heating step, the drum is not driven to perform the stepping operation. S1230): D_1 ''cleaning cycle of the third embodiment (No. Three specific embodiments) (Fig. I2 is a basis for the detailed description of the first cold washing mode.

[00205] 與依據第 』的令洗模式相較,依據第二 具體實施例的冷洗模式係提供溫水 伸如果一供水步驟 供應的洗衣水溫度低於大約1 5 。亦g卩 在決疋待洗衣物 的量(S1231)後,控制部可執 了執仃供水步驟(S1233 )用 置以依據決定的洗衣量供應洗衣 佣’雀略一清洗時 間、設置時間及一補償步驟。 [00206]在進行供水步驟那一刻,拎4 幻控制部供應冷水至桶 (1234)及可進行一水溫量 (b1235 )與冷供水同時 65 201124585 進行。在這種情況下’當測量的洗衣水溫度是丨5。〇或更言 可執行依據裝入滾筒的待洗衣物的量的一清洗步驟 (S1240)。如果測得的溫度低於15t:,可進行一溫供水步 驟(S1236)。 [00207】供水步驟可繼續進行直到供水步驟中供應的冷水 的量和溫水的量到達依據洗衣量決定的洗衣水的量。當該 供水步驟已完成,依據洗衣量而執行的—清洗步驟可啟 • 動。滾筒驅動運轉可依照清洗步驟的洗衣量而有所區別, 如上述的第一具體實施例的描述,並因此將省略其其進一 步的詳細說明。 D.2 沖洗循環(S1050,S1150,S1250): [00208]冷洗模式的一沖洗循環,可近似於上述模式的沖洗 循環及其他後面介紹的模式的沖洗循環。因此,將省略其 # 進一步的詳細說明。 D. 3 自旋循環(S1070,S1170,S1270): [00209】冷洗模式的一自旋循環,可近似於上述模式的自旋 循環及其他後面介紹的模式的自旋循環。因此,將省略其 進一步的詳細說明。 E. 模式E (彩色衣物模式): 66 201124585 隣0]參照圖13,以下將詳述模式E。模式E可被稱為一 彩色衣物模式」,係用以更有效地清洗彩色的待洗衣物。 當清洗有顏色的待洗衣物時,顏色遷㈣冑 色衣物之間顏色的移動、概色,且會發生脫線問題及起: 球問題。上述的顏色遷移可能因滾筒和待洗衣物之間的較 大靜摩擦而產生。這種模式可包括透過控制洗衣水的溫度 用以防止顏色遷移的_溫度控制㈣,用以驅動該滾筒以 防止脫線與起切的—彩色衣物清洗步驟,及—沖洗步 驟。以下將詳述其步驟如下。 E.1清洗循環(第一具體實施例)(S1330 ): E.1.1 供水(S133 1 ): 陳η在一供水步羯中,㈣㈣ 色遷移更可能發生在較高溫度的洗衣水。在供水步驟中, 控制部可㈣馬達㈣《筒進行旋㈣轉或1 慮運轉或 =的組合。可提供供水步驟來供應需要清洗該待洗衣物 田洗衣水至桶及浸濕裝在洗衣水中的滾筒㈣待洗衣物。 此’該滾筒係驅動進行供水步驟中的過濾運轉,使洗務 =:Γ。此外,該滾筒-動進行供水步料 =擺運轉,而不是過滤運轉。相較於其他的運轉,旋擺 待:可減少的該滾筒内的待洗衣物的運動,以減少因受到 /衣物之間的摩擦力而產生脫線與起毛球的可能。 67 201124585 E. 1 · 2水溫量測步驟/加熱($ 13 3 3 ): 【00212]當該供水步驟已完成,該控制部可測量供應至桶的 洗衣水的溫度。當測量的溫度是參考溫度或以上(如3〇t: 或40 C )時,控制部會立即開始清洗步驟。當測量的溫度 低於參考溫度(如冷水,因為供水步驟中供應的洗衣水是 冷的水),控制部可啟動加熱步驟用以加熱洗衣水。在一些 _ I體實施例中’洗衣水的溫度(參考溫度)使清洗步驟開 始時設定為30。(:或40°C,由於洗衣水的溫度能夠最大化清 洗能力,而色彩遷移最小化係在3(rc至4〇。〇的範圍内。 陳3】加熱步驟加熱供應至桶的洗衣水,利用設於桶的底 部表面的一加熱器或用以供應蒸汽至桶的一蒸汽供應設 備。 E」.3 清洗(S 1335 ): [00214]當加熱步驟使洗衣水的溫度可達到參考溫度( 5 C )時,控制部可開始清洗步驟。在清洗步驟中,控 制部可控制的滾筒進行一滾筒驅動運轉,以減少機械摩擦 力,防止脫線、起毛球,並達到理想的清洗能力。例如, 控制部可控制滾筒在此一模式的清洗步驟中進行旋擺運轉 及/或步進運轉。這樣的步進運轉和旋擺運轉可依序進行且 其順序可重複。 68 201124585 [00215】旋擺運轉旋轉滾筒於兩個相反的方向,並從對應於 該滾筒的旋轉方向大約90°或以下的一位置拋落待洗衣 物。旋擺運轉對馬達施加電阻制動,因為保持—預定水平 的清洗效率時,施於待洗衣物的物理摩擦可以盡量減少。 因此’透過待洗衣物之間的或待洗衣物與滾筒之間的摩擦 所產生的脫線與起毛球的可能可減至最低。 [00216】如上所述,步進運轉以一預定速度旋轉滾筒使待洗 • 衣物因離心力而不會從滾筒的内圓周表面掉落,然後其對 滾筒突然進行煞車來最大化對待洗衣物的衝擊。因為如 此,步進運轉具有良好的清洗能力,以及對旋擺運轉的清 洗能力作足夠的補償。步進運轉執行的時間的量可少於旋 擺運轉執行的時間的量,以減少脫線與起毛球的可能。 Ε.Γ清洗循環(第二具體實施例)(8143〇广 ’η圖u係依據一第二具體實施例的—彩色衣物模式 的-示意圖。$同於上述依據第一具體實施例的模式,依 據第二具體執行的彩色衣物模式允許在供水步驟(S1431) 之後的清洗步驟⑷433 )中進行—水溫量測㈣PM 步驟。如果在清洗步驟前進行該水溫量測步驟及該加” 驟,該清洗時間將會不利地增加。因此,這個具體實施例, 相對於上述具體實施例,提出了能減少清洗 衣物模式。 〆巴 69 201124585 ,二在供水步驟(S1431)之後,控制部可控制滾筒在 、;月洗步驟中進行步進運轉及/或旋擺運轉,且以㈣地決 定洗衣水的溫度是否為一泉去.田 否為參考温度(如3〇t或4(rc)或以 :。當基於測量的結果洗衣水的溫度是參考溫度或以上 時,控制部會而控制滾筒依據清洗步驟不停地驅動。當洗 衣水的溫度低於參老、、w许眭 _ 參考/皿度時,控制部可啟動用以加熱洗衣 水的加熱步驟。 [00219] &amp;制部可控制滾 你刀口热步驟中進行步進運 轉。亦即,在加熱步驟中, 控制°卩驅動滾筒進行旋擺運轉, 而不是步進運韓。、+ u / 〇時與步進運轉一起進行加熱步驟 的原因係如前述的模式 耵,唂其進一步的詳細說明。 E.2沖洗循環(Sl45〇): [00220] 在清洗循環已—占% 凡成後,控制部可啟動一沖洗循環。 :制部可㈣該滾筒在沖洗循環期間進行過滤運轉。該過 渡運轉以—職速度旋轉滾筒使待洗衣物因離心力而不會 從滾筒的内圓周表面落, 一後喷入洗衣水至滚筒’使過 愿運轉可用來浸濕或油 ^ ,待洗衣物。而且,該過濾運轉較 產生待洗衣物之間及待洗衣物和滾筒之間的摩擦。因 為如此’該過渡運轉允許待洗衣物在相對較短的時間内進 行冲洗。該控制部可勃 執仃沖洗循環中的滾翻運轉,以補足 過遽運轉的沖洗能力。 201124585 E. 3自旋循環(s 1470 ): [00221】在沖洗循環已完成後,可啟動—自旋循環用來將洗 衣水從待洗衣物移除。彩色衣物模式的自旋循環會近似於 上述模式的自旋循環,及稍後描述的其他模式的自旋循 環,因此將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 F. 模式F (功能性衣物模式) [00222] 參照圖1 5將詳述模式F如下。模式F可被稱為一 功能性衣物模式」’係用以有效地清洗功能性服裝,包括 戶外服裝如登山服裝和其他運動服裝,而不會損傷織物。 功能性衣物係製造以利適當的戶外活動,如登山、游泳、 騎自行車等等。功能性衣物能迅速吸收汗液和排出吸收的 水分,並能幫助維持體溫。然而,這些功能性衣物是由薄 的人造纖維織品,且是係比其他種類的布料脆弱。供功能 性衣物使用的一清洗模式可被最佳化以適於功能性衣物。 [00223] 首先’使用者可從模式選擇區117選擇一該功能性 衣物模式(S1510)。當使用者選擇該功能性衣物模式時, 控制部可依序地或選擇性地啟動一清洗循環、一沖洗循環 及/或一自旋循環。 F.1清洗循環(S1530 ): 71 201124585 F.1.1 供水(S1531 ): [00224] 控制部執行一清洗循環的一供水步驟。該供水步驟 供應需要清洗該待洗衣物的洗衣纟。而I,該#水步驟溶 解去污劑於供應的洗衣水中,並浸濕裝入滾筒内的待洗衣 物。 F.1.1.1 第—水供應(S1533): [00225] 1¾供水步驟包括執行一預定時間間隔的一第—供 水步爾。在供水步驟中’可驅動滾筒進行旋擺運轉。 如上所述’旋擺運轉沿著—預定方向和相卩方向交替地旋 轉滾筒。從該滾筒的最低點沿著—預定方向和―相反方向 旋轉至90。或以下時,待洗衣物可被抛落。因此,順時針/ 逆時針方向的交替旋轉會產生洗衣水中的旋渦,而可加強 去污劑的溶解。在同-時間’旋轉至90。或以下的待洗衣物 會被拋落,而不會施加—大衝擊至待洗衣物。因為如此, 在第-供水步驟中的旋擺運轉使去污劑能溶解於洗衣水 中’而-個大的衝擊是不會施加至功能性衣物。該旋擺運 轉可在一預定時間間隔内重複多次。 F-1.1.2 第二供水(si535 ): 【〇〇2261當該第—供水已完成,可進行―第三供水—預定時 間間隔。在第二供水中’洗衣水是不停地供應且過遽運轉 和旋擺運轉是依序執行。第—和第二供水步驟可依據一預 72 201124585 定的時間劃分。依據待洗衣物的量和其他合適的參數,每 個步驟的時間係可調整。為此,可於供水步驟之前提供用 以決定待洗衣物的量的一洗衣量決定步驟。 [00227]如上所述,過濾運轉以高速旋轉滾筒以產生離心力 且待洗衣物會因離心力*緊密接觸滾筒的内圓周表面。而 且,洗衣水藉由離心力穿過待洗衣物和該滾筒的通孔並排 放到桶。因此,待洗衣物在過濾運轉會被洗衣水浸濕以進 • 行清洗。此外,該洗衣水能簡單地通過待洗衣物,且功能 性衣物被浸濕於洗衣水中而不會受到損壞。在過濾運轉進 行了一預定時間間隔後,可進行旋擺運轉。如上所述,該 去污劑會不停地溶解而不會損壞功能性衣物。藉由產生的 %滿’可有效地將待洗衣物浸濕於洗衣水中,及藉由延伸, 旋擺運轉在順時針/逆時針方向上產生重複的滾筒旋轉。因 為如此,在糾結的待洗衣物可在清洗前被解開糾結。此外, _ 該旋擺運轉從一個相對低的位置拋落待洗衣物,且當解開 待洗衣物的糾結時,待洗衣物的織物損傷可減至最低。因 此,過濾和旋擺運轉的組合可減少功能性衣物的損宝,並 能有效地達成洗滌潤濕、去污劑溶解及待洗衣物解開糾 結。這種有順序的過濾和旋擺運轉的組合可在—預定時門 間隔内重複多次。 F.1.2 清洗(S1540 ): 73 201124585 【00228]當該洗衣水係供應至一預定水位,該供水步驟已完 成’然後可啟動一清洗步驟。由於功能性衣物都比較輕較 薄’無論待滾筒内的洗衣物的量多少,可執行基本上相同 的清洗步驟。 F. 1.2.1 第一清洗(S1541): [00229]該清洗步驟可包括進行一預定時間間隔的一第一 • 清洗步驟,且滾筒驅動進行步進運轉。如上所述,步進運 轉從最向位置處抛洛待洗衣物。因此,在第一清洗步驟中 的步進運轉能初步地均勻混合待洗衣物與洗衣水。而且, 步進運轉浸泡待洗衣物的髒污物,並藉由利用待洗衣物的 大幅旋轉/拋落對待洗衣物施加衝擊以將髒污物從待洗衣 物分離。 F.1.2.2 第二洗衣滌(S1543 ): [00230]纟第-清洗步驟後…第:清洗步驟可進行一預定 時間間隔。在第二清洗步驟,可加熱洗衣水以供更有效的 清洗和薪污物的去除。首先,該洗衣水可透過設於桶的一 底部表面的加熱器來加熱,或用以供應蒸汽的蒸汽生成裝 置。大致上’洗衣水在第二清洗步驟可被加熱到大約坑 至3〇°C,較佳是大約2rc。功能性衣物是由薄人造纖維織 品組織製成’如果加熱洗衣水的溫度過高則其會被破壞。 201124585 因此’在第二清洗步驟中使用具有一適當的溫度洗衣水, 可增進清洗效率並可避免織物損傷。 [00231】隨著洗衣水加熱的同時,在第二清洗步驟中滾筒可 驅動進行旋擺運轉。該旋擺運轉利用從相對低的位置拋落 待洗衣物及滾筒的交替旋轉。因為如此,待洗衣物可於洗 衣水中輕輕地旋動並充分地移動。在旋擺運轉中,洗衣水 可被均勻加熱一相對較短的時間’且熱量可被充分地傳遞 到待洗衣物。而且,該旋擺運轉可藉由洗衣水和待洗衣物 之間的摩擦產生的衝擊及拋落衝擊,且它可有效地移除髒 污物而不會損傷織物。 F.1.2.3 第三清洗(S1545 ): [00232】第二清洗步驟後,一第三清洗步驟可進行一預定時 間間隔。在第三清洗步驟中,任何剩餘的髒污物可被移除, 且可執行旋擺與步進運轉的組合。雖然旋擺運轉可移除辦 污物而如上所述不會損傷織物,相較於其他運轉其清洗能 力疋較差的。因此’增加能施加最強的衝擊的步進運轉, 而^供功能性衣物的主要為旋擺運轉的清洗步驟的清洗能 力可得以改善。此外,步進運轉的強勁衝擊可避免待洗衣 物因附著而脫線。因此,第三清洗步驟可減少對功能性衣 物的損害,並有效地及完全地從待洗衣物分離出髒污物。 75 201124585 F.2沖洗循環(S1550 ): [00233]功此性衣物模式的—沖洗循環可近似於包括上述 的標準模式的模式的沖洗循環,與其他後述的模式的沖洗 循環。因此,將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 [〇_為加強整體沖洗能力,料洗循環可比標準模式的 沖洗循環更頻繁地重複。例如,該沖洗循環可進行至少三 次或更多。這是因為滾筒係以比標準模式更低的轉速旋轉 籲進仃功能性衣物模式的自旋循環,因此提供的沖洗能力較 弱。亦即,在自旋循環中,利用該滚筒的高速度旋轉產生 的離心力從待洗衣物分離洗衣水,並可提供一沖洗功能用 來從待洗衣物與洗衣水一起同時分離去污劑與辦污物。功 能性衣物模式的自旋循環的一普通自旋步称採用了相對較 低的滾筒轉速旋轉,且最終沖洗能力會被減弱。因此,功 月έ !生衣物模式的沖洗循環的該沖洗步驟可進行三次或更 鲁多。 F_3自旋循環(S1570 ): [00235]功能性衣物模式的一自旋循環可近似於包括上述 ‘準模式的模式的自旋循環,和後述的其他模式的自旋循 環自旋循環的-普通自旋步驟可比標準模式的普通自旋 步驟以較低的轉速旋轉滾筒,以防止損壞待洗衣物。 76 201124585 [00236] G.模式G (快速清洗模式): [7]、&amp;速清洗模式G,稱為「快速清洗模式」,與其 他模式相比’能在相對較短的時間内清洗待洗衣物,對應 於圖7B將詳述如下。-小的待洗衣物的量,相較於一大的 待洗衣物的篁,通常需要大致上較短的時間。在小的待洗 衣物的量之實例中,可利用—非必要的長的時間來進行全 面清洗。因為如此,可量提供一模式用來在很短的時間内[00205] The cold wash mode according to the second embodiment provides a warm water extension if the temperature of the wash water supplied by a water supply step is lower than about 15 as compared with the wash mode according to the second embodiment.控制 After the amount of laundry (S1231) is determined, the control unit may perform the water supply step (S1233) to supply the laundry servant according to the determined amount of laundry, a cleaning time, a set time, and a Compensation step. [00206] At the moment of the water supply step, the 幻4 magic control unit supplies cold water to the tub (1234) and can perform a water temperature (b1235) and a cold water supply at the same time as 65 201124585. In this case 'When the measured wash water temperature is 丨5. 〇 or more A cleaning step (S1240) may be performed depending on the amount of laundry to be loaded into the drum. If the measured temperature is lower than 15t:, a warm water supply step (S1236) can be performed. [00207] The water supply step may continue until the amount of cold water and the amount of warm water supplied in the water supply step reaches the amount of the wash water determined in accordance with the amount of laundry. When the water supply step has been completed, the cleaning step, which is performed in accordance with the amount of laundry, can be initiated. The drum driving operation can be varied in accordance with the amount of laundry in the washing step, as described in the first embodiment above, and thus a further detailed description thereof will be omitted. D.2 Flush cycle (S1050, S1150, S1250): [00208] A flush cycle of the cold wash mode can be approximated to the flush cycle of the above mode and other flush cycles of the modes described later. Therefore, a detailed description of # will be omitted. D. 3 Spin cycle (S1070, S1170, S1270): [00209] A spin cycle of the cold wash mode, which approximates the spin cycle of the above mode and the spin cycle of other modes described later. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. E. Mode E (Colored Clothing Mode): 66 201124585 Neighbor 0] Referring to Figure 13, Mode E will be detailed below. Mode E can be referred to as a "color garment mode" for more efficient cleaning of colored laundry items. When cleaning the colored laundry, the color shifts (4) the color movement between the clothing, the color, and the off-line problem occurs: the ball problem. The color shift described above may result from greater static friction between the drum and the laundry. This mode may include a temperature control (4) for preventing color migration by controlling the temperature of the washing water, a step of driving the drum to prevent the off-line and the cut-off, a color laundry washing step, and a washing step. The steps will be detailed below as follows. E.1 Washing Cycle (First Embodiment) (S1330): E.1.1 Water Supply (S133 1): In a water supply step, (4) (4) Color migration is more likely to occur at higher temperature washing water. In the water supply step, the control unit may (4) the motor (4) "the combination of the cylinder rotation (4) rotation or 1 care operation or =. A water supply step may be provided to supply the drum (four) laundry to be washed, which needs to be washed to the bucket and soaked in the washing water. This 'the drum system drives the filtration operation in the water supply step to make the washing =: Γ. In addition, the drum-moving water supply step = swing operation, rather than filtration operation. Compared to other operations, the whirl is: the movement of the laundry in the drum can be reduced to reduce the possibility of off-line and fluffing due to the friction between the clothes/clothes. 67 201124585 E. 1 · 2 Water temperature measurement step / heating ($ 13 3 3 ): [00212] When the water supply step is completed, the control unit can measure the temperature of the wash water supplied to the tub. When the measured temperature is the reference temperature or above (eg 3〇t: or 40 C), the control will immediately start the cleaning step. When the measured temperature is lower than the reference temperature (e.g., cold water because the washing water supplied in the water supply step is cold water), the control unit may initiate a heating step for heating the washing water. In some of the embodiments, the temperature of the washing water (reference temperature) is set to 30 at the beginning of the washing step. (: or 40 ° C, because the temperature of the washing water can maximize the cleaning ability, and the color migration is minimized in the range of 3 (rc to 4 〇. 陈. 3) heating step to heat the washing water supplied to the barrel, Using a heater provided on the bottom surface of the tub or a steam supply device for supplying steam to the tub. E".3 Cleaning (S 1335): [00214] When the heating step allows the temperature of the washing water to reach the reference temperature ( 5 C ), the control unit may start the washing step. In the washing step, the drum controllable by the control unit performs a drum driving operation to reduce mechanical friction, prevent off-line, flick the ball, and achieve an ideal cleaning ability. The control unit can control the drum to perform the swinging operation and/or the stepping operation in the cleaning step of the mode. Such stepping operation and the swinging operation can be sequentially performed and the sequence can be repeated. 68 201124585 [00215] The pendulum rotates the rotating drum in two opposite directions, and throws the laundry from a position corresponding to the rotation direction of the drum by about 90 or less. The swinging operation applies a resistance brake to the motor because it remains— At a predetermined level of cleaning efficiency, the physical friction applied to the laundry can be minimized. Therefore, the possibility of off-line and raising the ball through the friction between the laundry or between the laundry and the roller can be reduced. [00216] As described above, the stepping operation rotates the drum at a predetermined speed to cause the laundry to be washed without being dropped from the inner circumferential surface of the drum due to centrifugal force, and then the vehicle is suddenly braked to maximize the treatment of the laundry. The impact of the object. Because of this, the stepping operation has a good cleaning ability and sufficient compensation for the cleaning ability of the swinging operation. The amount of time that the stepping operation can be performed can be less than the amount of time during which the swinging operation is performed, Reducing the possibility of off-line and raising the ball. Ε.Γ cleaning cycle (second embodiment) (8143〇广'η图u is a schematic diagram of a color clothing mode according to a second embodiment. $ is the same as above According to the mode of the first embodiment, the color laundry mode according to the second specific execution is allowed to be performed in the washing step (4) 433 after the water supply step (S1431) - the water temperature measurement (4) PM step. If the water temperature measuring step and the adding step are performed before the washing step, the washing time will be disadvantageously increased. Therefore, in this specific embodiment, compared with the above specific embodiment, it is proposed to reduce the washing of clothes. 〆巴69 201124585, after the water supply step (S1431), the control unit can control the drum in the; month washing step to perform stepping operation and/or swing operation, and (4) determine whether the temperature of the washing water is One spring goes. The field is the reference temperature (such as 3〇t or 4(rc) or to: When the temperature of the washing water is based on the measured temperature or above, the control unit will control the drum according to the cleaning step. Driven by the ground. When the temperature of the washing water is lower than the old, w, and the reference, the control unit may activate a heating step for heating the washing water. [00219] The &amp; department can control the stepping operation in the hot step of your knife edge. That is, in the heating step, the control 卩 drives the drum to perform the gyration operation instead of stepping through the Han. The reason for the heating step with + u / 与 and the stepping operation is as described above, and further details are given. E.2 Flushing Cycle (Sl45〇): [00220] After the cleaning cycle has been taken up, the control unit can initiate a flush cycle. The part can be (4) the drum is subjected to a filtration operation during the flushing cycle. The transition operation rotates the drum at the speed of the job to prevent the laundry from falling from the inner circumferential surface of the drum due to the centrifugal force, and then sprays the washing water to the drum to make the wishing operation usable to soak or oil. . Moreover, the filtering operation produces friction between the laundry and the laundry and the drum. Because of this, the transient operation allows the laundry to be rinsed in a relatively short period of time. The control unit can perform the rollover operation in the flush cycle to compensate for the flushing capability of the overrunning operation. 201124585 E. 3 Spin Cycle (s 1470): [00221] After the flush cycle has been completed, the spin-up cycle is used to remove the wash water from the laundry. The spin cycle of the color laundry mode approximates the spin cycle of the above mode, and the spin cycles of other modes described later, and thus further detailed description thereof will be omitted. F. Mode F (Functional Clothing Mode) [00222] Mode F will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. Mode F can be referred to as a functional clothing mode" to effectively clean functional garments, including outdoor garments such as mountaineering garments and other athletic garments, without damaging the fabric. Functional clothing is made for proper outdoor activities such as hiking, swimming, cycling and more. Functional clothing quickly absorbs sweat and drains absorbed water, and helps maintain body temperature. However, these functional garments are made of thin rayon fabrics and are more fragile than other types of fabrics. A cleaning mode for functional clothing can be optimized for functional clothing. [00223] First, the user can select a functional laundry mode from the mode selection area 117 (S1510). When the user selects the functional laundry mode, the control unit may sequentially or selectively activate a cleaning cycle, a flush cycle, and/or a spin cycle. F.1 Cleaning Cycle (S1530): 71 201124585 F.1.1 Water Supply (S1531): [00224] The control unit performs a water supply step of a cleaning cycle. The water supply step supplies a laundry basket that needs to be cleaned of the laundry. And I, the # water step dissolves the detergent in the supplied washing water and soaks the laundry to be loaded into the drum. F.1.1.1 First Water Supply (S1533): [00225] The water supply step includes performing a first water supply step for a predetermined time interval. In the water supply step, the drum can be driven to perform a swing operation. As described above, the 'swing operation alternately rotates the drum along the predetermined direction and the opposite direction. Rotate to 90 from the lowest point of the drum along the predetermined direction and the opposite direction. Or below, the laundry can be thrown off. Therefore, alternating rotations in the clockwise/counterclockwise direction produce vortices in the wash water, which enhances the dissolution of the detergent. Rotate to 90 at the same time. Or the following laundry will be thrown away without applying a large impact to the laundry. Because of this, the swirling operation in the first-water supply step enables the detergent to be dissolved in the wash water' and a large impact is not applied to the functional laundry. The swivel operation can be repeated multiple times within a predetermined time interval. F-1.1.2 Second water supply (si535): [〇〇2261 When the water supply is completed, the “third water supply” may be scheduled. In the second water supply, the laundry water is continuously supplied and the over-running operation and the swinging operation are sequentially performed. The first and second water supply steps can be divided according to the time determined by a pre-72 201124585. The timing of each step can be adjusted depending on the amount of laundry and other suitable parameters. To this end, a laundry amount determining step for determining the amount of laundry to be laundry may be provided prior to the water supply step. [00227] As described above, the filtering operation rotates the drum at a high speed to generate centrifugal force and the laundry is in close contact with the inner circumferential surface of the drum due to the centrifugal force*. Moreover, the washing water passes through the through-hole of the laundry and the drum by centrifugal force and is discharged to the tub. Therefore, the laundry is soaked in the washing water during the filtration operation to be cleaned. Further, the washing water can simply pass through the laundry, and the functional laundry is wetted in the washing water without being damaged. After the filtration operation has been performed for a predetermined time interval, the swing operation can be performed. As mentioned above, the detergent will continue to dissolve without damaging the functional clothing. By generating % full, the laundry can be effectively wetted in the washing water, and by extending, the swinging operation produces repeated drum rotation in a clockwise/counterclockwise direction. Because of this, the tangled laundry can be untangled before cleaning. In addition, the whirl operation drops the laundry from a relatively low position, and when the tangling of the laundry is released, the fabric damage of the laundry can be minimized. Therefore, the combination of filtration and swirling operation reduces the loss of functional clothing and effectively achieves washing and wetting, detergent dissolution, and laundry untangling. This combination of sequential filtration and swirling operations can be repeated multiple times during the predetermined time interval. F.1.2 Cleaning (S1540): 73 201124585 [00228] When the washing water is supplied to a predetermined water level, the water supply step has been completed' and then a washing step can be initiated. Since the functional garments are lighter and thinner, substantially the same cleaning step can be performed regardless of the amount of laundry in the drum. F. 1.2.1 First Cleaning (S1541): [00229] The cleaning step may include performing a first cleaning step for a predetermined time interval and the drum driving is stepping. As described above, the stepping operation is to take the laundry from the most position. Therefore, the stepping operation in the first washing step can initially uniformly mix the laundry and the washing water. Moreover, the stepping operation soaks the dirt of the laundry to be washed, and the laundry is separated from the laundry by applying an impact by the large rotation/slipping of the laundry to be washed. F.1.2.2 Second laundry detergent (S1543): [00230] After the first-cleaning step... The: washing step can be carried out for a predetermined time interval. In the second cleaning step, the wash water can be heated for more efficient cleaning and removal of salaries. First, the washing water can be heated by a heater provided on a bottom surface of the tub, or a steam generating device for supplying steam. Generally, the laundry water can be heated to about pits to about 3 ° C in the second cleaning step, preferably about 2 rc. Functional clothing is made from thin rayon fabric tissue. If the temperature of the heated washing water is too high, it will be destroyed. 201124585 Therefore, the use of a suitable temperature of washing water in the second washing step can improve the cleaning efficiency and avoid fabric damage. [00231] While the washing water is being heated, the drum can be driven to perform the swinging operation in the second washing step. This swing operation utilizes alternating rotation of the laundry and the drum from a relatively low position. Because of this, the laundry can be gently rotated and fully moved in the washing water. In the swinging operation, the washing water can be uniformly heated for a relatively short period of time&apos; and heat can be sufficiently transferred to the laundry. Moreover, the swing operation can be impacted by the friction between the washing water and the laundry and the impact of the drop, and it can effectively remove the dirt without damaging the fabric. F.1.2.3 Third Cleaning (S1545): [00232] After the second cleaning step, a third cleaning step may be performed for a predetermined time interval. In the third washing step, any remaining dirt can be removed and a combination of the swing and the stepping operation can be performed. Although the swaying operation removes dirt and does not damage the fabric as described above, its cleaning ability is poor compared to other operations. Therefore, the stepping operation capable of applying the strongest impact is increased, and the cleaning ability of the cleaning step which is mainly for the swing operation of the functional laundry can be improved. In addition, the strong impact of the stepping operation avoids the off-line of the laundry due to adhesion. Therefore, the third washing step can reduce the damage to the functional clothes and effectively and completely separate the dirt from the laundry. 75 201124585 F.2 Flushing Cycle (S1550): [00233] The flushing cycle of the laundry mode can be approximated to the flushing cycle of the mode including the above-described standard mode, and the flushing cycle of the other modes described later. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. [〇_ To enhance the overall flushing capacity, the wash cycle can be repeated more frequently than the standard mode flush cycle. For example, the flush cycle can be performed at least three times or more. This is because the drum is rotated at a lower speed than the standard mode and is called into the spin cycle of the functional laundry mode, thus providing a weaker flushing capability. That is, in the spin cycle, the centrifugal force generated by the high-speed rotation of the drum is used to separate the washing water from the laundry, and a flushing function is provided to simultaneously separate the detergent from the laundry and the washing water. Dirt. A common spin step of the spin cycle of the functional laundry mode uses a relatively low drum rotation and the final flushing capability is reduced. Therefore, the rinsing step of the rinsing cycle of the raw laundry mode can be performed three times or more. F_3 spin cycle (S1570): [00235] A spin cycle of the functional laundry mode can be approximated to a spin cycle including the above-described mode of the quasi-mode, and a spin cycle spin cycle of other modes described later - ordinary The spin step can rotate the drum at a lower speed than the normal spin step of the standard mode to prevent damage to the laundry. 76 201124585 [00236] G. Mode G (fast cleaning mode): [7], &amp; speed cleaning mode G, called "quick cleaning mode", compared with other modes, 'can be cleaned in a relatively short period of time The laundry, which will be described in detail below corresponding to Fig. 7B. - The amount of small laundry is generally required to be substantially shorter than that of a large laundry. In the case of a small amount of laundry to be washed, it is possible to use a non-essentially long time for full cleaning. Because of this, a mode can be provided for use in a short period of time.

籲 待洗衣物的量。該快速清洗模式是基於對應於圖7A 的上述的標準模式,在標準模式中的每個步驟的每個循環 或操作條件可進行最佳化,或可適當地省略一預定數目的 步驟。 [咖】首先’該使用者可從模式選擇區117選擇該快速清 洗模式(S710B),㈣制部可進行一清洗㈣(s73〇b)、 —沖洗循環(S75GB)及—自旋循環(S77G)所組成的快 _ 速清洗模式。 G· 1清洗循環: G· 1 · 1洗衣量決定: [_9】㈣部可啟動洗衣量決定步驟來決定待洗衣物的 量(S73 1B )。在使用者選擇該快速清洗模式之後,會在一 供水步驟開始前進行該洗衣量決定步冑。如上所述的標準 模式的洗衣量決定步驟中所測得的洗衣量可分為兩大類, 77 201124585 亦即,-大#及-小量,以決定接續的循環或每個步驟的 滾筒運轉及其他操作的條件。在快速清洗模式,測得的洗 衣量可用來決^整體清洗的總時間,φ即,完成清洗、沖 洗及自旋循環所耗費的總時間。在這種情況下,洗衣量可 被指定為多個類別’❹,快速清洗模式中的三個或多個 類別。如果洗衣量分為多個類別,—不同的整體清洗時間 (亦即,完成清洗、沖洗及自旋循環所耗費的總時間),可 設定以供每個類別的 間對應於待洗衣物的 用到小的待洗衣物的Call for the amount of laundry. The quick cleaning mode is based on the above-described standard mode corresponding to Fig. 7A, and each cycle or operating condition of each step in the standard mode can be optimized, or a predetermined number of steps can be omitted as appropriate. [Caf] First, the user can select the quick cleaning mode from the mode selection area 117 (S710B), and (4) the system can perform a cleaning (four) (s73〇b), a flush cycle (S75GB), and a spin cycle (S77G). ) The fast _ speed cleaning mode. G·1 cleaning cycle: G· 1 · 1 laundry amount decision: [_9] (4) The laundry amount determining step can be started to determine the amount of laundry (S73 1B ). After the user selects the quick wash mode, the laundry amount decision step is performed before the start of the water supply step. The laundry amount measured in the standard mode laundry amount determining step as described above can be divided into two categories, 77 201124585, that is, -large # and - small amount, to determine the continuous cycle or the drum operation of each step and Conditions for other operations. In the fast cleaning mode, the measured amount of washing can be used to determine the total time of the overall cleaning, φ, the total time taken to complete the cleaning, washing and spin cycles. In this case, the amount of laundry can be specified as multiple categories '❹, three or more categories in the quick wash mode. If the amount of laundry is divided into multiple categories, different overall cleaning times (ie, the total time taken to complete the cleaning, rinsing, and spin cycles) can be set for each category to correspond to the laundry. To small laundry

洗衣量。因此,可控制該整體清洗時 量。因為如此,一相對短的時間可適 量,而不會使實際清洗能力變差。The amount of laundry. Therefore, the overall cleaning time can be controlled. Because of this, a relatively short period of time can be appropriate without degrading the actual cleaning ability.

[00240] &lt;列如,測得的洗衣量可分為三類,包括第—,第二 和第-類’或可分為三類以上。例如,第一類型對應於負 載小於大、約i.5公斤’且第一類型的一適當的清洗時間可 被設定為大約25至30分鐘,尤其是29分鐘。第二類型可 對應於負載大紅5 1 4.0公斤,且第二類型的一適當的清 洗時間可被設定為大約35至40分鐘,尤其是39分鐘。最 後,第二類型可對應負載大於大約4〇公斤,且第三類型 的一適當的清洗時間可有45至50分鐘,而尤其是49分 鐘。這些類別和時間將儲存成表單資料於控制部的記憶體 中 〇 [002411當洗衣量決定步驟決定出該洗衣量,該控制部決定 該些測得的洗衣量相對應的類型,參照儲存的類型表單。 78 201124585 的剛量類型洗衣 之後,該控制部可設置清洗時間給予相應 量為一個實際的清洗時間。 α 1.2供水/加熱/清洗 [00242]在經過上述一系列步驟之後,控制部可依序執&gt; 供水步驟(S733B )、一加熱步驟(S74〇b _ , 〃及清洗循環 (S730B )的一清洗步驟(S742B )。該供 π鄉、該加熱 步驟、快速清洗模式的清洗循環的該清洗步 哪’係近似於 略其 如圖7A所示的那些標準模式的清洗循環,而因此將省 進一步的詳細說明。 用以促進 [00243】如上所述,在圖7A所示的標準模式中 加熱步驟之前。 且—預定時間間 洗衣水加熱的一加熱準備步驟可執行於一 然而,該加熱準備步驟可為一預備步驟,[00240] &lt; List, for example, the measured laundry amount can be classified into three categories, including the first, second, and first-classes or can be classified into three or more categories. For example, the first type corresponds to a load less than a large, about i.5 kg' and a suitable cleaning time of the first type can be set to about 25 to 30 minutes, especially 29 minutes. The second type may correspond to a load of red 5 1 4.0 kg, and a suitable cleaning time of the second type may be set to about 35 to 40 minutes, especially 39 minutes. Finally, the second type can correspond to a load greater than about 4 kilograms, and a suitable cleaning time for the third type can range from 45 to 50 minutes, and especially 49 minutes. These categories and times are stored in the memory of the form data in the control unit. [002411 When the laundry amount determining step determines the amount of laundry, the control unit determines the type corresponding to the measured laundry amount, and refers to the type of storage. Form. 78 201124585 After the rigid type laundry, the control unit can set the cleaning time to give the corresponding amount as an actual cleaning time. 1.2 1.2 water supply/heating/cleaning [00242] After the series of steps described above, the control unit may sequentially perform a water supply step (S733B), a heating step (S74〇b_, 〃, and a cleaning cycle (S730B) a cleaning step (S742B). The cleaning step of the cleaning cycle for the π, the heating step, and the rapid cleaning mode is similar to the cleaning cycle of the standard mode as shown in FIG. 7A, and thus further DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT [00243] As described above, before the heating step in the standard mode shown in Fig. 7A, and - a heating preparation step of washing water heating for a predetermined time can be performed, however, the heating preparation step Can be a preliminary step,

隔的一滾筒運轉會增加整體清洗時間。因此,在快速清洗 的加熱準備 模式中不會執行預備步驟’例如加熱步驟之前 步驟。該加熱步驟可啟動於該供水模式之後。 G.2沖洗循環: [0〇W當該清洗循環已完成,可執行用以移除去污劑殘留 及待洗衣物剩餘的髒污物的一沖洗循環(S75〇B^該沖洗 循環(S750B)係近似於圖7A所示的標準模式的沖洗循環 (S750 ),而因此將省略沖洗德環其進一步的詳細說明。 79 201124585 的初始階段執行的第一 的過濾運轉的第一滾筒 【00245】在標準模式十的沖洗循環 沖洗步驟’可包括利用需要長時間 驅動步驟。反之,在沖选牟趣 你 Τ 洗步驟(S751B,S756B,S760B) 中執行的滾筒運轉需要_知#+4一 相對知的時間,同時還能提供待 洗衣物充分的沖洗。因此,奸少政士 ^ + U此可々略在快速清洗模式的沖洗 循環中提供的第一沖洗步酿沾兮·、a、各设 Τ无步驟的該過濾運轉,以減少整體清 洗時間。A separate drum operation will increase the overall cleaning time. Therefore, the preliminary step 'e, e.g., the step before the heating step, is not performed in the heating preparation mode of the quick cleaning. This heating step can be initiated after the water supply mode. G.2 Flushing cycle: [0〇W When the cleaning cycle has been completed, a flushing cycle can be performed to remove the detergent residue and the remaining dirt of the laundry (S75〇B^ the flushing cycle (S750B The flushing cycle (S750) is approximated to the standard mode shown in Fig. 7A, and thus the detailed description of the flushing ring will be omitted. 79 The first roller of the first filtering operation performed in the initial stage of 201124585 [00245] The flushing cycle rinsing step in standard mode 10 may include the use of a long-term driving step. Conversely, the drum operation performed in the scouring step (S751B, S756B, S760B) requires _知#+4-relative Knowing the time, but also providing adequate washing of the laundry. Therefore, the traitor ^ + U can be used in the rapid cleaning mode of the washing cycle provided by the first washing step, a, each The filtration operation without steps is set to reduce the overall cleaning time.

G.3自旋循環: [00246]當該沖洗循環已完成,該控制部可啟動—個自㈣ 環(S770B)。快速清洗模式的自旋循環係近似於如圖μ 所示的標準模式的自旋循環,而因此將省略其進_步的詳 細說明。 [00247】纟標準模式的自旋循環的初始階段中執行的待洗 衣物解開糾結步驟,執行一滾筒運轉而能夠解開待洗衣物 的糾結。然而,這樣的滾筒運轉大致上不會影響自旋能力。 因為如此,在快速清洗模式的自旋循環巾^會執行待洗衣 物解開糾結步驟,以減少整體清洗時間。 [00248] g筒在標準模式的普通自旋步驟中會以大約每分 鐘咖轉作旋轉,而滾筒在快速清洗模式的普通自旋步驟 會以大約每分鐘麵轉作旋轉。當該滾筒的轉速增加,該 滾筒的振動與噪音會更加嚴重’且供滾筒達到目標轉速: 201124585 執行的準備步驟,如^率量測步驟,會儘量地重複而需 要-較長的操作時I因此,相較於該標準模式,該快速 清洗模式的目標轉速係、降低,且可避免加速度的__ 加 [00249]如上所述,快速清洗模式可將洗衣量分類的成且體 的類別,且其可對每一類型設定合適的整體清洗時間,如 此使得大量的待洗衣物及少量的待洗衣物的整體清洗時間 可適當地降低。此外,相較於標準模式,可從循環省略不 必要的步驟以降低整體清洗時間。不過,應用於標準模式 的循環的大部分的滚筒運轉係於快速清洗模式中採用,而 可達到所需的清洗能力。因此,快速清洗模式可在一短時 間内清洗—少量的待洗衣物,同時保持清洗能力。 H.模式Η (靜音模式): [0025〇】參照圖16’模式η將线n 呆式Η將洋述如下。模式Η可稱為「靜 音模式」能在清洗過程中降低噪音。 卿】在某些情況下,使用者希望洗衣機具有少量噪音。 鈔、、’如果是在夜間進行清洗及/或嬰兒或孩子睡著了,較 &lt;疋先衣機月b以更小的運轉嚷音而運轉。降低運轉噪音可 以不同方式達成。_、、丰 ,々機控制方法的最佳化可有效地降 低噪音,而不增加生產出 制方法可以-單—模式用以減少這種噪音的清洗控 ^行稱為一靜音模式,係透過操 81 201124585 作條件的最佳化而提出的。該靜音模式係依據標準模式, 並透過最佳化或省略標準模式的某些循環或步驟的某些運 作的條件來執行。圖16是標準模式之步驟中的靜音模式的 不同步驟的流程圖。首先,使用者可從模式選擇區117選 擇靜S模式(s 16 1 0 ),且控制部可執行一下列系列的操作。 H·1清洗循環(S1630 ): Η·Μ決定洗衣量(S1631 ): #制部可啟動—洗衣量決定步驟以決定待洗衣物 的量。該洗衣量決定步驟已如上述,而因此將省略進—步 詳細說明。靜音模式的一個目標是減少噪音及/或振動,同 時還保持清洗能力。每個步料—滾筒驅動運轉可依據該 洗衣量而不同。G.3 Spin Cycle: [00246] When the flush cycle has been completed, the control section can initiate a self-(four) loop (S770B). The spin cycle of the fast cleaning mode approximates the spin cycle of the standard mode as shown in Fig. μ, and thus the detailed description of the step is omitted. [00247] The laundry to be unwrapped and tangled step performed in the initial stage of the spin cycle of the standard mode is performed to perform a drum operation to unlock the entanglement of the laundry. However, such drum operation does not substantially affect the spinning ability. Because of this, the spin cycle in the quick-clean mode will perform the laundry untangling step to reduce the overall cleaning time. [00248] The g-cylinder will rotate about every minute in the normal spin step of the standard mode, and the normal spin step of the drum in the fast-clean mode will rotate about every minute. When the rotation speed of the drum increases, the vibration and noise of the drum will be more serious 'and the drum reaches the target speed: 201124585 The preparatory steps performed, such as the ^ measuring step, will be repeated as much as possible - longer operation I Therefore, compared to the standard mode, the target rotation speed of the quick cleaning mode is reduced, and the acceleration can be avoided. [00249] As described above, the quick cleaning mode can classify the laundry amount into a body type. And it can set a suitable overall cleaning time for each type, so that the overall cleaning time of a large amount of laundry and a small amount of laundry can be appropriately reduced. In addition, unnecessary steps can be omitted from the cycle to reduce overall cleaning time compared to standard mode. However, most of the drum operation applied to the standard mode cycle is employed in the fast cleaning mode to achieve the required cleaning capability. Therefore, the quick cleaning mode can be cleaned in a short period of time - a small amount of laundry to be washed while maintaining the cleaning ability. H. Mode Η (Silent Mode): [0025〇] Referring to Figure 16' mode η, the line n will be described as follows. The mode Η can be called “quiet mode” to reduce noise during the cleaning process. Qing] In some cases, the user wants the washing machine to have a small amount of noise. Banknotes, 'If it is cleaned at night and/or the baby or the child is asleep, it operates with a smaller operating voice than the month of the first machine. Reducing operational noise can be achieved in different ways. _,, Feng, optimization of the control method of the machine can effectively reduce the noise without increasing the production method. The single-mode cleaning control method for reducing this noise is called a silent mode. Exercise 81 201124585 proposed for the optimization of the conditions. The silent mode is based on the standard mode and is performed by optimizing or omitting certain cycles of the standard mode or certain operating conditions of the steps. Figure 16 is a flow chart showing the different steps of the silent mode in the steps of the standard mode. First, the user can select the static S mode (s 16 1 0 ) from the mode selection area 117, and the control section can perform the following series of operations. H·1 cleaning cycle (S1630): Η·Μ determines the amount of laundry (S1631): #制部可起- Laundry amount determining step to determine the amount of laundry. The laundry amount determining step has been as described above, and thus the detailed description will be omitted. One goal of the silent mode is to reduce noise and/or vibration while maintaining cleaning power. Each step-roller drive operation can vary depending on the amount of laundry.

Η.1.1 供水(S1633 ): [00253]當使用者選擇該靜立 %伴。模式,會啟動一供水步驟。該 供水步驟供應洗衣水至桶 人 、 摘而且,該供水步驟溶解去污劑 夹混合著洗衣水,並浸済獎认,在拉七t 汉濕裝於滾筒内的待洗衣物。在靜音 模式的供水步驟中,相較於# 曰 权於铋準模式的供水步驟,控制 可提供更大量的洗衣水至桶。 饰扣供更多洗衣水的原因將詳 述於下面的清洗步驟。 82 201124585 H.l.l.l 第一供水(si635 ): [00254】在供水步驟中,控制部可執行一第一供水步驟,一 併加上洗衣水的供應。在第—供水步驟中,控制部控制滾 筒進行滾動運轉。 [00娜如上所述,該㈣運轉沿著—預定方向不停地旋轉 滾筒,而待洗衣物在其從該滾筒的最低點被旋轉至對應於Η.1.1 Water Supply (S1633): [00253] When the user selects the standing % partner. Mode, a water supply step will be initiated. The water supply step supplies the washing water to the bucket, picks up, and the water supply step dissolves the detergent clip, mixes the washing water, and dips the prize, and pulls the laundry to be washed in the drum. In the water supply step of the silent mode, the control provides a larger amount of washing water to the tub than the water supply step in the 铋 mode. The reason for the buckle for more washing water will be detailed in the cleaning steps below. 82 201124585 H.l.l.l First water supply (si635): [00254] In the water supply step, the control unit may perform a first water supply step, together with the supply of the wash water. In the first water supply step, the control unit controls the drum to perform the rolling operation. [00na] As described above, the (four) operation continuously rotates the drum along the predetermined direction, and the laundry is rotated at the lowest point from the drum to correspond to

該滾筒的旋轉方向9〇。或以下的位置之處時會與滾筒分 離在滚動運轉中,滾筒係以一個相對較低的速度旋轉, 且分離的待洗衣物係在該㈣的内表面上滾動移動至該滚 筒的最低點’而非落下至最低點。因為如Λ,該滾筒的旋 轉與待洗衣物的滾動運動可產生—預定制於洗衣水中, °提升去污劑/♦解於洗衣水中。同時,該滾動運轉誘導 待洗衣物沿著該滾筒的内表面滾動運動,其不會有任何因 突然落下的待洗衣物所產生的衝擊噪音。因此,第一供水 步驟中的該滾動運轉,可使去污劑充分地溶解於洗衣水 中並同時降低噪音。在第一供水步驟中,滾動運轉可於 一預定時間間隔重複多次。 Η·1.1.2 第二供水(S1637): [00256]當該第 供水步驟已元成’該控制部可啟動一第二 供水步驟,在笫-也 乐一供水步驟,該控制部可控制滾筒驅動以 序進行過濾運轉及滾動運轉,並連續地供應洗衣水至 83 201124585 桶。該第一與第二供水 可依據其個別的預定時間,及 依據待洗衣物的量而可調整 叼母個步驟的時間而不同。 [0025η如上所述,該過濾運轉The rotation direction of the drum is 9 〇. Or the position below is separated from the drum. In the rolling operation, the drum rotates at a relatively low speed, and the separated laundry is rolled on the inner surface of the (four) to the lowest point of the drum. 'Not to the lowest point. Because, for example, the rotation of the drum and the rolling motion of the laundry can be produced - predetermined in the wash water, ° lift the detergent / ♦ in the wash water. At the same time, the rolling operation induces the laundry to roll along the inner surface of the drum without any impact noise generated by the suddenly falling laundry. Therefore, the rolling operation in the first water supply step allows the detergent to be sufficiently dissolved in the washing water while reducing the noise. In the first water supply step, the rolling operation may be repeated a plurality of times at a predetermined time interval. Η·1.1.2 Second water supply (S1637): [00256] When the first water supply step has been completed, the control unit can initiate a second water supply step, and the control unit can control the drum during the water supply step The drive performs the filtration operation and the rolling operation in sequence, and continuously supplies the washing water to 83 201124585 barrels. The first and second water supplies may differ depending on their individual predetermined time and the time during which the steps of the mother can be adjusted depending on the amount of laundry. [0025] As described above, the filtration operation

埯轉以一尚速旋轉滾筒以產生— 離心力,且該產生的離心为I 會保持待洗衣物與滾筒的内 周的表面緊密接觸。而且,益 藉由離心力,洗衣水會穿越過 待洗衣物及滚筒的通孔以流屮5m , 成出至桶。因此,在過濾運轉中, 待洗衣物會被洗衣水潤涡。吐冰....βThe tumbling rotates the drum at a constant speed to produce a centrifugal force, and the resulting centrifugation is I to keep the laundry in close contact with the inner peripheral surface of the drum. Moreover, by centrifugal force, the washing water will pass through the through holes of the laundry and the drum to flow 5 m into the barrel. Therefore, in the filtration operation, the laundry is vortexed by the washing water. Spitting ice....β

'此外,洗衣水易於穿越過待洗 衣物且當被潤濕於洗衣水中睥 τ ^ 待洗衣物不會受損傷。在 過遽運轉執行一預定的時間間隅 5间间隔之後,可執行該滾動運 轉。如上所述,在第一供水步驟中的該滾動運轉可允許去 污劑充分地溶解於洗衣水中,且同時減低噪音。而且,以 一較寬的待洗衣物的表面面積接觸洗衣水,沿著滾筒的内 表面滾移,而因此待洗衣物可更有效地且均勻地潤濕於洗 衣水中。因此,該過濾與滾動運轉的組合可減小噪音且能 有效地達到洗滌潤濕、去污劑溶解及待洗衣物解開糾結。 此有順序的過濾與滚動運轉的組合可於一預定的時間間隔 内重複數次。 Η·1·2 清洗(S1635): [00258]當該洗衣水係供應至一預定的水位,該供水步帮已 完成,而接著會啟動一清洗步驟。 84 201124585 Η·1.2·1加熱步驟/第一清洗(Si64〇):'In addition, the washing water is easy to pass through the laundry to be washed and when it is wetted in the washing water τ ^ The laundry is not damaged. The rolling operation can be performed after the elapsed operation is performed for a predetermined period of time 隅 five intervals. As described above, the rolling operation in the first water supply step allows the detergent to be sufficiently dissolved in the washing water while reducing noise. Moreover, the surface area of the wider laundry is contacted with the washing water and rolls along the inner surface of the drum, so that the laundry can be more effectively and uniformly wetted in the washing water. Thus, the combination of filtration and rolling operation reduces noise and effectively achieves washing wetting, detergent dissolution, and laundry untangling. This combination of sequential filtering and rolling operations can be repeated several times within a predetermined time interval. Η·1·2 Cleaning (S1635): [00258] When the washing water is supplied to a predetermined water level, the water supply step is completed, and then a washing step is initiated. 84 201124585 Η·1.2·1 heating step/first cleaning (Si64〇):

陣9]當該供水步驟已完成,該控制部啟動—第—清洗步 驟。該第-清洗步驟可包括一加熱步驟,係用來加熱洗衣 水至-預定的溫度。不同於標準模式的加熱㈣及清洗步 驟,靜音模式的第-清洗步驟可僅包括該滾動運轉。該滾 動運轉使待洗衣物能沿著滾筒的内表面滾移而不會突然抛 落待洗衣物。因此,此—滾動運動可最大化待洗衣物與洗 衣水之間及待洗衣與滚筒之間的摩擦,且該清洗步驟可有 效地從待洗衣物移除辩污物,㈣時減低噪音到最小。 [00260】如上所述’相較於該標準模式的供水㈣,在供水 步驟中該控制部可供應一大量的洗衣水。例如 該控制部 可控制在靜音模式的清洗步驟中供應的洗衣水的量,比相 同的待洗衣物的量所供應的洗衣水的量還多12倍。洗矿 水的量的增加使得該滾筒内的水位的提高。當待洗衣物^ 由該滾動運轉以提高的水位於滾筒中滾移,會更增加洗衣 水與待洗衣物之間的摩擦,且會更增加清洗能力。最终: 在清洗步财所料該滾動運轉可提供適宜的清洗能力 而同時抑制噪音的產生。 [00261] β預疋的量或以上的待洗衣物承裝於滾筒内慢 速的滾筒的旋轉不能輕易地—併旋轉待洗衣物與滾筒。即 使與滾筒-併旋轉,大的待洗衣物的量因為體積關係亦難 以在滾筒的内表面上滾移。因此,由於該滾動運轉 85 201124585 =低速度&amp;轉該滚筒,大的待洗衣物的量無法如預期地滾 因此無法達到所需的清洗能力。因為如此,若清洗 =待洗衣物的量,清洗步驟可從上述的該滾動運轉採 用中一不同的滾筒運轉。 [〇:2】亦即’當在洗衣量決定步驟測得的洗衣量係大於一 預參考值,可在清洗步驟中執行滚翻運轉,而非滾動運 轉,運轉沿著預定的方向不停地旋轉㈣,近似於該 滾動運轉,且在滾翻運轉中的滚筒的旋轉速度係高於滾動 運轉中的滾筒的旋轉速度。因此,待洗衣物從滚筒的最低 點被旋轉至對應於滾筒的旋轉方向9〇。或以上的位置處之 後會脫離滾筒。由於,:奋辑及 卩岐^係以-相對高速度進行滾翻 運轉,分散的待洗衣物被拋落 洛主/裒疴的最低點,且此與滾 動運轉不同。因此,藉由卑 、 藉由❹衣物與洗衣水之間的摩捧及 拋落所產生的衝擊,來清洗待洗衣物。雖然滾翻運轉比滾 動運轉產生更多的,音,所產生的噪音會比其他滾筒運 轉,如具有強的清洗能力的步進運轉與摩擦運轉,所產生 的脅音還小。因為如此,滾翻運轉可有效地㈣以 洗衣物,而盡可能地抑制產生噪音。當測量的洗衣量小於 該參考值,可如上述執行該滾動運轉a 陶31 A增進洗衣水的加熱’在一加熱步驟前可執行 熱準備步驟。然而,該加熱準備步騾可包括一、★ 滚筒運鐘, 且該滾筒運轉會產生噪音。因此,在 科 此模式的清洗步驟中 86 201124585 不會執行預備的步驟, w 如第一清洗步驟之前的該加熱準備 步驟’且洗衣水舍太梦 第一 洗步驟中被加熱至一預定的溫 度。可藉由設於桶内的加熱器或蒸汽生成裝置來加熱洗衣 水。 Η·1·2·2 第二清洗(S1642): [00264】在第一清洗步驟之後,控制部可啟動一第二清洗步 驟在第一,月洗步驟中,可更完全地移除辨污物。如第— 清洗㈣’靜音模式的第二清洗步驟可僅包括該滾動運 轉。在該滾動運轉可將嚼音產生減至最低,且如上所述, 在該滾動運轉中待洗衣物的辨污物可被有效地移除。而 且相較於在標準模式中供應的洗衣水的量,於該滾動運 轉會供應大量的洗衣水。因為如此,採用該滾動運轉可 保持足夠的清洗能力,並同時抑制噪音產生。 [00265】若洗衣量係大的,滾筒係驅動以進行滾翻運轉。若 洗衣量係小的,滾筒係驅動以進行滾動運轉,近似於上述 的第一清洗步驟。 Η.2沖洗循環(1650): [00266】當該清洗循環已完成,可啟動用來從待洗衣物移除 去污劑殘留與髒污物的一沖洗循環。沖洗循環係似於上述 標準模式的沖洗循環,而因此將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 87 201124585 [00267] 在標準模式的沖洗循環的初始階段中執行的第一 沖洗步驟包括使用過濾運轉的第一滾筒驅動步驟,其會產 生許多噪音。因此,過濾運轉不會在靜音模式的沖洗循環 中執行。當標準模式的沖洗循環的步驟採用各種的滾筒運 轉,靜音模式可對沖洗循環的步驟僅應用滾動運轉以減少 噪音’如在清洗步驟中一般。 [00268] 為了加強整體沖洗能力,於靜音模式中的沖洗步驟 _ 係較在標準模式中重複多次。例如,沖洗循環可執行四次 或以上。這是因為滾筒在靜音模式的自旋係以一較低轉速 旋轉相較於標準模式的自旋循環,因此減低沖洗能力。 亦即,在自旋循環中,洗衣水一般係藉由因高速的滾筒的 旋轉所產生的離心力而從待洗衣物分離,且去污劑與髒污 物係同時與洗衣水一起從待洗衣物分離。然而,在靜音模 式的自旋循環的普通自旋步驟中,滾筒係以一較低轉速旋 •轉而因此最終沖洗能力會被減低。因此,該沖洗步驟可在 靜曰模式的沖洗循環中執行四次或以上。 H·3自旋循環(S1670): [00269】當該沖洗循環已完成,該控制部可啟動—自旋循 環。該自旋循環係近似於標準模式的自旋循環,而因此將 省略其進一步的詳細說明。 88 201124585 【麵】在靜音模式的-普通自旋步驟中,滾筒可ι較低 轉速旋轉,相較於在普通標準模式中的自旋步驟,以減少 噪曰例如’為了減少脅音,該滾筒可以一預定轉迷旋轉, 其係為標準模式的普通自旋循環的轉速的5〇%。亦即,該 滾筒可以大約每分鐘400轉作旋轉。 I·模式1(棉的、人造的、混合模式) [00271] 如上述的功能性衣物模式,可提供對應於待洗衣物 的種類及對應於待洗衣物的織物類型的模式。例如,可提 供一棉織品模式用來清洗棉織品,如毛巾、桌布、T恤等, 一人造纖維模式或簡單護衣(easy eare)模式用來清洗人造 纖維織品,以及一混合模式用來清洗一混合織物類型,如 棉與人造纖維織品。人造布料可包括,例如,聚酰胺、丙 烯酸的纖維、聚酯纖維以及其他此類織物。 [00272] 棉織品與人造纖維織品具有不同的特性。亦即,棉 織品係較能抵抗摩擦與衝擊,比人造纖維織品較不會有變 形的疑慮。此外,棉織品可較人造纖維織品吸收更多洗衣 水且比人造纖維織品較不會有皺褶的疑慮。然而,從人造 纖維織品待洗衣物分開棉織品待洗衣物並執行相對應的清 洗模式以始終對於其分開清洗並非易事。這是因為使用者 常穿著由棉與人造纖維織品一起織成的衣物,且不希望洗 個別部分的棉的與人造的衣物。因此,可提供組合棉織品 89 201124585 模式與人造纖維模式優點的一清洗模式,亦即, 混合模 式。 [00273]混合模式因許多原因而為有益的。例如,若使用者 將棉織品待洗衣物與人造纖維織品待洗衣物分開以分離、青 洗,清洗勢必不利地延後直到累積到一預定的待洗衣物的 量,而因此髒污的待洗衣物會被忽略—段相對長的時門。 當然,若將一小的待洗衣物的量係分開來清洗,會浪費電 _ 力。因為如此,能一起清洗傳統種類織物的待洗衣物的混 合模式可避免待洗衣物被忽略的問題及電力浪費。 [00274】如圖1 7,在供對應於混合的織物的類型的如清洗 模式中,一清洗循環、一沖洗循環及一自旋循環可依據織 物的特定類型的特性來作區分。參照上述的標準模式的循 環及步驟’如下將詳述棉織品模式、人造纖維模式及混合 模式之具有基於織物類型而調整的每個步驟的操作的條 ® 件。相較於標準模式,將適當地省略重複的詳細敘述,而 將詳細描述其不同之處。 [00275】當使用者依據待洗衣物的織物類型,選擇該棉織品 模式、該人造纖維模式或該混合模式(S 1 7 1 0),該控制部可 依據該選擇的模式執行一清洗循環(S 1730)、一沖洗循環 (S1750)與一自旋循環(S1770)以及步驟。 1.1清洗循環: 201124585 (S1734): U.l洗衣量決定步驟 [00276]在一清洗循環令, Ψ 控制部可決定待洗衣物的量,且 於該模式之一洗衣量決 、疋方法係近似於上述方法而將省略 重複的描述。該測量的 疋农置可適當地使用於一以下的步 驟,其將詳細描述。 L1.2·供水步驟(Sl733) ·· [00277]控制部可執行— 供水步驟’用來供應洗衣水與去污 劑至桶或滾筒,並溶觫土― 合解去巧劑於洗衣水中。亦即,洗衣水 係與去污劑係一起從-外部供水來源提供應1 了先供應 洗衣水與去污劑至待洗衣物,洗衣水料污劑係直接供應 至滾筒内的待洗衣物。亦即, ?洗衣水的一水供應管線可位 於滾湾的一前上部朝向:奋样&amp; Arr 引上丨朝向滾疴内部,而不是在桶的一下部。 當該去污劑為一粉末型放此么 木!式將無法充分地溶解去污劑,而 供水步驟的一滚筒驅動運轉,將詳述如後,可充分地溶解 去巧劑。因此,洗衣水與去污劑係在清洗循環的初始階段 供應至待洗衣物,並可減少清洗循環所需時間以增進清洗 效率。 Ι.1.2.1加強去污劑溶解(S1735): 【00278]在一去污劑加強溶解步驟中,一滾筒驅動運轉可依 據待洗衣物織物的類型而作區分。例如,可執行摩擦運轉 201124585 供棉織待洗衣物’且可執行步進運轉供人造纖維織品待 洗衣物。在替代的具體眘# 趙貫施例中,可執行摩擦運轉及/或步 進運轉。 [〇㈣】摩擦運轉藉由拋落待洗衣物以產生摩擦來臀曲/拉 伸及擦洗待洗衣物。目為如此,在清錢環的㈣階段可 預期-類似人為手擦洗絲H料能些許抵抗摩擦 ㈣物可執行此摩擦運轉’而該滾筒驅動運轉可為在棉織 品模式的去污劑加強溶解步驟中的該摩擦運轉。 [00280】依據人造纖維織品的特性,人造的待洗衣物係較棉 的待洗衣物輕’且人造的待洗衣物具有較棉的待洗衣物— 低百分比的水分。而且,人造的待洗衣物較棉的待洗衣物 具有因摩擦造成損傷的疑慮。因為如此,步進運轉可在去 污劑加強溶解步驟中執行以加強去污劑溶解並避免織物損 傷。亦即,於—去污劑加強溶解步驟中的供人造纖維織品 的滾筒驅動運轉可為該纟進運II。該纟進運轉對輕的人 造纖維織品施加最大值的拋落衝擊以加強去污劑溶解,且 在清洗循環的初始階段可預期類似人為拍打效果的清洗 的滾筒驅 分別最適 ’可組合 可預期清 [00281】在混合模式中的一去污劑加強溶解步驟 動運轉可為步進運轉與摩擦運轉的組合。亦即, 於棉織品與人造纖維織品的步進運轉與摩擦運轉 使能加強去污劑溶解而在清洗循環的初始階段中 92 201124585 洗效果。在此例中’係組合不同的滚筒驅動運轉且因為如 此,待洗衣物運動型式與洗衣水運動型式可充分地不同以 增進清洗循環的效率。 1.1.2.2 洗滌潤濕(S1736): [00282】在該標準模式的洗滌潤濕步驟,可旋榦滾筒進行滚 動運轉。相較於上述執行於洗滌潤濕進行的一期間的摩擦 運轉與滾動運轉’該滾動運轉對待洗衣物產生較少的摩 擦。因此,雖然溼的待洗衣物之間會有摩擦,卻沒有待洗 衣物損壞的疑慮,而不管待洗衣物的織物種類,可同樣地 執行該滾動運轉中進行的洗滌潤濕步驟。 [00283]無論織物是棉的或人造的,可在洗滌潤濕步驟中執 行該滾動運轉。即使當使用者選擇該棉織品模式、該混合 模式或該人造纖維模式的任—者,該㈣運轉可執行於^ 去’可劑加強溶解步驟之後的洗滌潤濕步驟。 Γ::::步驟可包括兩個步驟’係包括分開執行的 Π)分鐘^第步驟。例如,當洗務潤濕步驟係進行 ㈣㈣潤濕步驟可執行5分鐘且該第二^ 驟進行額外的水心鐘且’可在該第-洗務潤濕步 八供應’且當該額外的 行該第二洗膝潤濕步驟。 八應已完成,可執 93 201124585 卿]1區分第-與第二洗務潤濕步 以更有致地潤濕待洗衣物,並均句:驅動運轉 洗衣物的洗衣水。例如4第一洗與供給待 “ $ '先滌潤濕步驟的滾筒驅飭 運轉可為該滾動運轉,且該第二洗蘇潤濕步驟 ^ 運轉可為-該滾動運轉與過渡運轉的组合。二^ 洗滌潤濕步驟中,可u a 在第一 轉。在第“淨作用比來執行該滾動運 轉在第二洗務潤濕步驟中,在過渡運轉執行過一 可執行四次該滾動運轉,而這樣組成-單次循環。該循環 可重複進行。 这循% =:㈣動運轉不停地在滾筒的下部翻動待洗衣物以 二ϋ與“劑之間的接觸時間。過遽運轉將待洗衣 開並允許洗衣水與去污劑均勾地供應至待洗衣 物’使能達到有效的洗„濕。—般耗費約13分鐘以 滾翻運轉中的泱·列、 70 滌潤濕,而依據此具體實施例洗滌潤濕會 耗費大約1 〇分鐘。 、 洗_濕步驟的滾筒驅動運轉會依據待洗 矿物的量而作區分。該第一洗滌潤濕步驟的滾筒驅動運轉 會依據在洗衣量決堂丰 、步驟中決定的洗衣量而作區分。例 如’右該決定的读力&amp; 先衣買為一預定的等級或以上,滾筒係如 上述地驅動進行該滾動運轉。若該決定的洗衣量係少於該 預疋的等’級《筒可驅動進行—步進與滾動運轉的組合。 94 201124585Array 9] When the water supply step has been completed, the control unit activates the -first cleaning step. The first cleaning step can include a heating step for heating the wash water to a predetermined temperature. Unlike the heating (4) and cleaning steps of the standard mode, the first cleaning step of the silent mode may include only the rolling operation. This rolling operation allows the laundry to roll along the inner surface of the drum without suddenly dropping the laundry. Therefore, this-rolling motion can maximize the friction between the laundry and the washing water and between the laundry and the drum, and the washing step can effectively remove the soil from the laundry, and (4) reduce the noise to the minimum. . [00260] As described above, the control portion can supply a large amount of washing water in the water supply step as compared with the water supply (four) of the standard mode. For example, the control unit can control the amount of the washing water supplied in the washing step of the silent mode by 12 times more than the amount of the washing water supplied by the same amount of the laundry. An increase in the amount of ore washing water causes an increase in the water level in the drum. When the laundry is moved by the rolling operation and the increased water is moved in the drum, the friction between the washing water and the laundry is further increased, and the cleaning ability is further increased. Finally: In the cleaning step, the rolling operation can provide suitable cleaning ability while suppressing noise generation. [00261] The amount of β pre-twist or more of the laundry to be loaded into the drum in the slow speed of the drum cannot easily - and rotate the laundry and the drum. Even with the drum - and rotating, the amount of large laundry to be washed is difficult to roll on the inner surface of the drum due to the volume relationship. Therefore, due to the rolling operation 85 201124585 = low speed &amp; turning the drum, the amount of large laundry is not rolled as expected and the desired cleaning ability cannot be achieved. Because of this, if the amount of laundry is to be cleaned, the washing step can be operated from a different drum in the above-described rolling operation. [〇: 2] That is, 'When the amount of laundry measured in the laundry amount determining step is greater than a pre-reference value, the roll-over operation can be performed in the washing step instead of the rolling operation, and the operation is continuously rotated in a predetermined direction. (4) Approximating the rolling operation, and the rotation speed of the drum during the rolling operation is higher than the rotation speed of the drum during the rolling operation. Therefore, the laundry is rotated from the lowest point of the drum to 9 〇 corresponding to the rotational direction of the drum. Or the position above will leave the drum. Since: the struggle and the 卩岐^ system are rolled at a relatively high speed, the dispersed laundry is thrown down at the lowest point of the main/squat, and this is different from the rolling operation. Therefore, the laundry is cleaned by the humble, by the impact of the holding and throwing between the laundry and the washing water. Although the roll-over operation produces more sounds than the roll-up operation, the noise generated will be much better than that of other drums, such as stepping and friction running with strong cleaning ability, and the generated sound is small. Because of this, the roll-over operation can effectively (4) use laundry to suppress noise generation as much as possible. When the measured laundry amount is less than the reference value, the rolling operation a Tau 31 A can be used to enhance the heating of the washing water as described above. A heat preparation step can be performed before a heating step. However, the heating preparation step may include a ★ roller operating clock, and the drum operation may generate noise. Therefore, in the cleaning step of this mode, 86 201124585 will not perform the preliminary steps, w such as the heating preparation step before the first washing step, and the washing water is heated to a predetermined temperature in the first washing step. . The washing water can be heated by a heater or a steam generating device provided in the tub. Η·1·2·2 second cleaning (S1642): [00264] After the first cleaning step, the control unit may initiate a second cleaning step in the first, monthly washing step, which may more completely remove the stain Things. The second cleaning step, as in the first - cleaning (four)' silent mode, may include only the rolling operation. The rolling operation can minimize the generation of chewing sound, and as described above, the soil of the laundry can be effectively removed during the rolling operation. Moreover, a large amount of washing water is supplied during the rolling operation as compared with the amount of washing water supplied in the standard mode. Because of this, the rolling operation maintains sufficient cleaning ability while suppressing noise generation. [00265] If the amount of laundry is large, the drum is driven to perform a rollover operation. If the amount of laundry is small, the drum is driven to perform a rolling operation, which is similar to the first washing step described above. 2.2 Flush Cycle (1650): [00266] When the purge cycle has been completed, a flush cycle for removing detergent residue and dirt from the laundry can be initiated. The flush cycle is similar to the above-described standard mode flush cycle, and thus its further detailed description will be omitted. 87 201124585 [00267] The first rinsing step performed in the initial stage of the standard mode rinsing cycle includes a first drum driving step using a filtering operation which produces a lot of noise. Therefore, the filtering operation is not performed in the flush cycle of the silent mode. When the standard mode of the flush cycle is performed using various drum operations, the silent mode can apply only the rolling operation to the flush cycle step to reduce noise as in the cleaning step. [00268] In order to enhance the overall flushing capability, the flushing step in the silent mode is repeated multiple times in the standard mode. For example, the flush cycle can be performed four times or more. This is because the spin of the drum in the silent mode rotates at a lower rotational speed than the standard mode spin cycle, thus reducing the flushing capability. That is, in the spin cycle, the washing water is generally separated from the laundry by the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the high-speed drum, and the detergent and the dirty matter are simultaneously washed with the washing water from the laundry. Separation. However, in the normal spin step of the silent cycle of the silent mode, the drum is rotated at a lower rotational speed and thus the final flushing ability is reduced. Therefore, the rinsing step can be performed four times or more in the flushing cycle of the silent mode. H·3 Spin Cycle (S1670): [00269] When the flush cycle has been completed, the control section can initiate a spin cycle. This spin cycle is similar to the spin cycle of the standard mode, and thus its detailed description will be omitted. 88 201124585 [Face] In the silent mode - normal spin step, the drum can be rotated at a lower speed than the spin step in the normal standard mode to reduce noise such as 'to reduce the damper, the drum can A predetermined revolving rotation, which is 5% of the rotational speed of a normal spin cycle of the standard mode. That is, the drum can be rotated about 400 revolutions per minute. I. Mode 1 (cotton, artificial, mixed mode) [00271] As in the above-described functional laundry mode, a mode corresponding to the kind of the laundry and the type of the fabric corresponding to the laundry can be provided. For example, a cotton fabric pattern can be provided for cleaning cotton fabrics such as towels, tablecloths, T-shirts, etc., a man-made fiber pattern or an easy eare mode for cleaning man-made fabrics, and a mixing mode for cleaning a mix. Fabric types such as cotton and man-made fabrics. Artificial fabrics may include, for example, polyamide, acrylic fibers, polyester fibers, and other such fabrics. [00272] Cotton fabrics have different properties from rayon fabrics. That is, the cotton fabric is more resistant to friction and impact, and has less distortion than the rayon fabric. In addition, cotton fabrics absorb more washing water than rayon fabrics and are less wrinkled than rayon fabrics. However, it is not easy to separate the cotton laundry from the rayon laundry and perform the corresponding cleaning mode to always clean it separately. This is because the user often wears clothes woven together with cotton and rayon fabric, and does not wish to wash individual portions of cotton and artificial clothing. Thus, a cleaning mode that combines the advantages of the cotton fabric 89 201124585 mode with the man-made fiber mode, that is, a hybrid mode, can be provided. [00273] The hybrid mode is beneficial for a number of reasons. For example, if the user separates the cotton laundry to be separated from the rayon fabric to separate and wash, the cleaning will be disadvantageously delayed until the amount of a predetermined laundry is accumulated, and thus the dirty laundry is dirty. Will be ignored - a relatively long time gate. Of course, if a small amount of laundry is washed separately, it will waste power. Because of this, the mixing mode of the laundry to be washed together with the conventional type of fabric can avoid the problem of neglect of laundry and waste of electricity. [00274] As shown in Fig. 17, in a cleaning mode for a type corresponding to the mixed fabric, a cleaning cycle, a rinse cycle, and a spin cycle can be distinguished according to the specific type of characteristics of the fabric. Referring to the above-described standard mode cycle and procedure, the strips of the cotton fabric mode, the man-made fiber mode, and the blend mode having operations adjusted for each step based on the type of fabric are detailed as follows. The repeated detailed description will be appropriately omitted as compared with the standard mode, and the differences will be described in detail. [00275] When the user selects the cotton pattern, the rayon mode or the mixing mode (S 1 7 1 0) according to the type of the fabric to be washed, the control unit may perform a cleaning cycle according to the selected mode (S 1730), a flush cycle (S1750) and a spin cycle (S1770) and steps. 1.1 Cleaning cycle: 201124585 (S1734): Ul laundry amount determining step [00276] In a cleaning cycle, the control unit can determine the amount of laundry, and in one of the modes, the laundry method is similar to the above method. The method will omit the repeated description. The measured tenon can be suitably used in one of the following steps, which will be described in detail. L1.2·Water Supply Step (Sl733) • [00277] The control unit may perform - the water supply step ' is used to supply the washing water and the detergent to the tub or the drum, and to dissolve the soil - the decontaminant in the washing water. That is, the laundry water is supplied from the external water supply source together with the detergent system. The laundry water and the detergent are supplied to the laundry, and the laundry water detergent is directly supplied to the laundry in the drum. That is, the water supply line for the wash water can be located in the front upper part of the rolling bay: the sample &amp; Arr leads the upper side toward the inside of the roll, not at the lower part of the barrel. When the detergent is a powder type, put it on wood! The formula will not sufficiently dissolve the detergent, and a roller drive operation of the water supply step will be described in detail, and the deodorant can be sufficiently dissolved. Therefore, the washing water and the detergent are supplied to the laundry at the initial stage of the washing cycle, and the time required for the washing cycle can be reduced to improve the cleaning efficiency. 1.1.2.1 Strengthening the Dissolution of Detergent (S1735): [00278] In a detergent-enhancing dissolution step, a drum driving operation can be distinguished according to the type of fabric to be washed. For example, a rubbing operation 201124585 can be performed for the cotton woven laundry&apos; and a stepping operation can be performed for the rayon fabric to be washed. In the alternative specific caution, the friction operation and/or the step operation can be performed. [〇 (4)] Friction operation by throwing off the laundry to generate friction to bend/stretch and scrub the laundry. As such, it can be expected at the (fourth) stage of the money-removing ring - similar to the artificial hand-washing wire H material can be slightly resistant to friction (four) can perform this frictional operation' and the drum-driven operation can be a detergent-enhancing step in the cotton mode This frictional operation. [00280] Depending on the characteristics of the rayon fabric, the artificial laundry is lighter than the cotton laundry and the artificial laundry has a lower percentage of moisture than the cotton laundry. Moreover, the artificial laundry to be washed has a concern that the laundry is damaged by friction. Because of this, the stepping operation can be performed in the detergent reinforced dissolution step to enhance detergent dissolution and avoid fabric damage. That is, the drum driving operation for the rayon fabric in the detergent-reinforcing dissolution step may be the enthalpy. The driving operation exerts a maximum throwing impact on the light rayon fabric to enhance the detergent dissolution, and in the initial stage of the cleaning cycle, it is expected that the cleaning drum drive similar to the artificial flapping effect is optimally 'combinable and can be expected to be cleaned. [00281] A detergent enhanced dissolution step in a mixed mode can be a combination of step operation and friction operation. That is, the stepping operation and the rubbing operation of the cotton fabric and the man-made fiber fabric enable the dissolution of the detergent to be dissolved in the initial stage of the cleaning cycle 92 201124585 Washing effect. In this case, the different drum drive operations are combined and because, as such, the laundry movement pattern and the laundry water motion pattern can be sufficiently different to increase the efficiency of the cleaning cycle. 1.1.2.2 Wash Wetting (S1736): [00282] In this standard mode of washing and wetting step, the drum can be rotated to perform a rolling operation. Compared to the above-described frictional operation and rolling operation performed during a period of washing and wetting, the rolling operation produces less friction with the laundry. Therefore, although there is friction between the wet laundry items, there is no doubt that the laundry is damaged, and regardless of the type of the laundry to be washed, the washing and wetting step performed in the rolling operation can be similarly performed. [00283] Whether the fabric is cotton or man-made, the rolling operation can be performed in a washing and wetting step. Even when the user selects the cotton mode, the mixing mode, or the rayon mode, the (4) operation can be performed in a washing and wetting step after the dissolution step. The Γ:::: step may include two steps 'including 分开) minutes performed separately. For example, when the washing wetting step is performed (4) (4) the wetting step can be performed for 5 minutes and the second step is performed with an additional water core clock and 'can be supplied at the first-washing wetting step eight' and when the additional The second wash knee wetting step is performed. Eight should have been completed, can be carried out 93 201124585 Qing] 1 distinction between the first and second washing wet steps to more effectively moisturize the laundry, and evenly: drive the washing water of the laundry. For example, the first washing and supplying of the drum driving operation of the "pre-cleaning step" may be the rolling operation, and the second washing and drying step may be the combination of the rolling operation and the transitioning operation. In the washing and wetting step, the ua may be at the first turn. In the second “cleaning operation to perform the rolling operation in the second washing and wetting step, the rolling operation may be performed four times in the rolling operation, And this constitutes - a single cycle. This cycle can be repeated. This is followed by % =: (4) dynamic operation, which constantly turns the laundry to be washed in the lower part of the drum with the contact time between the agent and the agent. After the operation, the laundry will be opened and the detergent water and the detergent are allowed to be supplied. To the laundry 'enable to achieve effective washing „wet. Typically, it takes about 13 minutes to wet the 泱· column, 70 polyester in the running operation, and it takes about 1 minute to wash the wetness according to this embodiment. The drum drive operation of the washing-wet step is differentiated according to the amount of mineral to be washed. The drum drive operation of the first washing and wetting step is differentiated according to the amount of laundry determined in the laundry amount and the step. For example, the reading force determined by the right is &amp; the garment is purchased at a predetermined level or more, and the drum is driven to perform the rolling operation as described above. If the determined amount of laundry is less than the combination of the pre-ordered "can be driven" - stepping and rolling operation. 94 201124585

[00288】步進運轉在舉起待洗衣物後突然拋落。若是大的洗 衣量’待洗衣物落下的距離可能會減少。因此,步進運轉 係適於小的待洗衣物的量。此一步進運轉會損傷待洗衣 物因此,在棉織品模式中,當洗衣量少於該預定的等級, 可在該第一洗滌潤濕步驟中執行步進運轉與滾動運轉的組 合。當洗衣量為該預定的等、級或以上,可在該第—洗務潤 濕步驟中執行該滾動運轉。在該人造纖維模式及具有一待 洗衣物損壞疑慮的該混合模式中,不管洗衣量多少而可在 該第一洗條潤濕步驟執行該滾動運轉。 [00289]在替代的具體實施财,可在供水步驟巾執行與滚 筒驅動有關的-循環步驟。亦即’循環步驟可與用來驅動 滚筒的馬達驅動同步。當待洗衣物因滾筒的驅動而移動 時’循環的洗衣水可供應至待洗衣物,而供水步驟的目標 可更有效地達成。 ’ ”㈣此具體實施例’該去污劑加強溶解步驟及該洗 務潤濕步驟係包含於供水步驟中。然而,該㈣劑加強溶 解步驟與該洗務潤濕步爾可從供水步驟中獨立地提供。在 此例中,在水供應之後,可執行該去污劑加強溶解步驟與 該洗務潤濕步驟。 工.1.3.加熱(S1741): 95 201124585 [00291】在此模式中,一加熱步驟可依據該選擇的運作模式 而作區分。例如,加熱步驟中使用的洗衣水的溫度可依照 待洗衣物的織物類型而設定成不同的。 [00292]棉織品能相當地受熱。當洗衣水的溫度上升,更多 的去巧劑會溶解在洗衣水且進一步加強去污劑的活化。因 此’當選擇棉織品模式,洗衣水的溫度在加熱步驟中可能 會破設定為大約6〇t。可透過選項選擇區U8選擇從冷水 延伸到大約951的一範圍内的此一洗衣水的溫度。當洗衣 水的溫度升高時,適當地可進一步加強去污劑活化且可進 -步提升清洗能力,進—步提高消毒/漂白的效果。 [〇_人造纖維織品可能會受到/承受更少的熱,因此人 k纖維模式或混合模式主要是避免熱量損壞待洗衣物。當 選擇人造纖維模式或混合模式時,洗衣水的溫度於加熱步 驟中可被設定為大、約4Gl在人造纖維模式或混合模式 中使用者可避免選擇洗衣水的溫度要高於㈣,以避免 待洗衣物彳貝壞。例如,當通抵^ 田選擇人造纖維模式或混合模式時, 洗衣水的溫度在加敎步趣由1 4 θ …卞驟中可能有最高限制為6(rc。 [00294】*論該選擇的模式,加熱步驟的—滾筒驅動運轉可 為;袞翻運轉° k疋因為滚翻運轉可以料洗衣物解開糾 結,同時減低待洗衣物損壞。該滾翻運轉會允許蒸 汽或加熱的洗衣水充分地傳遞至待洗衣物。 96 201124585 [00295]在替代的具體實施例中,可在加熱步驟中執行一循 環步驟。該循環步驟可與滾筒的驅動同步。由於在初始加 熱執行一預定的程度後才進行循環步驟,循環步驟,可與 在初始的滾筒驅動開始之後驅動一預定時間的滾筒同步。 工.1.^ 清洗(S 1742):[00288] The stepping operation suddenly drops after lifting the laundry. If it is a large amount of laundry, the distance from which the laundry falls may be reduced. Therefore, the stepping operation is suitable for a small amount of laundry. This stepping operation can damage the laundry. Therefore, in the cotton mode, when the laundry amount is less than the predetermined level, a combination of the stepping operation and the rolling operation can be performed in the first washing and wetting step. When the amount of laundry is the predetermined level, or higher, the rolling operation can be performed in the first washing and dampening step. In the rayon mode and the mixing mode having a laundry damage suspect, the rolling operation can be performed in the first strip wetting step regardless of the amount of laundry. [00289] In an alternative embodiment, the -cycle step associated with the drum drive can be performed at the water supply step. That is, the 'cycle step' can be synchronized with the motor drive used to drive the drum. When the laundry is moved by the driving of the drum, the circulating laundry water can be supplied to the laundry, and the target of the water supply step can be more effectively achieved. (4) This specific embodiment 'the detergent reinforcing dissolution step and the washing and wetting step are included in the water supply step. However, the (four) agent enhancing dissolution step and the cleaning wetting step can be from the water supply step Provided separately. In this case, after the water supply, the detergent reinforcing dissolution step and the washing wetting step can be performed. 1.3. Heating (S1741): 95 201124585 [00291] In this mode, A heating step can be differentiated according to the selected mode of operation. For example, the temperature of the washing water used in the heating step can be set to be different depending on the type of fabric to be washed. [00292] The cotton fabric can be considerably heated. As the temperature of the water rises, more de-agents dissolve in the wash water and further enhance the activation of the detergent. Therefore, when the cotton mode is selected, the temperature of the wash water may be set to about 6 〇t in the heating step. The temperature of the wash water extending from cold water to a range of about 951 can be selected through the option selection area U8. When the temperature of the wash water is increased, the detergent activation can be further enhanced as appropriate. It can further improve the cleaning ability and improve the disinfection/bleaching effect. [〇_Man-made fiber fabrics may be subjected to/understand less heat, so the human k fiber mode or mixed mode is mainly to avoid heat damage to the laundry. When the rayon mode or the hybrid mode is selected, the temperature of the washing water can be set to be large in the heating step, about 4Gl. In the rayon mode or the mixed mode, the user can avoid selecting the temperature of the washing water to be higher than (4), Avoid the badness of the laundry mussels. For example, when the rayon mode or the blending mode is selected in the field, the temperature of the washing water may have a maximum limit of 6 (rc) in the twisting step by 1 4 θ .... [00294] * The mode of the selection, the heating step - the drum drive operation can be; the tumbling operation ° k 疋 because the rollover operation can unload the laundry and tangled, while reducing the damage to the laundry. The rolling operation will allow steam Or the heated wash water is fully transferred to the laundry. 96 201124585 [00295] In an alternative embodiment, a cycle step can be performed in the heating step. Synchronization with the drive of the drum. Since the cycle is performed after the initial heating is performed for a predetermined degree, the cycle step can be synchronized with the drum that is driven for a predetermined time after the start of the initial drum drive. 1.1.^ Cleaning (S 1742 ):

[00296】一清洗步驟的一滚筒驅動運轉可為一連續的該滾 動運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或旋擺運轉的組合。該清洗步驟的 滾筒驅動運轉可依據該選擇的模式而有所區別,因為織物 的保護的作用和提高清洗能力的效果均能實現。 [00297]亦即,在清洗棉織品待洗衣物的案例中,可執行用 來採用-強勁機械外力清洗待洗衣物的—㈣驅動運轉。 在清洗人造纖維織品待洗衣物的案例中,可執行用來採用 一相對低機械外力清洗待洗衣物的—滾筒驅動運轉。清洗 步驟可包括清洗循環的步驟之―,其係、需要時間最長。因 此’可控制清洗步驟來最有效地執行清洗。由於清洗步驟 所需時間^漫長的,在清❹財最可誠生待洗衣物 損壞。 [0〇298】考量的是,查 • 擇棉織品模式時,滾筒可驅動進行 清洗步驟中的滾動運轉和 翻運轉的組合。在兩個不同動 作的組合適用於斜住冰 、 ^ 、 &amp;物的各種強勁機械外力的模式, 並可提高清洗效率。t 无效羊亦即,依據棉織品的特性,較無織物 97 201124585 知傷的疑慮m此’強勁機械外力係應用於清洗待洗 矿物並可更改善清洗效果。當選擇棉織品模式,可在— π洗步驟中執行—過渡運轉和滾翻運轉的組合,隨著循環 '驟同步於’袞筒的驅動。由於棉織品較無待洗衣物損壞的 疑慮’過瀘、運轉可不斷地且有效地供應洗衣水與去污劑至 待洗衣物。 []反之,S選擇人造纖維模式時,滾筒可能會在清洗 步驟中旋轉進行—旋擺運轉和滾翻運轉的組合。該兩個不 同運動的組合可提高清洗效果。該旋擺運轉輕輕地旋擺待 洗衣物於洗衣水中因此摩擦產生的待洗衣會減少。此外, 在其中待洗衣物與洗衣水接觸的時間可以充分地增加足以 改善清洗效果。 以有效地一起清洗棉的待洗衣物 [00300】當提供混合模式[00296] A drum drive operation of a cleaning step can be a combination of the continuous rolling operation and/or the rolling operation and/or the swing operation. The drum driving operation of the washing step can be made different depending on the selected mode, because the protective effect of the fabric and the effect of improving the cleaning ability can be achieved. [00297] That is, in the case of cleaning the cotton laundry to be laundry, the (four) driving operation for cleaning the laundry to be washed with a strong mechanical external force can be performed. In the case of cleaning the rayon fabric laundry, a drum driving operation for washing the laundry with a relatively low mechanical external force can be performed. The cleaning step can include the step of the cleaning cycle, which takes the longest time. Therefore, the cleaning step can be controlled to perform the cleaning most efficiently. Due to the long time required for the cleaning step, it is most likely to be damaged in the laundry. [0〇298] It is considered that when the cotton fabric mode is selected, the drum can drive a combination of the rolling operation and the turning operation in the washing step. The combination of two different actions applies to a variety of strong mechanical external forces that slant the ice, ^, &amp; and improve cleaning efficiency. t Invalid sheep, that is, according to the characteristics of cotton fabric, no fabric 97 201124585 The doubts about the injury m This 'strong mechanical external force is used to clean the minerals to be washed and can improve the cleaning effect. When the cotton mode is selected, it can be performed in the - π washing step - a combination of the transition operation and the roll-over operation, with the cycle being "synchronized" to the drive of the cartridge. Since the cotton fabric has no doubt that the laundry is damaged, the laundry and the detergent can be continuously and efficiently supplied to the laundry. [] Conversely, when S is selected for the man-made fiber mode, the drum may be rotated during the cleaning step—a combination of the swing operation and the roll-over operation. The combination of these two different movements improves the cleaning effect. The whirl operation gently swirls the laundry to the laundry water so that the laundry to be produced by the friction is reduced. Further, the time in which the laundry is in contact with the washing water can be sufficiently increased to improve the cleaning effect. To effectively clean the cotton laundry together [00300] when providing a blending mode

與人造的待洗衣物時’無論待洗衣物的織物類型,需改善 清洗效果且需要盡量減少待洗衣物損壞。為了滿足此目 的’當選擇混合模式時’清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可能是 一滾翻運轉及/或旋擺運轉及/或滾動運轉的Μ。亦即,可 提供旋擺運轉用來避免對織物損傷,並可提供滾動運轉用 來提高清洗能力。 [00301】在人造纖維模式與湛人磁斗.占 八兴混合模式十,一循環步驟可與滾 筒驅動同步,以使洗衣水與去汚_ 两古5劑不斷地供應至待洗衣物。 98 201124585 [00302】如上所述,雖缺ρ灌挥姓灿 U U選擇棉織品模式、人造纖維模式 或混合模式的其中-者’清洗步驟的滚筒驅動運轉可被控 制以作一級合的兩個不同的運轉。這樣可產生機械外力的 不同模式及待洗衣物的移動,而可在視覺上改進使用者的 滿意度。 [麵3】f從選項選擇區118選擇待洗衣物的—❹物等 級’馬達的淨作用比可依據該選擇㈣污物等級而調整。 然而,增加淨作用比同時會增加機械外力施加至待洗衣物 的時間。考量此因素,清洗循環的淨作用比可依據使用者 所選擇的模式而不同。#即,棉織品模式的淨作用比會大 於人造纖維模式與混合模式的淨作用比。 L1.2沖洗循環(S1750): [00304] 當該清洗循環已完成,可啟動—沖洗循環。在沖洗 循環中,可重複沖洗步驟,用來在利用供應的洗衣水沖洗 待洗衣物之後排出洗衣水。在此模式中的沖洗循環的沖洗 步驟可重複三次或以上。 [00305] 洗衣水提供至沖洗循環的一水位會高於清洗循環 的一水位。亦即,該洗衣水可供應至從外部是可見的一預 定水位’以利用足夠的洗衣水改善沖洗效果。 [00306] 沖洗循環的一滚筒驅動運轉可為滾翻運轉。滾翻運 轉淹沒待洗衣物於洗衣水,並從洗衣水中移出待洗衣物, 99 201124585 且其可為重複的。水位的滾翻運轉視覺上告知使用者 具有充刀的冲洗。沖洗循環的滾翻運轉可避免馬達的過 熱’並提向沖洗效率β亦P。 平 方即’沖洗循環的水位會高於清洗 循環的立且施加至滾筒的負載會因洗衣水而相應地增 加。步進運轉、摩擦運轉及旋擺運轉反覆進行馬達的旋轉 和,,.、車目此’ k樣一刹車會對馬達產生過大的負載。而 且如果水位间,洗衣水所產生的負載可能會增加。在具 有-商水位的沖洗循環中,》筒驅動運轉不會有什麼突然 的刹車,而避免馬達的過熱。因&amp;,用來沿著預定的方向 旋轉滾筒的滾翻運轉在沖洗循環中是更佳的。 [00307】-循環步驟可執行於沖洗循環中以循環盛裝於桶 内的洗衣水至滾筒。這會對使用者產生視覺的效果以告知 其為充分的沖洗。 L3·自旋循環(S1770): [00308]當1¾清洗循環與沖洗循環完成後,可執行—自旋猶 環’用來盡量從待洗衣物排出洗衣水。在自旋循環的一普 通自旋步驟巾,滚筒轉速可依據使用者選定的模式而加以 區分’依據織物類型來考量水含量的百分比及殘餘的皺摺。 [00309】棉織品具有一高百分比的含水量或吸水量,較無皺 相的疑慮。即使棉織品有賴生成,很容易移除皺相。反 之,人造纖維織品具有—低百分比的含水量或吸水量,較 100 201124585 有皺褶的躁慮。因此,在棉織品模式中,一預定轉速可能 會高於人造纖維模式與混合模式,且該預定轉速可為,例 如,每分鐘1000轉或以上。在此,該自旋轉速可由使用者 透過選項選擇區來改變。 [00310】人造纖維模式及混合模式的預定轉速可設定為每 分鐘400炱600轉。即使以一低轉速旋轉人造的待洗衣物 時’洗衣水可充分地從人造的待洗衣物排出,而可避免皺 φ 褶。在此例中,該自旋轉速可由使用者透過選項選擇區來 改變。在一些具體實施例中,該自旋轉速設定為每分鐘8〇〇 轉之一最大值。 J_模式J (羊毛模式)·· [00311】依據一待洗衣物的織物類型而提供的一清洗模式 也可包括-羊毛模式,而不是棉織品模式、人造纖維模二 及混合模式。該羊毛模式可應用於具有較少辨污物及一較 大織物損傷疑慮的待洗衣物。亦即,該羊毛模式可提供以 清洗須用手洗的羊毛敏α ^主、土十1 主、、时毛織一寺洗衣物。如果用強勁機械外力 清洗,羊毛織品待洗衣物有可能被損壞。因此,在羊毛 式t ’該滾㈣驅動進行具有—微弱機械外力的 運轉,例如旋擺運轉。考量羊毛織品的特、 的一清洗循環,一沖洗德搭β ή q羊毛模式 _ 循壤及自旋循環的滾筒驅動運糙‘ 不同於該標準模式的滾筒運轉。 101 201124585 J ·1 ·清洗循環: [麵]在羊毛模式中,避免織物損傷是重要的,且該滾筒 可驅動進行旋擺運轉,用來在羊毛模式的一清洗循環^輕 輕地在該滾筒的一下部向左與向右移動待洗衣物。在此例 中,一水位可能會高到足以讓滾筒内的一水位為從外面係 可見的。因為如此,滾筒的内圓周的表面與待洗衣物之間 的摩擦可減到最小,且升降桿會重複接觸待洗衣物,旋轉 待洗衣物淹沒至洗衣水中,而這樣避免損傷待洗衣物,且 其可輕輕地執行清洗或沖洗。此旋擺運轉可減少待洗衣物 的損傷並增加待洗衣物和洗衣水與去污劑接觸的時間,以 提高清洗效果。 陶3]圖18係㈣該羊毛模式。選擇羊毛模式的一清洗 循環(S181G)。在清洗循環(⑽〇)的-初始階段,洗衣 水和去π劑可供應至桶或滾筒,亦即,可執行一供水步驟 (1833)供水步驟可包括一去污劑加強溶解步驟(S]奶) 和一洗條潤濕步驟(_6)。該去污劑加強溶解步驟係用 來促進在供水步称的初始階段進行的去污劑溶解,而洗滌 =濕步驟係用來充分職待洗衣物以在供水完成後準備一 ⑺洗步驟。洗滌潤濕步驟可執行於供水完成之前或之後。 陶4]於羊毛模式巾使料去污劑可為巾性去污劑,且通 :為-液體型式’其不會像一粉末型式需要太多的時間來 冷解於洗衣水中。考量如此’在供水的初始階段,與洗衣 102 201124585 水一起,供應去污劑至待洗衣物❶當該水供應開始時,洗 衣水提供至褒於—去污劑盒中的液體去污劑。洗衣水和液 體去污劑會一起供應至桶或滾筒。為了更迅速供應洗衣水 和液體去巧劑至待洗衣物,可將洗衣水和液體去污劑的混 合喷向位於滾筒内的待洗衣物。·為了更有效的去污劑溶解 的目的,可執行一循環步驟,用來供應裝於桶内的洗衣水 至滚筒的上部。 • [00315]滾筒可驅動進行旋擺運轉,然後一輕柔漩渦係產生 於洗衣水中,使得可增進該去污劑溶解,同時避免待洗衣 物損壞。當水供應已完成,旋擺運轉和循環步驟可一起執 行以準備清洗步驟。這可視為洗滌潤濕步驟的一類型。 [00316]當該去污劑加強溶解步驟和洗滌潤濕步驟完成 後,如果必要的話,可執行用來加熱洗衣水的一加熱步驟 (S1841 )。然而,在加熱步驟中洗衣水的溫度可控制不超 鲁 過4 〇 C °如果洗衣水的溫度被升 高過多,產生的熱量會使 待洗衣物變形並損傷羊毛織品待洗衣物。4〇°c的溫度不會 產生熱變形,而會促進去污劑的活化及待洗衣物吸收洗衣 水。 [00317】清洗步驟(S1842 )的一滾筒驅動運轉可為該旋擺 運轉。清洗步驟在清洗循環的步驟中需要最長的時間,並 為了在清洗步驟中避免待洗衣物損壞,在清洗步驟中使用 旋擺運轉。如果機械外力的施加與停止係反覆地應用到羊 103 201124585 毛織品待洗衣物,可能會產生織物損傷。斗M ^ 此機械性的重複 會導致羊毛的收縮。為了避免該收縮,可在清洗步驟中連 續地執行旋擺運轉。 [〇〇318】如上所述,該旋擺運轉藉由電阻制動驅動滾筒,且 其不會對馬達施加太多負載》此外,旋擺運轉可使滾筒驅 動小於90度以在左右之間往返。因此,不堂 p而資一大負荷即 可提高待洗衣物。如果滾筒分別是驅動以不停進行摩擦運 鲁轉與步進運轉’可能會對馬達施加過多的負載。在滾翻運 轉中,會比摩擦運轉和步進運轉對馬達施加一較小負荷, 但待洗衣物會被提高並拋落而產生織物損傷。考量此點, 在清洗步驟中執行旋擺運轉。 J-2沖洗循環(S1850): ⑼&gt;319]當該清洗循環已完成,可執行一沖洗循環。首先, •可執行—中自旋。在中自旋後’供應洗衣水以開始沖洗, 且若需要的話執行多次沖洗循環。亦即,在供水和沖洗之 後,排水可能會重複。一般而言,中自旋係在排水後的供 水中間執行。 [00320] 1¾中自旋以—相對低旋轉速度對待洗衣物解開糾 &quot;°中自旋包括一中級自旋用來以一相對低旋轉速度對待 洗衣物解開糾結,同時感測振動,以及一主要自旋用來以 一相對高旋轉速度旋轉待洗衣物一預定的時間。中級自旋 104 201124585 了以大約母分鐘100轉作旋轉而主要自旋可以大約每分# 200轉(低共振頻率)或以上作旋轉。 里When it comes to artificial laundry, it is necessary to improve the cleaning effect regardless of the type of fabric to be washed and to minimize damage to the laundry. In order to satisfy the purpose of "when the mixing mode is selected", the drum driving operation of the washing step may be a rollover operation and/or a swing operation and/or a rolling operation. That is, a swing operation can be provided to avoid damage to the fabric, and a rolling operation can be provided to improve the cleaning ability. [00301] In the man-made fiber mode and the Zhanren magnetic bucket. In the eight-in-one mixing mode, a cycle step can be synchronized with the drum drive to allow the washing water and the decontamination to be continuously supplied to the laundry. 98 201124585 [00302] As described above, although the lack of ρ sputum can be used to select the cotton fabric mode, the rayon mode or the hybrid mode, the drum drive operation of the cleaning step can be controlled to be two different Running. This produces different modes of mechanical external force and movement of the laundry, which can visually improve user satisfaction. [Face 3] f The net effect ratio of the motor selected from the option selection area 118 to select the laundry level can be adjusted according to the selection (four) dirt level. However, increasing the net effect ratio also increases the time that mechanical external force is applied to the laundry. Considering this factor, the net effect ratio of the cleaning cycle can vary depending on the mode selected by the user. #即, the net effect ratio of the cotton fabric mode is greater than the net effect ratio of the rayon mode and the blend mode. L1.2 Flush Cycle (S1750): [00304] When the purge cycle has been completed, a flush-flush cycle can be initiated. In the flush cycle, the flushing step can be repeated to drain the wash water after flushing the laundry with the supplied wash water. The rinsing step of the rinsing cycle in this mode can be repeated three times or more. [00305] The level of water supplied by the wash water to the flush cycle will be higher than the water level of the wash cycle. That is, the washing water can be supplied to a predetermined water level visible from the outside to improve the flushing effect with sufficient washing water. [00306] A drum drive operation of the flush cycle may be a rollover operation. Rolling over the laundry, drowning the laundry, and removing the laundry from the washing water, 99 201124585 and it can be repeated. The rollover operation of the water level visually informs the user that there is a flushing of the filling knife. The roll-over operation of the flush cycle avoids overheating of the motor and raises the flushing efficiency β and P. The level of the flushing cycle will be higher than the level of the cleaning cycle and the load applied to the drum will increase accordingly due to the washing water. The stepping operation, the friction operation, and the swing operation repeatedly rotate the motor, and the vehicle will generate an excessive load on the motor. And if the water level, the load generated by the washing water may increase. In the flushing cycle with the - water level, the cartridge drive will not have any sudden braking and avoid overheating of the motor. Because of &, the roll-over operation for rotating the drum in a predetermined direction is preferable in the flushing cycle. [00307] The cycle step can be performed in the flush cycle to cycle the wash water contained in the tub to the drum. This produces a visual effect on the user to inform him that it is a sufficient flush. L3·Spin Cycle (S1770): [00308] After the 13⁄4 wash cycle and the flush cycle are completed, the spin-loop can be used to drain the wash water from the laundry as much as possible. In a normal spin step of the spin cycle, the drum speed can be differentiated according to the mode selected by the user. Depending on the type of fabric, the percentage of water content and residual wrinkles are considered. [00309] Cotton fabrics have a high percentage of water content or water absorption, which is more of a wrinkle-free concern. Even if the cotton fabric depends on the formation, it is easy to remove the wrinkle. In contrast, man-made fiber fabrics have a low percentage of water content or water absorption, which is more wrinkled than 100 201124585. Therefore, in the cotton mode, a predetermined rotation speed may be higher than the rayon mode and the mixing mode, and the predetermined rotation speed may be, for example, 1000 rpm or more. Here, the spin speed can be changed by the user through the option selection area. [00310] The predetermined rotational speed of the rayon mode and the hybrid mode can be set to 400 炱 600 rpm. Even when the artificial laundry is rotated at a low rotational speed, the laundry water can be sufficiently discharged from the artificial laundry to avoid wrinkles. In this case, the spin speed can be changed by the user through the option selection area. In some embodiments, the rate of spin speed is set to a maximum of 8 turns per minute. J_Mode J (Wool Mode) · [00311] A cleaning mode provided in accordance with the type of fabric to be laundry may also include a wool mode instead of a cotton pattern, a man-made fiber mold 2, and a blend mode. The wool mode can be applied to laundry items having less soiling and a greater fabric damage. That is, the wool mode can be provided by washing the hand-washed wool sensitive α ^ main, earth ten 1 main, and the time woolen one temple laundry. If it is cleaned with strong mechanical force, the wool fabric may be damaged. Therefore, in the wool type t', the roll (four) is driven to perform an operation having a weak mechanical external force, such as a swing operation. Consider the special cleaning cycle of wool fabrics, a flushing of the 搭 ή 羊毛 q wool mode _ roller drive driven by the soil and spin cycle ‘ different from the standard mode of the drum operation. 101 201124585 J ·1 ·Washing cycle: [Face] In the wool mode, it is important to avoid fabric damage, and the drum can be driven to perform a swirling operation for a cleaning cycle in the wool mode ^ gently on the drum The lower part moves the laundry to the left and right. In this case, the water level may be high enough to allow a water level in the drum to be visible from the outside. Because of this, the friction between the surface of the inner circumference of the drum and the laundry to be washed can be minimized, and the lifting rod repeatedly contacts the laundry, and the rotating laundry is submerged into the washing water, thereby avoiding damage to the laundry, and It can be gently cleaned or rinsed. This swinging operation can reduce the damage of the laundry and increase the time for the laundry and the washing water to contact the detergent to improve the cleaning effect. Tao 3] Figure 18 is the four (four) wool pattern. Select a cleaning cycle for the wool mode (S181G). In the initial stage of the cleaning cycle ((10)〇), the washing water and the de-π agent may be supplied to the tub or the drum, that is, a water supply step (1833) may be performed. The water supply step may include a detergent-enhancing dissolution step (S) Milk) and a wash strip wetting step (_6). The detergent reinforced dissolution step is used to promote detergent dissolution in the initial stage of the water supply step, and the wash = wet step is used to fully serve the laundry to prepare a (7) wash step after the water supply is completed. The washing and wetting step can be performed before or after the water supply is completed. Pottery 4] The wool-type wiper detergent can be a soil-based detergent, and it is a liquid type that does not require too much time to dissolve in the wash water like a powder type. Considering this, in the initial stage of the water supply, together with the laundry 102 201124585 water, the detergent is supplied to the laundry. When the water supply starts, the washing water is supplied to the liquid detergent in the detergent cartridge. The wash water and liquid detergent are supplied together to the tub or drum. In order to supply the laundry water and the liquid detergent to the laundry more quickly, the mixture of the washing water and the liquid detergent can be sprayed toward the laundry to be placed in the drum. • For the purpose of more effective detergent dissolution, a cycle step can be performed for supplying the washing water contained in the tub to the upper portion of the drum. • [00315] The drum can be driven to perform a swing operation, and then a gentle vortex is generated in the wash water to enhance dissolution of the detergent while avoiding damage to the laundry. When the water supply has been completed, the swing run and cycle steps can be performed together to prepare the wash step. This can be considered as a type of washing and wetting step. [00316] After the detergent-enhancing dissolution step and the washing and wetting step are completed, a heating step (S1841) for heating the washing water may be performed if necessary. However, the temperature of the washing water can be controlled not to exceed 4 〇 C ° during the heating step. If the temperature of the washing water is raised too much, the heat generated will deform the laundry and damage the wool fabric to be washed. The temperature of 4 ° °c does not cause thermal deformation, but promotes the activation of the detergent and the laundry to absorb the laundry water. [00317] A drum drive operation of the washing step (S1842) may be the swing operation. The washing step takes the longest time in the step of the washing cycle, and in order to avoid damage to the laundry during the washing step, the swirling operation is used in the washing step. If the application and stop of the mechanical external force is applied to the sheep repeatedly, the fabric may be damaged. Buck M ^ This mechanical repetition will cause the wool to shrink. In order to avoid this shrinkage, the swirling operation can be continuously performed in the washing step. [〇〇318] As described above, the swing operation drives the drum by the resistance brake, and it does not apply too much load to the motor. Further, the swing operation can drive the drum to be less than 90 degrees to reciprocate between the right and left. Therefore, it is not a big burden to increase the amount of laundry. If the drums are driven separately to perform frictional and stepping operations, the motor may be subjected to excessive loads. In the rollover operation, a smaller load is applied to the motor than the frictional operation and the stepping operation, but the laundry is lifted and thrown to cause fabric damage. With this in mind, the swing operation is performed during the cleaning step. J-2 Flush Cycle (S1850): (9) &gt; 319] When the purge cycle has been completed, a flush cycle can be performed. First, • Executable—medium spin. The washing water is supplied after the middle spin to start the flushing, and if necessary, a plurality of flushing cycles are performed. That is, the drainage may be repeated after the water supply and rinsing. In general, the medium spin system is carried out in the middle of the water supply after drainage. [00320] The spin in the 13⁄4 spins the laundry at a relatively low rotational speed. The spin in the middle includes an intermediate spin for untangling the laundry at a relatively low rotational speed while sensing vibration. And a primary spin is used to rotate the laundry at a relatively high rotational speed for a predetermined period of time. The intermediate spin 104 201124585 rotates at approximately 100 minutes of the mother's minute and the main spin can rotate approximately #200 rpm (low resonance frequency) or more. in

[:⑽21]然而’當選擇羊毛模式,可省略中自旋。該中自旋 疋藉由離心力從待洗衣物排出洗衣水的一程序,而不可避 免可月b會於待洗衣物產生一拉力。因為如此,受到外部 力量的羊毛織品待洗衣物可能會在自旋循環中受到損傷。 為了緩解這一疑慮,中自旋可省略。例如,省略中自旋的 主要自旋’而只執行中級自旋。如果省略所有藉由離心力 排出洗衣水的程序,沖洗能力會顯著降低。考量沖洗能力 與待洗衣物損壞,可執行僅中級自旋而省略主要自旋。 ’22】、冲洗步驟的係、列包括可執行三次或更多次的供水 和排水,因為去污劑殘留需充分地從待洗衣物排出。沖洗 的水位可能高於清洗步驟的水位,且在沖洗中可執行一循 環步驟。當使用液體去污劑時’其一般可充分地排出去污 劑殘留,因為執行了兩次沖洗步驟及該中自旋。然而,在 此模式的例子中,巾自旋的主要自旋係省略以避免待洗衣 物損壞,並可執行三次沖洗步驟以達到預期的沖洗效果。 [00323】沖洗步驟的一滾筒驅動可為旋擺運轉以避免待洗 衣物損壞。旋擺運轉輕輕地擺動待洗衣物於洗衣水中,並 讓吸附於待洗衣物内的去污劑殘留被排入洗衣水令,使得 沖洗效率能提高。 105 201124585 J.3自旋循環(S1870): [00324]當該沖洗循環已完成,可啟動一自旋循環。自旋循 環係近似於上述的標準模式的自旋循環。普通自旋步驟的 滾筒轉速可設定為每分鐘800轉或以下以保護羊毛織品待 洗衣物。 K-模式K (輕柔模式): # [〇〇325】依據待洗衣物的織物類型所提供的一清洗模式可 包括如圖19所示的一輕柔模式,以清洗纖細的織品,如絲 綢、塑膠織物製成的待洗衣物、有五金配件附加於其上的 存洗衣物、及其它此種纖細的物件。可執行具有一相對微 弱機械外力的-滾筒運轉,例如旋擺運轉,以輕輕地清洗 纖細的待洗衣於輕柔模式中,近似於在羊毛模式中。因此, 若考慮纖細織品的特性,一清洗循環、-沖洗循環、及輕 籲⑽式的-自旋循環的滾筒驅動運轉,會與標準模式的滾 筒驅動運轉有所不同。 K·1清洗循環(S193〇): 陶6】近似料毛模式,選擇輕柔模式(S測)且滚筒 ㈣卜清洗循環(S193())中驅動進行旋擺運 ^而洗衣水係供應⑶933 )至—相對高水位。而且,— 劑加強溶解步驟(咖)會近似於羊毛模式中的去污 106 201124585 劑加強溶解步驟,因為液體型式去污劑—般係用於輕柔模 式中,即如羊毛模式中,清洗纖細織品待洗衣物。然而, 在去污劑加強溶解步驟之後,一洗務潤濕步驟⑶叫會 不同於羊毛模式的洗務潤濕步驟。相較於纖細的織品,羊 毛織品具有相對良好的吸水力,而相較於羊毛織品,纖細 的織品更易受到熱損傷。因為如此,用來清洗纖細的織品 的洗衣水的溫度可設定為大約3(rc。雖然也可選擇冷水, 一般是不會選擇溫度高於4(rc的水。 7 _7]制在洗蘇潤濕步驟中的過遽運轉可有效地執行 洗蘇潤濕。也可執行一循環步驟。在自旋驅動滾筒和均勻 地分配待洗衣物於滾筒内以伸展待洗衣物的表面面積之 後’循環步驟將襄於桶中的洗衣水循環流向待洗衣物。此 外’旋擺運轉係執行以淹沒待洗衣物於洗衣水中,並產生 輕柔的待洗衣物的移動以促進洗條潤濕。過渡運轉盘旋擺 運轉係以不同模式重複以促進洗蘇潤濕。然而,洗務满濕 步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可為僅有旋擺運轉。 【_】當該洗條潤濕已完成,可啟動一清洗步驟 (S1942 )。清洗步驟的—滾筒運轉可為旋擺運轉。相較於 ㈣抗外部衝擊。為達到更有 效的清洗效率’清洗步驟的滾筒運轉可為一相對高洗衣水 水位的一旋擺運轉與滾翻運轉的組合。 107 201124585 中只執行滾翻運轉。在此 洗衣物是與洗衣水的水面 [00329] 可替代地,可在清洗步驟 例中,由於是高水位,拋落的待[: (10) 21] However, when the wool mode is selected, the medium spin can be omitted. The process in which the spin 疋 discharges the washing water from the laundry by centrifugal force does not prevent the month b from generating a pulling force on the laundry. Because of this, wool fabrics that are subjected to external forces may be damaged during the spin cycle. In order to alleviate this doubt, the medium spin can be omitted. For example, the main spin of the spin is omitted and only the intermediate spin is performed. If all the procedures for discharging the washing water by centrifugal force are omitted, the flushing ability is remarkably lowered. Considering the flushing ability and the damage to the laundry, only the intermediate spin can be performed and the main spin is omitted. The system and column of the rinsing step include water supply and drainage that can be performed three or more times because the detergent residue needs to be sufficiently discharged from the laundry. The flushing water level may be higher than the water level in the washing step and a cycling step may be performed during the flushing. When a liquid detergent is used, it generally discharges the detergent residue sufficiently because the two rinsing steps and the medium spin are performed. However, in the example of this mode, the main spin of the towel spin is omitted to avoid damage to the laundry, and three flushing steps can be performed to achieve the desired flushing effect. [00323] A drum drive of the rinsing step can be a slewing operation to avoid damage to the laundry to be washed. The swirling operation gently swings the laundry to the washing water, and allows the detergent residue adsorbed in the laundry to be discharged into the washing water, so that the washing efficiency can be improved. 105 201124585 J.3 Spin Cycle (S1870): [00324] When the flush cycle is completed, a spin cycle can be initiated. The spin cycle is similar to the spin cycle of the standard mode described above. The drum speed of the normal spin step can be set to 800 rpm or less to protect the wool fabric from washing. K-Mode K (soft mode): # [〇〇325] A cleaning mode provided depending on the type of fabric to be washed may include a gentle pattern as shown in Figure 19 to clean delicate fabrics such as silk and plastic. A laundry made of fabric, a laundry with hardware attached thereto, and other such delicate items. A drum operation having a relatively weak mechanical external force, such as a whirl operation, can be performed to gently clean the slender laundry in a gentle mode, similar to the wool mode. Therefore, considering the characteristics of the fine fabric, a cleaning cycle, a flushing cycle, and a drum-driving operation of the (10)-spin cycle may be different from the standard mode of the drum driving operation. K·1 cleaning cycle (S193〇): Tao 6] Approximate hair mode, select the soft mode (S measurement) and the drum (four) cleaning cycle (S193 ()) drive for the swinging operation and the laundry water supply (3) 933) To - relatively high water level. Moreover, the agent-enhancing dissolution step (coffee) will approximate the decontamination in the wool mode 106 201124585 agent to enhance the dissolution step, because the liquid type detergent is generally used in a gentle mode, ie in a wool mode, cleaning the fine fabric Waiting for laundry. However, after the detergent intensification dissolution step, a washing wetting step (3) is called a washing wetting step different from the wool mode. Compared to slender fabrics, sheep fabrics have relatively good water absorption, while slender fabrics are more susceptible to thermal damage than wool fabrics. Because of this, the temperature of the washing water used to clean the fine fabric can be set to about 3 (rc. Although cold water can also be selected, it is generally not selected for temperatures higher than 4 (rc of water. 7 _7) made in Washu Run The over-twisting operation in the wet step can effectively perform the wetting of the wash. A cycle step can also be performed. After the spin-driven roller and evenly distributing the laundry to the drum to stretch the surface area of the laundry, the cycle step The laundry water in the bucket is circulated to the laundry. In addition, the 'swing operation is performed to submerge the laundry in the washing water, and a gentle movement of the laundry is generated to promote the wetting of the washing strip. It is repeated in different modes to promote the wetting of the wash. However, the drum drive operation of the full wet step can be only the swing operation. [_] When the wettability of the wash strip is completed, a washing step can be initiated (S1942) The cleaning step - the drum operation can be a swing operation. Compared to (4) against external impact. To achieve more effective cleaning efficiency, the drum operation of the cleaning step can be a relatively high level of the washing water level. Combination of pendulum operation and rollover operation 107 201124585 Only the rollover operation is performed. Here, the laundry is the surface of the washing water [00329] Alternatively, in the cleaning step, in the case of the high water level, the drop is waiting

相撞,而不是滾筒的内底表面。這意味著落下的距離係縮 短。當施加於待洗衣物衝擊是因高水位而降低,—旋渴係 產生於洗衣水中以提高清洗效果。由於這類的待洗衣物具 有相對低的巧冑,清洗步驟的時間可設定為相對短,且淨 作用比可設定為相對低。雖然只有執行滚翻運轉,而可能 避免待洗衣物損壞。在清洗步驟中也可以執行_循環步驟。 Κ·2沖洗循環(S1950): 【00330]當該清洗循環已完成,可啟動一沖洗循環。如上所 述’液體型式去污劑可用於輕柔模式,Μ污劑殘留可藉 由執行兩次沖洗步驟充分地排^如同羊毛模式,在輕^ 模式中可以省略-中自旋。例如,不省略一中級自旋,而 省略主要自旋。沖洗循環的一滾筒運轉可只是滾翻運 轉這種滾翻運轉具有分散待洗衣物的效果。亦即,滾翻 運轉允許待洗衣物的表面面積均勻地接觸洗衣水並將去污 劑殘留排出。在此例中,一洗衣水水位會相對較高。在沖 洗循環中,可對滾翻運轉增加旋擺運轉。 Κ·3自旋循環(S1970): 108 201124585 。此模式 通自旋步 [00331】當該沖洗循環已完成,可啟動一自旋循環 的自旋循環可近似於羊毛模式的自旋循環。一並 80〇轉》纖細的織品具 驟的滾筒轉速可設定不超過每分鐘 有-低百分比的含水/吸水量,且洗衣水可充分地排出,即 使滾筒在普通自旋步驟中以一相對低轉速旋轉。而且,並 通自旋可以—相對低轉速進行以避免因自旋產生的織_Collide, not the inner bottom surface of the drum. This means that the distance dropped is shortened. When the impact applied to the laundry is lowered due to the high water level, the thirst is generated in the washing water to improve the cleaning effect. Since such laundry to be relatively low in complexity, the cleaning step time can be set to be relatively short and the net effect ratio can be set to be relatively low. Although only the rollover operation is performed, it is possible to avoid damage to the laundry. The _cycle step can also be performed during the washing step. Κ·2 Flushing Cycle (S1950): [00330] When the cleaning cycle has been completed, a flush cycle can be initiated. The liquid type detergent as described above can be used in a gentle mode, and the residue of the detergent can be sufficiently arranged as a wool mode by performing two rinsing steps, and the - medium spin can be omitted in the light mode. For example, an intermediate spin is not omitted, and the main spin is omitted. One drum operation of the flush cycle can be just a rollover operation which has the effect of dispersing the laundry. That is, the roll-over operation allows the surface area of the laundry to uniformly contact the washing water and discharge the detergent residue. In this case, the water level of a washing water will be relatively high. In the flush cycle, the swing operation can be increased for the rollover operation. Κ·3 Spin Cycle (S1970): 108 201124585. This mode passes the spin step [00331] When the flush cycle is completed, the spin cycle that initiates a spin cycle can approximate the spin cycle of the wool mode. At the same time, the speed of the drum can be set to not exceed the water/water absorption amount per minute, and the washing water can be fully discharged, even if the drum is relatively low in the ordinary spin step. The speed is rotated. Moreover, the spin can be combined - relatively low speed to avoid weaving due to spin _

L_模式L (運動服模式): 現在Μ說明” 2D❹之—運動服模式,係基 於待洗衣物的織物類型而加以分類1動服模式可提供: 清洗由具有良好的透氣性和良好的排汗吸收功能的功能性 織物製成的待洗衣物,#登山服、慢跑服及運動服。如同 羊毛模式或輕柔模式,可於運動服模式中執行具有一微弱 機械外力的一滾筒運轉,例如旋擺運轉。因為如此,考量 運動服織品的特性,料動服模式中提供的清洗、沖洗和 自旋循環的滾筒運轉會與標準模式的滾筒運轉不同。當選 擇該運動服模式(S2G1())時,可執行清洗循環(咖〇)、 、柔中洗循環⑷㈣)及自旋循環(S2Q7G)如羊毛模式及輕 、模式H由於運動服的特性,運動服模式的清洗循 環會與其他上述的模式的清洗循環不同。 109 201124585 L·1清洗循環(S2030): [00333]運動服具有疏水的特性,能避免水分輕易地滲透到 布料。因此,相較於其他種類的織物,運動服織品有一低 百分比的含水/吸水量,因此在清洗循環中水可充分不斷地 供應至運動服織品。為此,清洗循環(S2030 )的一滚筒驅 動運轉’特別是清洗循環中提供的一供水步驟(S2〇33), 會與在其他模式中的清洗循環的滾筒運轉不同。L_mode L (sportswear mode): Now Μ ” " 2D — — - sportswear mode, based on the type of fabric to be washed and classified 1 kines mode can provide: cleaning by good breathability and good platoon Sweat-absorbent functional fabric made of laundry, #mountain suit, jogging suit and sportswear. Like wool mode or gentle mode, a roller with a weak mechanical force can be executed in the sportswear mode, such as spinning Because of this, considering the characteristics of the sportswear fabric, the washing, rinsing and spin cycle provided in the feed mode will be different from the standard mode drum operation. When selecting the sportswear mode (S2G1()) When the cleaning cycle (Curry), the soft wash cycle (4) (4), and the spin cycle (S2Q7G) such as wool mode and light, mode H, due to the characteristics of the sportswear, the cleaning cycle of the sportswear mode will be compared with the other The mode cleaning cycle is different. 109 201124585 L·1 cleaning cycle (S2030): [00333] Sportswear has a hydrophobic character that prevents moisture from easily penetrating into the fabric. Therefore, compared to other kinds of fabrics, sportswear fabrics have a low percentage of water/water absorption, so that water can be supplied to the sportswear fabric in a continuous cleaning cycle. For this purpose, a drum drive of the cleaning cycle (S2030) The operation 'especially a water supply step (S2〇33) provided in the cleaning cycle will be different from the drum operation of the cleaning cycle in other modes.

[00334】首先,在此模式中,一去污劑加強溶解步驟(S2〇35 ) 的一滾筒驅動運轉可為摩擦運轉及/或步進運轉。相較於羊 毛或纖細的織品,運動服織品沒有織物損傷的疑慮,所以 運動服模式可以使用滾筒驅動運轉,相較於旋擺運轉,而 能應用一較強的機械外力。 _35]運動服模式的_洗滌潤濕步驟(s2〇⑷會與羊毛 模式和輕柔模式不同。雖然、它可避免待洗衣物損壞,、因運 動服織品的疏水的特性,姑掘,蓄絲么、+ Γ旋擺運轉無法提供足夠的洗衣水 至待洗衣物的一折疊的部分者 J丨刀亏重此點,可在運動服模式 的洗滌潤濕步驟中執行過淪谨鐘r 4 &amp; 仃過,慮運轉(包括一循環步驟)。過濾 運轉均勻地分散待洗衣物 物於滾筒内部並均勻地供應洗衣水 給待洗衣物。可與過濾運轉一 W起轨仃用來不斷地翻轉待洗 衣物的滾動運轉。 L.2沖洗循環(S2〇5〇): 110 201124585 、羊毛模式 步的詳細說 [00336] 此模式的一沖洗循環會近似於標準模式 及輕柔模式的沖洗循環,而因此將省略其進_ 明。 [00337] [00338] L.3 自旋循環(S2070): 、羊毛模式 步的詳細說 [00339】此模式的一自旋循環會近似於標準模式 及輕柔模式的自旋循環,而因此將省略其進—[00334] First, in this mode, a drum driving operation of a detergent reinforcing dissolution step (S2〇35) may be a friction operation and/or a step operation. Compared with wool or slender fabrics, sportswear fabrics have no doubts about fabric damage, so the sportswear mode can be driven by a roller drive, which can apply a strong mechanical force compared to the swinging operation. _35]The _washing and wetting step of the sportswear mode (s2〇(4) will be different from the wool mode and the gentle mode. Although it can avoid the damage of the laundry, due to the hydrophobic characteristics of the sportswear fabric, the dig, the silk , + Γ Swiveling operation can not provide enough washing water to a folding part of the laundry. J knives lose weight this point, can be performed in the washing and wetting step of the sportswear mode. The operation is carried out (including a cycle step). The filtration operation evenly disperses the laundry to be inside the drum and uniformly supplies the laundry water to the laundry. It can be used with the filter to continuously flip Rolling operation of laundry. L.2 flushing cycle (S2〇5〇): 110 201124585, detailed description of wool mode step [00336] A flushing cycle of this mode will approximate the flushing cycle of standard mode and gentle mode, and therefore [00338] [00338] L.3 Spin Cycle (S2070): Detailed Description of the Wool Mode Step [00339] A spin cycle of this mode will approximate the standard mode and the soft mode. Circulation cycle Thereof will be omitted into the -

明。 模式Μ [00340】在依據上述的第二具體實施例對應於圓2的洗衣 機中,桶是直接固定至機櫃而該滾筒係設於該桶内。依據 該第二具體實施例,該桶是較的,以有滾筒可振動。 因此’重要的是當滾筒旋轉時要避免滾筒接觸帛,且滾筒 和桶之間的距離可大於在依據該第—具體實施例的如圖^ 所示之洗衣機中的距離。 卿!】當桶與滾筒之間的距離較大時,裝在滾筒中的待洗 衣物可能無法充分地被供應至桶的内部的洗衣潤濕。因為 ^此,當水供應給依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機時,將 入運作’以有效地潤濕待洗衣物,且供應至桶 拄”可以循環。例如’循環泵可連續驅動或以一預定 的時間間隔驅動,同時打開供水閥。 111 201124585 [00342]在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中,滾筒係連接 桶背230。然而’桶背230經由承載機殼400被懸吊單元 所支撐,而不是由桶支撐。因為如此,相較於依據該第一 具體實施例的洗衣機,其包括直接連接至桶的桶背,以支 撐滾筒的負載,依據該第一具體實施例的洗衣機所提供的 滾筒的自由度可相對較大,且滾筒的前部可具有一遞增的 自由度。Bright. Mode Μ [00340] In the laundry machine corresponding to the circle 2 according to the second embodiment described above, the tub is directly fixed to the cabinet and the drum is set in the tub. According to this second embodiment, the tub is relatively thin to allow the drum to vibrate. Therefore, it is important to prevent the roller from contacting the cymbal when the drum is rotated, and the distance between the drum and the tub can be greater than the distance in the washing machine as shown in Fig. 2 according to the first embodiment. Qing!] When the distance between the tub and the drum is large, the laundry to be washed in the drum may not be sufficiently wetted by the laundry supplied to the inside of the tub. Because of this, when water is supplied to the washing machine according to the second embodiment, the operation "to effectively wet the laundry and supply to the tub" can be cycled. For example, the 'circulating pump can be continuously driven or The water supply valve is opened at a predetermined time interval. 111 201124585 [00342] In the washing machine according to the second embodiment, the drum is coupled to the tub back 230. However, the tub back 230 is suspended by the carrying case 400. Supported, rather than supported by the tub. Because of this, compared to the washing machine according to the first embodiment, it includes a bucket back directly connected to the tub to support the load of the drum, according to the washing machine of the first embodiment The degree of freedom of the provided drum can be relatively large, and the front of the drum can have an increasing degree of freedom.

[00343] 然而,▲供應水至桶時,一水供應管線和一循環管 線係是用來從桶的前部供應洗衣水。因此,位於滾筒的前 部的待洗衣物將會先被潤濕,而滾筒的前部的負載會大於 尾部的負冑。這會導致滾筒的前部向下移動。如果滚筒的 前部向下#動’纟滾筒的旋轉期間噪音及振動會增加,並 可能導致滾筒接觸桶的内表面。因此,在依據該第二具體[00343] However, when supplying water to the tub, a water supply line and a circulation line are used to supply the washing water from the front of the tub. Therefore, the laundry to be placed in the front of the drum will be wetted first, and the load on the front of the drum will be greater than the negative of the tail. This causes the front of the drum to move downward. If the front of the drum is rotated downward, the noise and vibration will increase during the rotation of the drum and may cause the drum to contact the inner surface of the tub. Therefore, in accordance with the second specific

實施例的洗衣機中,當水供應至待洗衣物時,位於滾筒的 前部和尾部的待洗衣物應會均句地潤濕。模式Μ被稱為 -清洗模式剌於依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機,亦 即,依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的—標準模式。此模 式將參照圖2 1來作描述。 Μ·1清洗循環(S2130): [00344】圖21是模式Μ的一 區選擇此模式(S2110),該控 巟程圖。當使用者從模式選擇 制部可執行以下系列的程序。 112 201124585 [00345】/月洗循環可包括__洗衣量決定步驟(μ!”)、一供 水步驟(S2133)、一洗滌潤濕步驟(S2l35)、一加熱步驟 (S2i37)及一清洗步驟(S2139)。在下面的描述中,洗務 潤濕步驟被描述為從供水步驟分㈣一獨纟的步驟。然 而,洗滌潤濕步驟可包含在供水步驟中。 Μ·1·1 供水(S2133): [00346】在於清洗循環中感測待洗衣物的量後,可啟動一供 水步驟。供水步驟的一待洗衣物決定步驟係詳細描述於上 述模式中,而因此將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 陶47]㈣部在供水步财供應洗衣水至㈣内部。特別 地’該控制部打開供水閥經由水供應管線以供應洗衣水至 桶及去污劑盒。當供應洗衣水至依據該第二具體實施例的 洗衣機内的待洗衣物時,供水方法的具體實施例,能夠均 勻地潤濕位於滾筒的前部和尾部的待洗衣物其將說明如 下。 [00348】依據—第—具體實施例之—供水方法,當供水步驟 供應水’循環系加入運作以循環洗衣水,m亦同時加 入運作。該控制部可驅動該滾筒進行上述的滾筒運轉的摩 擦運轉® [_9]在依據㈣二具體實施例的洗衣機,滚筒與桶之間 的距離大於在該第一具體實施例中的桶與滾筒之間的距 113 201124585 離。因此,在該第二具體實施例中,如果滾筒係驅動進行 滾翻運轉(如在該第一具體實施例)在供水步驟期間,位 於滾筒的尾部的待洗衣物未能均勻地潤濕。亦即,由於滾 筒和桶的間隙較大,滚筒和桶之間的洗衣水未能在滾翻運 轉經由滾筒的旋轉而提高,且尤其是當位於滾筒的尾部的 待洗衣物沒有被潤濕。In the washing machine of the embodiment, when water is supplied to the laundry, the laundry to be washed at the front and the rear of the drum should be uniformly wetted. The mode Μ is referred to as - the cleaning mode is the washing machine according to the second embodiment, that is, the standard mode of the washing machine according to the second embodiment. This mode will be described with reference to Fig. 21. Μ·1 cleaning cycle (S2130): [00344] Fig. 21 is a mode of mode 选择 select this mode (S2110), which is a control map. The following series of programs can be executed by the user from the mode selection section. 112 201124585 [00345] The / month wash cycle may include a __laundry determination step (μ!), a water supply step (S2133), a wash wetting step (S2l35), a heating step (S2i37), and a washing step ( S2139) In the following description, the washing and wetting step is described as a separate step from the water supply step (4). However, the washing and wetting step may be included in the water supply step. Μ·1·1 Water supply (S2133) [00346] After sensing the amount of laundry in the cleaning cycle, a water supply step can be initiated. A laundry determination step of the water supply step is described in detail in the above mode, and thus further detailed description thereof will be omitted. Tao 47] (4) in the water supply step to supply the laundry water to (4) inside. In particular, the control unit opens the water supply valve via the water supply line to supply the laundry water to the barrel and the detergent box. When the laundry water is supplied to the second In the case of the laundry in the washing machine of the specific embodiment, the specific embodiment of the water supply method capable of uniformly moisturizing the laundry to be located at the front and the tail of the drum will be explained as follows. [00348] According to the first-specific For example, the water supply method, when the water supply step supplies water, the circulation is added to operate to circulate the washing water, and m is also added to the operation. The control unit can drive the drum to perform the above-mentioned frictional operation of the drum operation® [_9] in accordance with (4) In the washing machine of the specific embodiment, the distance between the drum and the tub is greater than the distance between the tub and the drum in the first embodiment 113 201124585. Therefore, in the second embodiment, if the drum system is driven The rollover operation (as in the first embodiment) during the water supply step, the laundry at the tail of the drum is not uniformly wetted. That is, since the gap between the drum and the tub is large, between the drum and the tub The washing water is not improved in the rolling operation by the rotation of the drum, and especially when the laundry at the tail of the drum is not wetted.

[00350]因此,在此模式的供水步驟中,可執行摩擦運轉而 非滾翻運轉4上所述’摩擦運轉以一較高轉速(相較於該 滾翻運轉)旋轉該滾筒,且位於該滾筒與該桶之間的洗衣水 可被滾筒的旋轉帶起然後落下至待洗衣物上。 [00351】尤其,在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中,如果 滾筒及桶的尾部是向下傾斜的,位於桶的尾部的洗衣水可 藉由摩擦運轉供應至待洗衣物的表面。摩擦運轉係先沿著 順時針/逆時針方向旋轉滾筒,#突然逆轉旋轉方向。因 此,滾筒的突然反向旋轉會產生一旋渦於洗衣水中,且位 在滾筒的前面和尾部的待洗衣物會被均句地潤濕。 [咖】當供水闕打開以供應洗衣水時,滾筒係驅動並旋 轉,且待洗衣物依滾筒的驅動而移動於滾筒内。在此例中, 經由連接到滾筒的前部的水供應管線供應的洗衣水可主要 提供給在滾筒的前部移動的待洗衣物。位於滾筒的前部的 待洗衣物係先被濁濕,相較於位㈣筒的尾部的待洗衣 物。因此’依據供水方法的該第二具體實施例,滾 114 201124585 到供水閥打開以供應水後經過 义 動,或直到水位達到 、、間刖可能無法驅 疋的等級。當滾筒未 定的時間或直至洗衣水β未被驅動一預 、等級,經由水供應管線 供應的洗衣水可裝在桶的 、备拉 该預疋的水位會考量桶盥 滾筒之間的間隙而決定,而仿^ ^ t r 〇 桶和滾筒和待洗衣物的量 的負何!可決定出該預定的時間。 [00353】尤其,如果設於[00350] Therefore, in the water supply step of this mode, the friction operation can be performed instead of the "flip operation" in which the "friction operation" rotates the drum at a higher rotation speed (compared to the roll-over operation), and is located at the drum and The washing water between the tubs can be brought up by the rotation of the drum and then dropped onto the laundry. In particular, in the washing machine according to the second embodiment, if the tails of the drum and the tub are inclined downward, the washing water at the tail of the tub can be supplied to the surface of the laundry by the rubbing operation. The frictional operation first rotates the drum in a clockwise/counterclockwise direction, # abruptly reverses the direction of rotation. Therefore, the sudden reverse rotation of the drum produces a vortex in the wash water, and the laundry in front and the tail of the drum is uniformly wetted. [Coff] When the water supply port is opened to supply the washing water, the drum is driven and rotated, and the laundry is moved in the drum by the driving of the drum. In this case, the washing water supplied via the water supply line connected to the front portion of the drum may be mainly supplied to the laundry to be moved at the front of the drum. The laundry to be placed at the front of the drum is first wetted, compared to the laundry at the end of the (four) cylinder. Therefore, according to this second embodiment of the water supply method, the roll 114 201124585 is activated until the water supply valve is opened to supply water, or until the water level reaches, and the level may not be driven. When the drum is undetermined for a certain period of time or until the washing water β is not driven by a pre-level, the washing water supplied through the water supply line can be installed in the barrel, and the water level of the pre-carrying water is taken into consideration to determine the gap between the barrel rollers. And the amount of ^ ^ tr 〇 barrel and roller and the amount of laundry to be negative! The predetermined time can be determined. [00353] especially if it is located in

锞该第—具體實施例的洗衣機中 的桶的尾部是傾斜向下的, 大罝的洗衣水會集中在桶的尾 βΡ。因此,經過一預定的技^ 頂疋的時間後,滾筒係驅動和旋轉,而 裝於桶的尾部的洗衣水可均勻地潤濕位於滾筒的尾部的待 洗衣物。當滾筒係驅動於依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機 中,一滾筒運轉可為滾翻運轉或摩擦運轉。 [00354】&amp;據該第二具體實施例,當供水閥係打開以供應水 而沒有驅動滾筒,可控制供水閥的打開/關閉。亦即,當打 開供水閥以供應水,因外部供水來源的壓力,如自來水, 故洗衣水會具有一預定的壓力,而後沿著水供應管線供應 的洗衣水會藉由水壓而供應到滾筒的前部,使得位於滾筒 的前部的待洗衣物會更早被潤濕。 [00355]因此’在該第二具體實施例的水供應期間,供水閥 受控制以反覆地打開與關閉,而非不斷地打開,然後可控 制供應的洗衣水開和關,以使其具有足夠的一預定的水壓 而不致直接供應到滾筒。足夠的水壓而不致直接供應到滾 115 201124585 s線供應的水能沿著滾 部’而不是直接喷入滾 可收集在桶的後部,而 二具體實施例的說明, 疴’係指一水磨使得經由水供應 筒、桶或門流下,以收集在桶的下 筒°沿著滾筒、桶或門流下的水, 收集於桶中的洗衣水係近似於該第 而可省略重複的描述。The tail of the tub in the washing machine of the first embodiment is inclined downward, and the large laundry water is concentrated at the tail of the tub. Therefore, after a predetermined period of time, the drum is driven and rotated, and the washing water attached to the tail of the tub uniformly wets the laundry at the tail of the drum. When the drum system is driven in the washing machine according to the second embodiment, a drum operation may be a roll running or a rubbing operation. [00354] According to this second embodiment, the opening/closing of the water supply valve can be controlled when the water supply valve is opened to supply water without driving the drum. That is, when the water supply valve is opened to supply water, the pressure of the external water supply source, such as tap water, will have a predetermined pressure, and then the washing water supplied along the water supply line will be supplied to the drum by the water pressure. The front portion allows the laundry to be wetted earlier in the front of the drum. [00355] Therefore, during the water supply of the second embodiment, the water supply valve is controlled to open and close repeatedly instead of continuously opening, and then the supplied washing water can be controlled to be turned on and off to make it sufficient A predetermined water pressure is not supplied directly to the drum. Sufficient water pressure is not directly supplied to the roll 115 201124585 s line of water can be supplied along the roll 'instead of directly spraying the roll can be collected at the back of the barrel, and in the description of the specific embodiment, 疴' means a water mill The water flowing down the drum, the bucket or the door is collected by the water supply cylinder, the tub or the door to collect the water flowing down the drum, the tub or the door. The laundry water collected in the tub is similar to the first description, and the repeated description may be omitted.

[娜〗當滾筒内的待洗衣物在供水步驟中糾結時,待洗衣 物會部分地被潤濕。尤其,位於糾結的待洗衣物之一凸起 中央的待洗衣物’可能不會被潤濕而只有位於該凸起的一 表面區域的待洗衣物會被潤濕。如果只有—些待洗衣物被 潤濕’不能在清洗循環令進行清洗,且—清洗能力可能會 降低’ ’如果待洗衣物是糾結的,控制部可驅動該滚 筒進行過濾運轉以均勻地潤濕待洗衣物。 陶57】亦即’控制部打開供水閥以供應水,且其驅動循環 泵:乂同時循環洗衣水。而且’該控制部以-預定轉速旋轉 滾筒°該歡轉速被決定為—轉速使待洗衣物不會因地心 被樾洛而在該滾筒的轉動期間會緊密接觸滾筒的 内表面。因此’該預定轉速可設定,在滾筒旋轉時,使滾 3旋轉所產生的離心力大於重力加速度。此外,可設定該 預疋轉速低於會在洗衣機内產生共振的—超速區域(大約 :刀鐘200轉至每分鐘35轉)。如果滾筒係以高於該超速 區域的—轉速旋轉’噪音和振動會因共振而顯著地增加。 116 201124585 預定轉速可被設定為大約每分鐘 因此,在此控制方法中, 100轉至每分鐘170轉。 [_】因此,#該_部㈣狀轉速㈣㈣時,待洗 衣物會因離心力而緊密接觸滾筒的内表面。經由循環管線 與水供應&amp;線供應的洗衣水可隨著該滾筒的旋轉而散佈。 散佈的洗衣水可供應至滾筒與緊密接觸滚筒的内表面的待 洗衣物,使待洗衣物可均勻地潤濕。[Na] When the laundry in the drum is tangled in the water supply step, the laundry is partially wetted. In particular, the laundry to be washed in the center of one of the tangled laundry items may not be wetted and only the laundry to be wetted in a surface area of the projection may be wetted. If only some of the laundry is wetted 'cannot be cleaned in the cleaning cycle, and - the cleaning ability may be reduced' 'If the laundry is tangled, the control can drive the drum to filter the operation to evenly wet Waiting for laundry. Tao 57] that is, the control unit opens the water supply valve to supply water, and it drives the circulation pump: 循环 simultaneously circulates the washing water. Further, the control unit rotates the drum at a predetermined rotational speed, and the rotational speed is determined such that the rotational speed causes the laundry to be prevented from being in contact with the inner surface of the drum during the rotation of the drum due to the center of the cylinder. Therefore, the predetermined rotational speed can be set such that the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the roller 3 is greater than the gravitational acceleration when the drum rotates. In addition, the pre-twisting speed can be set to be lower than the overspeed range (approx.: 200 rpm to 35 rpm). If the drum rotates at a speed higher than the overspeed region, the noise and vibration will increase significantly due to resonance. 116 201124585 The predetermined speed can be set to approximately every minute. Therefore, in this control method, 100 turns to 170 revolutions per minute. [_] Therefore, when the _ part (four)-shaped rotation speed (four) (four), the laundry to be washed will closely contact the inner surface of the drum due to the centrifugal force. The wash water supplied via the circulation line and the water supply &amp; line can be dispersed as the drum rotates. The dispersed washing water can be supplied to the drum and the laundry to be intimately contacted with the inner surface of the drum so that the laundry can be uniformly wetted.

M.1.2 洗滌潤濕(S2135): [00359]在供水步驟後’控制部可啟動—洗務潤濕步驟。在 洗務潤濕步驟中,控制部關閉供水閥。控制部驅動滾筒, 而當驅動循環泵時會循環洗衣水。雖然在供水步驟中進行 洗滌潤濕,供水閥在洗滌潤濕步驟中是關閉的,而可藉由 滾筒的驅動進行洗滌潤濕。 [00360】在此模式的洗滌潤濕步驟中,該控制部驅動滾筒以 進行洗滌潤濕。在此例中,該控制部可驅動該滾筒進行滾 動運轉。由於該滾動運轉滾移滚筒内的待洗衣物以隨著滾 筒的旋轉’洗衣水能頻繁地接觸待洗衣物,且洗滌潤濕可 順利地執行。 [00361]當執行該洗滌澗濕步驟,控制部會將洗滌潤濕步驟 分為第—與第二洗滌潤濕步驟。該第一與第二洗滌潤濕步 驟可依據滾筒的滾筒運轉驅動/亦即,該控制部可控制該第 117 201124585 一與第二洗滌潤濕步驟的滾筒運轉彼此相互不同。循環栗 的操作如下。 [00362] 特別地’在該第一洗蘇潤濕步驟甲,控制部可驅動 滚筒進行滾動及/或步進運轉之一者。滾筒驅動運轉的選擇 可依據洗衣量來決定。亦即,如果滾筒内的待洗衣物的量 少於一預定的參考值,例如,如果是小的洗衣量,控制部 會依據步進運轉來驅動滾筒。如果洗衣量為參考值或以 上’該控制部會依據滾動運轉來驅動滾筒。 [00363] 如上所述,如果是小的洗衣量,可提高步進運轉的 待洗衣物的落下效果。因此,如果在該第一洗滌潤濕步驟 中疋小的洗衣量’步進運轉以最大落下距離拋落待洗衣 物,以使水吸收於待洗衣物内。在此期間,如果在該第_ 洗條;Π /愚步驟中疋大的洗衣量,會進行該滚動運轉。這是 因為步進運轉的待洗衣物的落下距離不是相對大的假設 有大1的将洗衣物。 [00364] gj &amp;,在該第二洗滌潤濕步驟中,㈣部可以一預 定轉速驅動滾筒使待洗衣物能緊密切接觸滾筒的内表面, 而不會因重力而落下,亦即,依據過濾運轉。最終,滾筒 會X該預疋轉速旋轉’而待洗衣物會因離心力而緊密接觸 袞ι€的内表面。藉由循環系供應的洗衣水係均句地供應至 附者在滚筒的内表面的待洗衣物,而因此待洗衣物 地被潤濕。 _ _ 118 201124585 [00365]在該第二洗滌潤濕步驟中,控制部可在過渡運轉後 執行另一滾筒驅動運轉。例如,控制部可在過濾運轉後執 行滾動運轉《在此例中,過濾運轉分散待洗衣物以供應洗 衣水給待洗衣物,且該滾動運轉滾移待洗衣物以在洗衣水 中均勻地潤濕待洗衣物。 M.1.3 加熱(S2137): • [〇〇366】在此之後’控制部啟動一加熱步驟。特$也,控制 部依據加熱步驟中的滾翻及/或滾動及/或旋擺運轉之一者 來驅動滚筒’並驅動設於桶内的加熱器以加熱裝於桶内的 洗衣水。 [00367]在該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中,滾筒和桶之間的 間隙大於該第一具體實施例的間隙。因為如此,當藉由驅 動加熱器加熱洗衣水時,滾筒會旋轉而只會加熱裝於桶内 洗衣水’而非裝於滾筒内的洗衣水。因此,相較於加熱 的洗衣水,由於待洗衣物的相對低溫’待洗衣物的髒污物 可能無法在後述的一清洗步驟中順利地移除。 [00368】因為如此,依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機所應用 的該控制方法,係於加熱步驟中驅動循環泵以循環洗衣 水。裝於桶内的加熱的洗衣水係藉由循環果而重新供應至 桶的頂部’使得待洗衣物能被加熱。然而,在加熱步驟中, 循環泵可間歇性地以一預定的時間間隔驅動,而不是不斷 119 201124585 =驅動°尤其’在加熱步驟中,可控制循環泵,使循環 果的關機時間的長度長於開料間^果_^加 =不斷被驅動,b果循環泵的開機時㈣長度長㈣ 機時間,未加熱到預定的溫度的洗衣水將開始循環,而洗 衣水可旎不會被加熱到所需的溫度。 [00369]如果加熱器係設於桶内 耷的疋驅動加熱器時 不要暴露出水面。如果在基露屮k &amp; X不你恭硌出水面時驅動加熱器,會對 馬達施加過大的負荷而加熱器會故障H如果驅動加M.1.2 Wash Wetting (S2135): [00359] After the water supply step, the control section can be activated - a washing wetting step. In the washing wetting step, the control unit closes the water supply valve. The control unit drives the drum, and the washing water is circulated when the circulation pump is driven. Although the washing is wetted in the water supply step, the water supply valve is closed in the washing and wetting step, and the washing and wetting can be performed by the driving of the drum. [00360] In the washing and wetting step of this mode, the control portion drives the drum to perform washing and wetting. In this example, the control unit can drive the drum to perform a rolling operation. Since the rolling operation rolls the laundry in the drum to follow the rotation of the drum, the washing water can frequently contact the laundry, and the washing and wetting can be smoothly performed. [00361] When the washing and dampening step is performed, the control unit divides the washing and wetting step into a first and second washing and wetting steps. The first and second washing and drying steps may be driven in accordance with the drum operation of the drum/i.e., the control portion may control the drums of the 117 201124585 one and the second washing and wetting steps to be different from each other. The operation of the cycle pump is as follows. [00362] Particularly in the first soaking step A, the control portion can drive the drum to perform one of rolling and/or stepping operations. The choice of drum drive operation can be determined based on the amount of laundry. That is, if the amount of laundry to be washed in the drum is less than a predetermined reference value, for example, if it is a small amount of laundry, the control unit drives the drum in accordance with the stepping operation. If the amount of laundry is a reference value or above, the control unit drives the drum in accordance with the rolling operation. [00363] As described above, if it is a small amount of laundry, the falling effect of the laundry to be stepped can be improved. Therefore, if the small amount of laundry is stepped in the first washing and wetting step, the laundry is dropped at the maximum falling distance to allow the water to be absorbed into the laundry. During this period, if the amount of laundry is increased in the _wash strip; Π/愚 step, the rolling operation will be performed. This is because the falling distance of the laundry to be stepped is not relatively large, assuming that there is a large laundry. [00364] gj &amp;, in the second washing and wetting step, the (four) portion can drive the drum at a predetermined rotation speed to enable the laundry to closely contact the inner surface of the drum without falling due to gravity, that is, according to Filtration operation. Eventually, the drum will rotate at the pre-twisting speed and the laundry will contact the inner surface of the 因ι€ by centrifugal force. The laundry water supplied by the circulation system is supplied uniformly to the laundry to be attached to the inner surface of the drum, and thus the laundry is wetted. _ _ 118 201124585 [00365] In the second washing and wetting step, the control portion may perform another drum driving operation after the transient operation. For example, the control unit may perform a rolling operation after the filtering operation. In this example, the filtering operation disperses the laundry to supply the laundry water to the laundry, and the rolling operation rolls the laundry to uniformly wet the laundry water. Waiting for laundry. M.1.3 Heating (S2137): • [〇〇366] After this, the control unit initiates a heating step. Specifically, the control unit drives the drum ‘ in accordance with one of the rollover and/or rolling and/or whirl operation in the heating step and drives the heater provided in the tub to heat the washing water contained in the tub. [00367] In the washing machine of the second embodiment, the gap between the drum and the tub is larger than the gap of the first embodiment. Because of this, when the washing water is heated by the driving heater, the drum will rotate and only heat the washing water contained in the tub instead of the washing water contained in the drum. Therefore, compared with the heated washing water, the dirt which is relatively low in the laundry to be washed may not be smoothly removed in a washing step to be described later. [00368] Because of this, the control method applied to the washing machine according to the second embodiment drives the circulation pump to circulate the washing water in the heating step. The heated wash water contained in the tub is re-supplied to the top of the tub by the recycled fruit so that the laundry can be heated. However, in the heating step, the circulation pump can be intermittently driven at a predetermined time interval instead of continuously 119 201124585 = drive ° especially in the heating step, the circulation pump can be controlled so that the shutdown time of the cycle fruit is longer than The opening room ^ fruit _ ^ plus = constantly driven, b fruit circulation pump when starting (four) length is long (four) machine time, the washing water that is not heated to the predetermined temperature will start to circulate, and the washing water can not be heated to The required temperature. [00369] Do not expose the water surface if the heater is installed in the barrel of the crucible drive heater. If the heater is driven when Kelly K &amp; X does not greet the water, it will put too much load on the motor and the heater will fail.

熱器以進行加熱步料’應在加熱步财料遠離加熱器 的一預定的水位(以下簡稱參考水位)。亦即,在加熱步驟 中當水位低於一參考水位平,該控制部會關閉加熱器。+ 田 藉由重新供水而水位上升到預定的等級或以上時,該控制 部再次打開熱水器(以下簡稱,「中斷」)。 [〇的70】然而,如果在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的加 熱步驟使用該中斷方法,可能會施加過多的負載至加熱 器’且各種的電路和洗衣機的使用壽命可能會減少。 [00371】亦即,依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的加熱步 驟’驅動並加熱該加熱器,並如上所述同時驅動循環系。 因此’桶内的水位可能因循環泵的驅動而難以常規地維 持’但會不停地在一預定的程度中變化。在此例中,桶内 的水位係充分地變化以低於參考水位》特別是,如果桶内 的水位係變化超出參考水位,使得馬達的開/關會不斷重 120 201124585 複,即如果水位已超出參考水位加熱器會開啟且如果水位 低於參考水位加熱器會關閉。反覆開/關加熱器會對加熱器 與各式電路施加過大的負荷,且其可能會減少使用壽命。 [00372】因此,在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的加熱步 驟中,如果在馬達的驅動期間,_内的水位降低至參考水 平,可執行4新供水以避免重複開/關加熱器。制地,當 桶内的水位在加熱步驟中下降低於參考水平,控制部會停 止滚筒的驅動並關閉循環豕。在此時,額外地,供水闊係 開啟以進打再次供水袞筒和循環泵關閉的原因是,由於 滾筒和循環泵在驅動時水位的變動,使其很難偵測到一準 確的水位。推而廣之,其可能關閉馬達。在此同時,可執 行再次供水―預定㈣間,或直到水供應達到了水位檢測 的參考水位或超過參考水位。再次供水的—特定水位可依 據在加熱的初始階段選擇的模式的種類而有所區別。 M.1.3 清洗(S2139): 陶】在加熱步驟之後,控制部可執行一清洗步驟用來驅 動循環泵’同時驅動滾筒。在清洗步驟中,滾筒的—滾筒 驅動運轉可依據使用者選定的模式從滚筒運轉適當地選 出。例如,可衫清洗步驟的-滾筒驅動運轉,近似於上 迷模式提供的清洗步驟的其中之-。循環泵可驅動—預定 的時間間隔以循環桶内的洗衣水。 121 201124585 Μ·2沖洗循環 [〇_]當該清洗循 (S2150): 環已完成於上述步驟之後,控制部可啟 動一沖洗循環。__ 般沖洗循環可包括—沖洗自旋步驟、一 供水步驟、— 筒驅動步驟及一排水步驟。首先,該控制 部啟動該沖洗_自热、,咕 自旋’以一第二旋轉速度(轉速2)旋轉滾 1 5 1、 ,在沖洗自旋步驟中,以移除水分和留在待洗The heater is used to heat the step material 'should be away from the heater at a predetermined water level (hereinafter referred to as the reference water level). That is, in the heating step, when the water level is lower than a reference water level, the control unit turns off the heater. + Field When the water level rises to a predetermined level or above by re-supplying water, the control unit turns on the water heater again (hereinafter referred to as "interruption"). [70] However, if the interruption method is used in the heating step of the washing machine according to the second embodiment, excessive load may be applied to the heater' and the lifespan of various circuits and washing machines may be reduced. That is, the heater is driven and heated in accordance with the heating step of the washing machine of the second embodiment, and the circulation system is simultaneously driven as described above. Therefore, the water level in the barrel may be difficult to maintain conventionally due to the driving of the circulation pump, but will constantly change to a predetermined extent. In this case, the water level in the barrel is sufficiently changed to be lower than the reference water level. In particular, if the water level in the barrel changes beyond the reference water level, the motor on/off will continue to weight 120 201124585, ie if the water level has The heater will be turned on beyond the reference water level and will be turned off if the water level is below the reference water level. Repeating the on/off heater imposes an excessive load on the heater and various circuits, and it may reduce the service life. Therefore, in the heating step of the washing machine according to the second embodiment, if the water level in _ is lowered to the reference level during the driving of the motor, 4 new water supply can be performed to avoid repeated opening/closing of the heater. In the system, when the water level in the barrel falls below the reference level during the heating step, the control unit stops the driving of the drum and closes the circulation 豕. At this time, additionally, the reason why the water supply is widened to enter the re-water supply cylinder and the circulation pump is turned off is that it is difficult to detect an accurate water level due to the fluctuation of the water level when the drum and the circulation pump are driven. By extension, it is possible to turn off the motor. At the same time, it is possible to perform the re-water supply-predetermined (four), or until the water supply reaches the reference level of the water level detection or exceeds the reference water level. Water supply again—The specific water level can vary depending on the type of mode selected during the initial stage of heating. M.1.3 Cleaning (S2139): Pottery After the heating step, the control unit may perform a cleaning step for driving the circulation pump' while driving the drum. In the washing step, the drum-roller driving operation can be appropriately selected from the drum operation in accordance with the mode selected by the user. For example, the drum drive operation of the shirt washing step is similar to that of the cleaning step provided by the top mode. The circulation pump can be driven - a predetermined time interval to cycle the wash water in the bucket. 121 201124585 Μ·2 Flushing Cycle [〇_] When the cleaning cycle (S2150): After the loop has been completed, the control unit can start a flush cycle. The __ general flush cycle may include a flush spin step, a water supply step, a barrel drive step, and a drain step. First, the control unit activates the flushing_self-heating, 咕 spin' to rotate the roller 1 5 1 at a second rotational speed (rotation speed 2), in the rinsing spin step, to remove moisture and remain to be washed.

中的去污劑殘留,同時以大約每分鐘5〇〇轉至每分鐘 700轉旋轉滾筒。控制部停止滾筒並打開供水闊,以供應 沖洗水至桶。沖洗水位可依據使用者選擇的模式或依據的 使用者的手動設定而預先設定。 [】在水供應後,該控制部以一第一旋轉速度(轉速ο 驅動滾筒於—預定料間間隔。在滾筒驅動步財,該控 制部控制滾筒的一;袞筒驅動運轉並從待洗衣物移除去污 劑。此步財該控制部可控制滾筒進行上述的滾翻及/或步 進及/或擦洗及/或滾動及/或旋擺運轉的其中一者。 陶76】因此’該控制部停止滾筒的驅動,並驅動排水果以 排出裝於桶内的沖洗水至外面(S2 1 53 )。 陶77】上述的沖洗自旋循環、供水步驟、供水步驟、滚筒 驅動步驟及排水步驟可組成沖洗循環的一單次循環。該控 制部可依據該選擇的模式或使用者的選擇執行—次或多次 該循環。然而,沖洗循環的單次循環可包括沖洗自旋步驟。 122 201124585 沖洗自旋步驟的第二旋轉速度可對應於大約每分鐘500轉 至每分鐘700轉’如上所述,而此沖洗自旋的旋轉速度可 對應超速區域(大約每分鐘2〇〇轉至每分鐘350轉),其產 生洗衣機的共振。 [00378] 因此’如果位於滾筒内的待洗衣物不是均勻地分 散’可執行用來分散待洗衣物的一待洗衣物分散步驟,且 之後’可對沖洗自旋加快滾筒速度。待洗衣物分散步驟反 覆地沿著順時針及/或逆時針方向以預定轉速旋轉滚筒。在 待洗衣物分散步驟之後,會識別滾筒的一偏心等級。若滚 筒的偏心等級少於一預定值,可執行沖洗自旋。如果偏心 等級疋預定值或以上,會重複待洗衣物分散步驟。由於待 洗衣物刀散步驟係進行於沖洗自旋步驟之前,沖洗循環的 時間可能會增加。尤其’當重複待洗衣物分散步驟時,沖 洗循環的時間可能會顯著增加’且沖洗循環消耗的時間無 法準確預測。 [00379] 為解決上述問題,將於下文說明沖洗循環的一控制 法Sb夠減少沖洗循環消耗的總時間。 [00380] 如圖? 1 ^ 圃21所不,依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的 &quot;可包括一洗供水步驟、一滾筒驅動步驟(S2i5i) :Μ水步驟(S2153)e相較於該第—具體實施例,沖依 ^ 、體實施例的洗循環係省略-沖洗自旋步驟。由 於省略了冲洗自旋循環’沖洗循環的時間可減少掉不必要 123 201124585 的沖洗自旋步驟及待洗衣物分散步驟的 J 囚此而避免 因重複待洗衣物分散步驟所造成的沖洗循環時間的明顯增 加。雖然省略了沖洗自旋步驟能減少沖洗循環的時間,省 略藉由以相對高速度旋轉待洗衣物用來 · 、 小矽陈去巧劑殘留的 沖洗自旋步驟,而其會難以充分地移除去污劑殘留。 卿幻因此,在依據該第二具體實施例的沖洗循環的控制 方法中’滾筒係以該帛二旋轉速度(轉速2)旋轉大約i 至3分鐘,而*會停止在排水步驟。該第:旋轉速度被決 定為一預定的速度,允許將待洗衣物因重力而附著在滾筒 的内表面,而不會在該滾筒的轉動期間掉落。該第二旋轉 速度可設定成使滾筒旋轉所產生的離心力大於重力加速 度。而且,該第二旋轉速度可設定低於洗衣機的超速區域。 如果滾筒以超速區域旋轉,共振可能會顯著地增加噪音和 振動。因此,該第二旋轉速度可設定為大約每分鐘1〇〇至 1 7 〇 轉。 【00382】最終,排水步驟以預定的速度轉動滾筒而因此待洗 衣物可因離心力緊密接觸滾筒的内表面’以從待洗衣物移 除去污劑殘留。為補償省略的沖洗自旋步驟,排水步驟以 第二旋轉速度轉動滾筒以避免減低沖洗能力。 [00383]在以第二旋轉速度(即預定的速度,允許待洗衣物 緊密接觸滾筒的内表面)旋轉滾筒的步驟中,如果裝於桶 内的水被排出,所有的排水步驟執行在沖洗循環之前。亦 124 201124585 該預定轉速旋 即’即使水在清洗循環中被㈣,可執行以 轉滾筒的步驟。 M·3自旋循環(S2170)j [00384]此模式的—自 循衣可近似於其他模式的自旋循 環’例如,模式A的自旌餹护 m 循衣。因此,將省略其進一步的 詳細說明。The detergent in the residue remains at about 5 turns per minute to 700 revolutions per minute. The control unit stops the drum and opens the water supply to supply flush water to the tub. The flushing water level can be preset according to the mode selected by the user or the user's manual setting. [] After the water supply, the control unit drives the drum at a predetermined rotational speed (rotation speed ο. - the predetermined interval between the materials. In the drum driving step, the control unit controls one of the rollers; the cylinder drives the operation and is from the laundry Removing the detergent. The control unit controls the drum to perform one of the above-described rollover and/or stepping and/or scrubbing and/or rolling and/or swirling operations. The control unit stops the driving of the drum and drives the fruit discharge to discharge the flushing water contained in the tub to the outside (S2 1 53). Tao 77] The above-described flushing spin cycle, water supply step, water supply step, drum driving step, and draining step A single cycle of the flush cycle may be formed. The control may perform the cycle one or more times depending on the selected mode or user selection. However, a single cycle of the flush cycle may include a flush spin step. The second rotational speed of the flushing spin step may correspond to approximately 500 revolutions per minute to 700 revolutions per minute' as described above, and the rotational speed of the flushing spin may correspond to the overspeed region (approximately 2 turns per minute) 350 revolutions per minute), which produces a resonance of the washing machine. [00378] Therefore, if the laundry to be laundry in the drum is not uniformly dispersed, a laundry dispersion step for dispersing the laundry can be performed, and then The rinsing spin speeds up the drum speed. The laundry dispensing step repeatedly rotates the drum at a predetermined speed in a clockwise and/or counterclockwise direction. After the laundry dispensing step, an eccentricity level of the drum is identified. The eccentricity level is less than a predetermined value, and the flushing spin can be performed. If the eccentricity level is 疋 a predetermined value or more, the laundry dispersing step is repeated. Since the laundry knife scattering step is performed before the rinsing spin step, the rinsing cycle is performed. The time may increase. Especially 'when the laundry dispersion step is repeated, the time of the flushing cycle may increase significantly' and the time consumed by the flushing cycle cannot be accurately predicted. [00379] To solve the above problem, the flushing cycle will be explained below. A control method Sb is sufficient to reduce the total time consumed by the flushing cycle. [00380] As shown in Fig. 1 ^ 圃 21, according to the The washing machine of the second embodiment may include a washing water supply step and a drum driving step (S2i5i): the water washing step (S2153) e is compared with the first embodiment, and the washing is performed according to the embodiment. The circulation system is omitted - the flushing spin step is omitted. Since the flushing spin cycle 'washing cycle time is omitted, the unnecessary flushing time of the 123, 2011, 585, and the laundry step of the laundry can be reduced to avoid the need to repeat the laundry. The rinsing cycle time caused by the dispersion step is significantly increased. Although omitting the rinsing spin step can reduce the time of the rinsing cycle, omitting the rinsing of the granules by rotating the laundry at a relatively high speed The spin step, which can be difficult to adequately remove the detergent residue. Therefore, in the control method of the flushing cycle according to the second embodiment, the drum system is rotated at the second rotation speed (rotation speed 2) for about i to 3 minutes, and * stops at the draining step. The first: rotational speed is determined to be a predetermined speed, allowing the laundry to adhere to the inner surface of the drum by gravity without falling during the rotation of the drum. The second rotational speed can be set such that the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the drum is greater than the acceleration of gravity. Moreover, the second rotational speed can be set lower than the overspeed region of the washing machine. If the drum rotates in the overspeed zone, resonance can significantly increase noise and vibration. Therefore, the second rotational speed can be set to approximately 1 〇〇 to 17 〇 revolutions per minute. [00382] Finally, the draining step rotates the drum at a predetermined speed so that the laundry to be washed can closely contact the inner surface of the drum due to centrifugal force to remove the dirt residue from the laundry. To compensate for the omitted flush spin step, the drain step rotates the drum at a second rotational speed to avoid reducing the flushing capability. [00383] In the step of rotating the drum at a second rotational speed (ie, a predetermined speed that allows the laundry to closely contact the inner surface of the drum), if the water contained in the tub is discharged, all the draining steps are performed in the flushing cycle. prior to. Also 124 201124585 The predetermined rotational speed is immediately reversed 'even if the water is (4) in the washing cycle, the step of rotating the drum can be performed. M·3 Spin Cycle (S2170) j [00384] This mode--self-coating can be approximated to other modes of spin cycles', for example, mode A's self-protection m. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted.

[00385】上述的模式M 冰广地# J應用到依據該第二具體實施例的 洗衣機。然而,禮+ 可應用到依據該第一具體實施例 的洗衣機。亦即,措斗· A, 奋^ P模式M可適用於依據該第-與第二具體 實施例的任何洗衣機。 N.時間管理選項: 接著描述_時間管理選一 特定的模式,即啟動基於_ —、、$ 〃要選擇一 式的操作,且 ㊉县法的-個該選擇的模 此通操作在一預定的 可為組成模式的個別彳m 、β 4。該操作時間 J循衣所需的時間一 操作時間可能會顯示在顯示區⑴。U。這個總 [00387]在某肽情 用者W 時間可能太長。例如,如果传 用者必須離開i小時而預定 如果使 A/c g* BB ,, 、時間為1小時2 0分錄,搞 作時間Μ㈣者的Μ 讀,刼 夕20分鐘的時間。及夕 可能使清洗運作谁耔t * π反之,重污染 免作進仃1小時20分 鐘而不足以清洗待洗衣 125 201124585 物。為了解決這個問 理時間。 題,—洗衣機及其控制方法能提供管 [_8]上述的洗衣機可包括-時間管理選項,以供管理時 間。亦即,—具體模式的操作時間可能會增加或減少經由 選項[。特別地,該使用者可從時間管理選項中選擇一省 時選項。可替代地,使用者可經由時間管理選項選擇一密 =:項。如果沒有這樣的選項被選擇,操作可依據預設模 擇運作模式之後。 “環開始之前及選 【_】例如,如果棉織品^的操作時間為120分鐘,告 1用t選擇料時選項,所需的操作時間可減少到,例如 二鐘。當使用者選擇該密集選項,操作時間可能會增 分鐘’以確保充分地清洗極辨污的待洗衣物。在 時間與實際所需時間之間可能有-預定的差異。 IT:洗循環及/或沖洗循環所需的時間可依據選擇的 擇的模^變動。亦即’循環所需的操作時間係依照該選 人.… 成不㈣的。例如,在棉織品模式、 能力=及混合模式的例子中,重要的是要提高清洗 因為如此’普通清洗循環所需的時間可為不 使切選項被選擇。因此,沖洗猶環的— 時間可考慮作調整。 口P刀所需的 126 201124585 【〇〇391]沖洗循環重複供水、排水及自旋。沖法 次,三次或四次。自旌飞 冲洗可執行兩 、 旋可以同-順序的自旋揭環來執行, 以主要自旋的轉速和時間小於自旋循環的轉速和時間。因 此,當選擇省時選項時’可省略沖洗循環的主要自旋 陶】當選擇省時選項時,可省略洗衣量決定步驟,這取 決於該選擇的模式。例如,當選擇羊毛、纖細的或運動服 模式時,此特殊的織物量係相對較小。如果這種織物被污 染,使用者往往希望立即將其洗乾淨。因此,在一單一模 式運作中清洗一大量的這些類型的待洗衣物是非常罕見 的。考篁如此,當選擇羊毛、纖細的或運動服模式時,可 省略洗衣量決定步驟。 [〇_反之’當選擇密集選項時,在沖洗循環中進行的沖 洗次數或清洗循環所需的時間可能會增加’或兩者都可能 增加。 [00394]此時間管理選項滿足特定模式的目的,並允許使用 者方便地管理時間。 IV.依據模式與模式的步驟的滾筒驅動運轉 [00395]接著將描述依據每個模式的每個循環的一滾筒驅 動運轉。如上所述’滾筒驅動運轉包括滾筒旋轉方向與滾 筒旋轉速度的一組合,並因位於滾筒的待洗衣物的落下方 127 201124585 向及落點而有所區分,以組成不同的滾筒運轉。這些滾筒 驅動運轉可在馬達的控制下執行。 [00396]由於待洗衣物,在該滾筒的轉動期間,係藉由設於 滾筒的内圓周的表面的升降桿而舉起,滾筒的旋轉速度和 旋轉方向的控制,以區分施加於待洗衣物的衝擊。亦即, 可區分包括待洗衣物之間的摩擦、待洗衣物與洗衣水之間 的摩擦及拋落衝擊的該機械外力。換言之,可區別一待洗[00385] The above-described mode M is widely applied to the washing machine according to the second embodiment. However, the gift + can be applied to the washing machine according to the first embodiment. That is, the bucket A, the mode M can be applied to any of the washing machines according to the first and second specific embodiments. N. Time Management Options: Next, the description of _Time Management selects a specific mode, that is, the operation based on __, , $ 〃 is selected, and the operation of the ten-count method is performed at a predetermined time. It can be an individual 彳m, β 4 that constitutes a pattern. The operation time J is required for the time of the cycle. The operation time may be displayed in the display area (1). U. This total [00387] may be too long in a peptide user. For example, if the user has to leave i hours and book it, if A/c g* BB , , , and the time is 1 hour and 2 0 entries, the time Μ (4) is read, and the time is 20 minutes. And eve may make the cleaning operation 耔t * π, conversely, heavy pollution, free of charge for 1 hour and 20 minutes, but not enough to wash the laundry 125 201124585. In order to solve this inquiry time. Problem, the washing machine and its control method can provide the tube [_8] The above washing machine can include a time management option for management time. That is, the operating time of the specific mode may be increased or decreased via the option [. In particular, the user can select a time saving option from the time management options. Alternatively, the user can select a secret =: item via the time management option. If no such option is selected, the operation can be followed by the preset mode of operation. "Before the start of the ring and select [_] For example, if the operating time of the cotton fabric is 120 minutes, the time required to select the material with t can be reduced to, for example, two minutes. When the user selects the intensive option The operating time may increase by a few minutes to ensure adequate cleaning of the highly defensive laundry. There may be a - predetermined difference between the time and the actual time required. IT: Time required for the wash cycle and/or flush cycle It can be changed according to the selected mode. That is, the operation time required for the cycle is in accordance with the selection. In the example of cotton mode, capability = and mixed mode, it is important to Improve the cleaning because the time required for the 'normal cleaning cycle can be selected so that the cutting option is not selected. Therefore, the time for flushing the ring can be adjusted. The 126 required for the mouth P knife 2011 24585 [〇〇391] Repeat the flushing cycle Water supply, drainage and spin. The punching method is three times or four times. The self-drying flushing can be performed by two, the spin can be performed with the same-sequence spin-exposure ring, and the main spin speed and time are less than the spin cycle. Speed and time. Therefore, when the time saving option is selected, the main spin pot of the flush cycle can be omitted. When the time saving option is selected, the laundry amount determining step can be omitted, depending on the selected mode. For example, when selecting In the case of wool, slender or sportswear, this particular amount of fabric is relatively small. If the fabric is contaminated, the user often wants to wash it off immediately. Therefore, cleaning a large amount of these in a single mode operation Types of laundry are very rare. In this case, when the wool, slender or sportswear mode is selected, the laundry amount determination step can be omitted. [〇_反之' When selecting the intensive option, in the flush cycle The number of flushes or the time required for the wash cycle may increase 'or both may increase. [00394] This time management option satisfies the purpose of a particular mode and allows the user to conveniently manage the time. IV. Steps based on mode and mode Roller drive operation [00395] Next, a drum drive operation for each cycle according to each mode will be described. The operation includes a combination of the rotation direction of the drum and the rotation speed of the drum, and is distinguished by the direction and the drop point of the drum under the falling position of the washing machine 127 201124585 to constitute different drum running. These drum driving operations can be performed on the motor [00396] Due to the laundry, during the rotation of the drum, it is lifted by the lifting rod provided on the surface of the inner circumference of the drum, and the rotation speed and the rotation direction of the drum are controlled to distinguish the application. The impact of the laundry, that is, the mechanical force including the friction between the laundry, the friction between the laundry and the washing water, and the impact of the drop. In other words, it can be distinguished.

衣物衝擊或擦洗等級以清洗待洗衣物,且可區別—待洗衣 物分散等級或一待洗衣物翻轉等級。 ’97】因此’一滾筒驅動運轉可依據組成各種清洗模式的 每個猶環及組成每個循環的每一特定步驟而作區分,使待 洗衣物可以最佳化的機械外力處理。因為如此,清洗效率 可改善、。此外,一單一固定滾筒驅動運轉,可能會導致過 長的❼先時間。接著將說明供每個循環的—滾筒驅動運轉。 [00398】一個清洗循環包括 、 包括—洗衣量決定步驟、一供水步驟 及一清洗步驟。該供水步 匕栝用來溶解去污劑的一去污 劑加強溶解步驟,及用來 确濕待洗衣物的一洗滌潤濕步 驟。該去污劑加強溶解步騍 界此滌潤濕步驟可獨立地從供 水步驟中提供。可依據每個 、式而進一步提供一加熱步驟。 128 201124585 1.1 ·洗衣量決定: [00399】測夏用於旋轉滾筒的電流以執行洗衣量決a 驟。在此例中,當滾筒沿著-預定的方向旋轉,可剛:步 消耗的電流,且滚筒太、土十旦1 所 旋 且展筒在洗衣量決定步驟中可依據—軍 轉運動而驅動,例如滾翻運轉。 1.2供水:The clothing is impacted or scrubbed to wash the laundry and is distinguishable - the level of laundry to be dispersed or the level of laundry to be flipped. Thus, a drum drive operation can be distinguished by each of the loops constituting the various cleaning modes and each specific step constituting each cycle, so that the laundry can be optimally treated by mechanical external force. Because of this, the cleaning efficiency can be improved. In addition, a single fixed drum drive operation may result in an excessive lead time. Next, the drum drive operation for each cycle will be explained. [00398] A cleaning cycle includes, including a laundry amount determining step, a water supply step, and a washing step. The water supply step is a decontaminating step for dissolving the detergent to enhance the dissolution step, and a washing and wetting step for dehumidifying the laundry. The detergent enhances the dissolution step. The polyester wetting step can be independently provided from the water supply step. A heating step can be further provided in accordance with each of the formulas. 128 201124585 1.1 • The amount of laundry is determined: [00399] The current used to rotate the drum is measured to perform the laundry amount. In this case, when the drum rotates in a predetermined direction, the electric current consumed by the step can be just as follows, and the drum is too rotated, and the drum is rotated in the laundry amount determining step, and can be driven according to the military movement. For example, rollover operation. 1.2 Water supply:

[00400]在一供水步驟中,洗衣水係與去污劑一起供给,、 可執行一溶解去污劑的步驟。為了提高清洗循環的:率逆 去污劑溶解可有效地完成於供水步驟的初始階段, 速溶解去污劑於洗衣水中,用來施加—強勁機械外力的二[00400] In a water supply step, the laundry water is supplied together with the detergent, and a step of dissolving the detergent can be performed. In order to improve the cleaning cycle: rate inverse detergent dissolution can be effectively completed in the initial stage of the water supply step, quickly dissolve the detergent in the washing water, used to apply - strong mechanical external force

運轉可能是有效的。亦即,對洗衣水施加—強勁機械外I 以更有效地溶解去污劑於洗衣水中。因此,在去污劑加強 溶解步驟中’滾筒係、依據步進運轉及/或摩擦運轉而作旋 轉。如上所述,步進運轉與摩擦運轉^目對高速度旋轉滚 筒,運用對滾筒的一突然剎車以改變方向,及可提供一強 勁機械外力…步進運轉與摩擦運轉㈣合可在此步驟中 執行。 _011在洗滌潤濕加強步驟,重要的是要潤濕待洗衣物於 混合去污劑的洗衣水中。在此例中’ 一滾筒驅動運轉可為 過濾運轉。可替代地,過濾運轉和該滾動運轉可依序地進 行。該滾動運轉不斷翻轉待洗衣物,以使裝於滾筒的下部 129 201124585Operation may be effective. That is, the laundry water is applied - a strong mechanical outer I to more effectively dissolve the detergent in the washing water. Therefore, in the detergent reinforcing dissolution step, the drum system is rotated in accordance with the stepping operation and/or the rubbing operation. As described above, the stepping operation and the friction operation are performed on the high speed rotating drum, using a sudden braking of the drum to change the direction, and providing a strong mechanical external force... stepping operation and friction running (4) in this step carried out. _011 In the washing and wetting strengthening step, it is important to wet the laundry to be mixed with the detergent in the washing water. In this case, a drum drive operation can be a filtration operation. Alternatively, the filtering operation and the rolling operation may be performed sequentially. The rolling operation constantly flips the laundry to be placed on the lower part of the drum 129 201124585

的洗衣水均勻地接觸待洗衣物,且適於在洗滌潤濕中進 行。過濾運轉在滾筒的旋轉期間伸展待洗衣物,以使待洗 衣物與滾筒的内圓周的表面緊密接觸,並同時將洗衣水喷 入至滚筒,使得洗衣水因離心力可經由待洗衣物與滾筒的 通孔從桶中排出。因此,該過遽運轉加大了待洗衣物的表 面面積,並允許洗衣水可通過待洗衣物。因為如此,可實 現均勻地供應供給待洗衣物的洗衣水的效果。而且,利用 這樣的效果,不同的兩個滾筒驅動運轉,亦即,過濾運轉 和滚動運轉係依序地重複於洗滌潤濕加強步驟中。如果洗 衣量疋一預疋值或以上,在具有相對低的滾筒轉速的滾動 運轉中,洗滌潤濕效果可能降低,而因此可執行具有一相 對高的滾筒轉速的滾翻運轉,而非滾動運轉。The wash water is uniformly contacted with the laundry and is suitable for washing and wetting. The filtering operation stretches the laundry during the rotation of the drum to bring the laundry into close contact with the surface of the inner circumference of the drum, and simultaneously sprays the washing water into the drum, so that the washing water can be passed through the laundry and the drum due to the centrifugal force. The through hole is discharged from the tub. Therefore, the over-running operation increases the surface area of the laundry and allows the washing water to pass through the laundry. Because of this, the effect of uniformly supplying the washing water to be supplied to the laundry can be achieved. Moreover, with such an effect, the two different drums are driven to operate, i.e., the filtration operation and the rolling operation are sequentially repeated in the washing and wetting strengthening step. If the washing amount is a predetermined value or more, the washing and wetting effect may be lowered in the rolling operation having a relatively low drum rotation speed, and thus the rolling operation having a relatively high drum rotation speed may be performed instead of the rolling operation.

⑺剛】然而’供水步驟的去污劑加強溶解步驟或洗務濁濕 步驟’可依據當洗衣水不斷供應時的滾筒的驅動運轉而分 類。因此’對使用者而言於供水步驟中是很難區分上述步 驟的。從使用者的觀點’滾筒似乎係依據供水步驟中的滾 動及/或滾翻及/或步進及/或摩擦運轉之其中—者,或兩個 或更多該些運轉的一組合而驅動。 [00403]依據待洗衣物的織物類型,可提供用來避免待洗 物織物損傷的模式。*且,依據該模式,可提供用來㈣ 基於該些料清洗待洗衣物時所產生㈣音㈣^ J 筒依據能夠於供水步隸中施加一強勁機械外力的運轉二 130 201124585 侍冼衣物織物損傷或噪音的 動時 ,1、 ¢4 座生OJ 能蓋隹 以避免。因此,在供水步帮中, 供忐盡量降低噪音的 產生或避免織物損傷的運轉。在這些模式中,去污劑溶解 作用與洗㈣濕作㈣以實現,這樣,在這些模式中,可 驅動滾筒進行旋擺運轉,或可增加滾動運轉的時間。 [00404】相較於其他運轉,旌摞 轉旋擺運轉可減少待洗衣物在滾筒 内的運動’且它可以減少因待洗衣物的摩擦及待洗衣物與 滾筒之間的摩擦所產生的織物損傷。此外,該滾動運轉誘 導待洗衣物沿著滾筒的内表面滚動移動,且不會產生因待 洗衣物的突然落下所產生的衝擊。 [〇_如果去污劑溶解和洗務潤濕係進行於供水步驟 中’用來循環洗衣水的—循環步驟可提供於至少預定的步 驟。此-循環步驟可執行於整個供水步驟,或於供水步驟 的一預定的階段。 1.3加熱: 待洗衣物的洗衣水。在加熱步驟中, [嶋】在一加熱步驟中,可提供一滾筒驅動運轉,係用來 當加熱器提供於桶㈣傳導加熱器產生的熱量以加熱供給 滾筒係依據滾翻運轉 的 而驅動,以沿著預定的方向連續地旋轉滾筒。如果滾筒 旋轉方向改變時,一旋渴會產生與洗衣水中且熱傳導效率 可能會減低。如果洗衣量小於一預定的洗衣量等級,滚筒 131 201124585 係驅動進行滾動運轉H洗衣量係該狀的洗衣量等級 或以上袞筒係驅動進行滾翻運轉。㈣洗衣量少於該預 定等級,該滾動運轉能充分地加熱待洗衣物。錢洗衣量 係為預定的等級或以上,用爽以相斜古、古Λ 社 用米以相對咼速度旋轉滾筒的滾 翻運轉可為合適的。 1·4清洗:(7) Just] However, the "detergent-enhancing dissolution step of the water supply step or the washing and turbidity step" can be classified according to the driving operation of the drum when the washing water is continuously supplied. Therefore, it is difficult for the user to distinguish the above steps in the water supply step. From the user's point of view, the drum appears to be driven by a combination of rolling and/or rollover and/or stepping and/or frictional operation in the water supply step, or a combination of two or more of these operations. [00403] Depending on the type of fabric to be laundry, a mode for avoiding damage to the fabric to be washed can be provided. *And, according to this mode, it can be provided for (4) the cleaning of the laundry based on the material (four) sound (four) ^ J cylinder according to the ability to apply a strong mechanical external force in the water supply step 130 1302424585 Acolyte clothing fabric When the damage or noise is moving, the O4 seat OJ can be covered to avoid it. Therefore, in the water supply step, the supply is minimized to cause noise generation or to avoid the operation of fabric damage. In these modes, the detergent dissolves and washes (4) wet work (4) to achieve, so that in these modes, the drum can be driven to perform a swing operation, or the rolling operation time can be increased. [00404] Compared to other operations, the swaying operation can reduce the movement of the laundry in the drum and it can reduce the fabric caused by the friction of the laundry and the friction between the laundry and the drum. damage. Further, the rolling operation induces the laundry to roll along the inner surface of the drum without causing an impact due to the sudden drop of the laundry. [〇_If the detergent dissolves and the detergent is wetted in the water supply step] The cycle step for circulating the wash water may be provided in at least a predetermined step. This - cycling step can be performed throughout the water supply step, or at a predetermined stage of the water supply step. 1.3 Heating: Washing water to be washed. In the heating step, [嶋] in a heating step, a drum driving operation is provided for driving the heater to provide heat generated by the barrel (four) conduction heater to heat the supply roller to drive according to the rollover operation, The drum is continuously rotated in a predetermined direction. If the direction of rotation of the drum changes, a thirst will occur with the wash water and the heat transfer efficiency may be reduced. If the amount of laundry is less than a predetermined amount of laundry, the drum 131 201124585 is driven to perform a rolling operation. The amount of laundry is the laundry level of the above or the cylinder is driven to perform the rolling operation. (4) The amount of laundry is less than the predetermined level, and the rolling operation can sufficiently heat the laundry. The amount of money to be washed is a predetermined level or more, and it is suitable to use a slanting operation of the slanting ancient and ancient shovel to rotate the drum at a relative speed. 1·4 cleaning:

_)η -清洗㈣會耗費清洗循環的最長㈣^在清洗 步驟中,待洗衣物㈣污物可大致,且清洗步驟的一滚筒 驅動運轉可為能以不同方式移動待洗衣物的一運轉。例 如’清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可為步進運轉及7或滾翻運轉 及/或滾動運轉的其中H組合。該些運轉的組合,可 對待洗衣物施加一強勁機械外力。特別是,在一少量的待 洗衣物的例子巾m轉的—組合可為有效的。 ⑽侧】清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉,可為過遽運轉和滾翻運 轉的一組合。此-滾筒驅動運轉可转地供應供給待洗衣 物的洗衣水W增進清洗效率,且可對待洗衣物均勻地施加 機械外力以增進清洗效率。這樣的—組合對—大的待洗衣 物的量可為有效的。 =0409]-加熱步驟係提供於清洗步驟之前,而洗衣水可在 清洗步驟中加熱以增進清洗效卜如果加熱洗衣水,可合 併滾筒驅動運轉。例如 如果驅動設於桶内的加熱器以加 132 201124585 然煞車的一滾筒驅動 熱洗衣水時,滾筒可能會依據沒有突 運轉而驅動。 f〇〇侧如上所述,在用來避免織物損傷和抑制噪音的產生 的模式中’能對待洗衣物施加一相對微弱機械外力的—運 轉也可提供於清洗步輝中。例如,上述模式的清洗步驟, 可執行旋擺運轉以減少噪音的產生和避免織物損傷。因 此,旋擺運轉的操作時間可能長於其他模式中的運轉。如 果清洗步驟是只透過旋擺運轉進行時,清洗效率可能會減 低’而可另外提供具有一強勁機械外力的一運轉。該具有 一強勁機械外力的運轉的操作時間可設定為短於具有微弱 機械外力的運轉的操作時間。 2·沖洗循環: [00411] 在沖洗循環中,供皮、 ^ ^滾靖驅動和排水步驟係反覆 地進行以沖洗附著於待 , 物的髒污物或去污劑殘留。因 此,冲洗循環的一滾筒驅動 、 逆轉可為能產生一類似擦洗作 / 冲洗循環的滾筒驅動運轉可為摩擦運 或旋擺運轉。摩擦運轉和旋擺運轉具有擦洗及不斷擺 _ 八中的效果,以増進沖洗能力。 [00412] 當滾筒係、驅叙&amp; — .. ’、 仃沖洗循環,用來循環裝於桶内的 洗衣水進入滾筒内部 禍環步驟和過濾運轉可一起執 订。亦即’洗衣水噴射到潢饩由 '衰筒内而待洗衣物以流動的水沖 133 201124585 洗。過渡運轉產生一強勁離心力,而可從待洗衣物連同洗 衣水分離去污劑與待洗衣物的辩污物。 [麵3]在沖洗循環中,藉由對待洗衣物施加機械外力,在 排水及/或中級自旋期間,洗衣水 J興乳泡一起排出。因 此,滾筒係驅動進行步進運轉或食 释飞滾翻運轉。藉由拋落舉起 的待洗衣物,可提高清洗效率 半且/包沬可順利地移除。滾筒 驅動運轉可依據洗衣量而所區別。 4, ^ ^ 亦P,在一小的待洗衣 物的量的例子中,執行步進運 , 座生 最大洛下距離。 在一大的待洗衣物的量的例子中,執行滾翻運轉。 [00414] &gt;上所述,在選擇的以 * . ^ , ,物知傷或抑制噪音的 產生的模式中,能對待洗衣物施加 運轉可提供於沖洗循環中。例如相對微弱機械外力的 模式的沖洗循環中。在選揠* 轉了&amp;供於該些 其可能減少沖洗循環的時’的模式中, 大量的時Η 例如,過滤運轉消耗一相對 八置的時間,而因此在 仰耵 的… 選擇的以減少整體清洗時間一心 的例子中,於沖洗循環的 模式 衰靖驅動步驟中可省略過據運轉。 3 ·自旋循環: 陶均在一自旋循 祐餘 筒係以一預定的哎#古 旋轉以移除包含在待洗衣物甲的水分,而白阿的速度 —待洗衣物解開糾結步自旋循環可包括 旋轉速度至一預定轉迷偏心率量測步驟以加快渡筒的 、。-適當的滚筒驅動運轉可依據的 134 201124585 每個步驟的目的而加以選擇。 %如,在待洗衣物解開 步驟中對待洗衣物施加—相對 口 相對強勁機械外力係為_的。 如果能施加一強勁機械外力的 的$轉提供於之前的沖洗循 環中,甚至具有一微弱機械卜 风卜力的一運轉即為足夠的。而 且,為了準確地測量偏心 ^ 用采,口著一早方向連續旋棘 滾筒的-滾筒驅動運轉可適用於偏心率量測步驟中。 • ν.新的模式 [00416】接著說明各種模式, 母個模式包括一清洗循環、一 沖洗循環及一自旋循環。然而 從每個槿了^依據的使用者的選擇 每模式切-單次循環。亦即,可以從 模式)省略該清洗循環,或從模式Β (極辨污物模^痛 略該沖洗循環,或從模式C (快速煮滞模式)省略亨自旋 推而廣之,提供於每個模式中的其中之—循環可讯 洗循環可設置為單的新Γ 衣物模式)的清 认置為早-的新的模式。在此例中, 能性衣物清洗。非為:主冰 稱為功 循㈣ …循環’在每個模式中提供的沖洗 衣或自旋循環可設定為新的模式。 [00417】冑然在清洗循環、沖洗德产Β -及自旋循環中,描述了 特疋的順序以說明每一個模式, 環可結合另一槿+μπ$ 式中的廷樣的循 另模式的循環,以建立新的模式。例 Α(標準模式)的沖洗循 &quot; 目旋循環’可結合模式B (極 135 201124585 辩巧物模式)的清洗循環,並設定為_新的模式。可替代 地,可從其他模式中選出每個循環。例如,模4 Α (標準 模式)㈣沖洗循環與模式M的自_環能結合模式B(極 髒污物模式h清洗循環,並設^為_新的模式。在此例 中用來連接循環的步驟可進行適當的調整或修改。_) η - cleaning (4) will consume the longest cleaning cycle (4) ^ In the cleaning step, the laundry (4) dirt can be approximated, and a drum driving operation of the cleaning step can be an operation that can move the laundry in different ways. For example, the drum driving operation of the 'cleaning step' may be a combination of the stepping operation and the 7 or the rolling operation and/or the rolling operation. The combination of these operations can apply a strong mechanical force to the laundry. In particular, a combination of a small amount of laundry to be washed may be effective. (10) Side] The drum drive operation of the cleaning step can be a combination of overrunning operation and rolling operation. This - the drum driving operation can rotatably supply the washing water supplied to the laundry to improve the cleaning efficiency, and the mechanical external force can be uniformly applied to the laundry to improve the cleaning efficiency. Such a combination of - large amounts of laundry to be effective can be effective. =0409] - the heating step is provided before the washing step, and the washing water can be heated in the washing step to enhance the cleaning effect. If the washing water is heated, the drum driving operation can be combined. For example, if the heater installed in the tank is driven by a drum of 132 201124585 and then the drum is driven by the drum, the drum may be driven according to no sudden operation. As described above, in the mode for avoiding fabric damage and suppressing the generation of noise, the operation of applying a relatively weak mechanical external force to the laundry can also be provided in the cleaning step. For example, in the cleaning step of the above mode, a swing operation can be performed to reduce noise generation and avoid fabric damage. Therefore, the operation time of the swing operation may be longer than the operation in other modes. If the cleaning step is performed only by the swing operation, the cleaning efficiency may be reduced' and an additional operation with a strong mechanical external force may be additionally provided. The operation time of the operation having a strong mechanical external force can be set shorter than the operation time of the operation having a weak mechanical external force. 2. Flushing cycle: [00411] In the flushing cycle, the feeding, the rolling, and the draining steps are repeated to rinse off the dirt or detergent residue attached to the object. Thus, a drum drive or reversal of the flush cycle can be a drum drive operation that produces a similar scrub/flush cycle that can be either a friction or a swing operation. The frictional operation and the whirl operation have the effect of scrubbing and continually swaying to the rinsing ability. [00412] When the drum system, the reeling &amp; -.. ', the 仃 flushing cycle, the washing water used to circulate in the tub enters the inside of the drum. The scavenging step and the filtering operation can be performed together. That is, the laundry water is sprayed into the 饩 饩 ' ' ' ' ' ' 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 The transitional operation produces a strong centrifugal force that separates the detergent and laundry from the laundry to the laundry. [Face 3] In the flushing cycle, by applying a mechanical external force to the laundry, the washing water J is discharged together during the drainage and/or intermediate spin. Therefore, the drum system drives the stepping operation or the food flyover operation. By lifting the lifted laundry, the cleaning efficiency can be improved and the package can be removed smoothly. The drum drive operation can be differentiated depending on the amount of laundry. 4, ^ ^ Also P, in the case of a small amount of laundry to be carried out, the stepping operation is carried out, and the maximum distance is set. In the case of a large amount of laundry, the rollover operation is performed. [00414] As described above, in the selected mode in which *. ^ , , the object is known to be harmful or the noise is suppressed, the laundry can be applied to the washing cycle. For example, in a flush cycle with a mode of weak mechanical external force. In the mode of selecting *turned &amp; for the time when it is possible to reduce the flushing cycle, a large number of times, for example, the filtering operation consumes a relative time of eight, and therefore in the backing... In the example of reducing the overall cleaning time, the operation can be omitted in the mode-sensing driving step of the flushing cycle. 3 · Spin cycle: Tao Jun in a spin cycle of the remaining cylinder with a predetermined 哎 #古旋转 to remove the moisture contained in the laundry, and the speed of the white - the laundry to untie the entanglement step The spin cycle can include a rotational speed to a predetermined eccentricity eccentricity measurement step to speed up the transfer. - Appropriate drum drive operation can be selected based on the purpose of each step 134 201124585. For example, in the laundry unpacking step, the laundry is applied - the relative port is relatively strong and the mechanical external force is _. If a $ turn that can apply a strong mechanical force is provided in the previous flush cycle, even a run with a weak mechanical force is sufficient. Moreover, in order to accurately measure the eccentricity, the drum-driving operation of the continuous spine roller in the early morning direction can be applied to the eccentricity measuring step. • ν. New Mode [00416] Next, various modes are illustrated. The master mode includes a wash cycle, a flush cycle, and a spin cycle. However, from each user's choice of the basis of the ^ cut per mode - a single cycle. That is, the cleaning cycle can be omitted from the mode, or from the mode Β (the smear of the smear of the smear, or the mode C (rapid stagnation mode) is omitted) In each mode, the cycle can be set to the new mode of the new-clothing mode. In this case, the energy laundry is cleaned. Not: Main ice is called power cycle (4) ... cycle 'The rinse cloth or spin cycle provided in each mode can be set to the new mode. [00417] In the cleaning cycle, the flushing deuterium - and the spin cycle, the order of the features is described to illustrate each mode, and the ring can be combined with another mode of the 槿 + μπ$ The loop to build new patterns. Example Α (Standard mode) The rinsing cycle &quot; whirl cycle' can be combined with the cleaning cycle of mode B (polar 135 201124585 narration mode) and set to _new mode. Alternatively, each cycle can be selected from other modes. For example, modulo 4 Α (standard mode) (4) flush cycle and mode M's self-loop can be combined with mode B (very dirty mode h cleaning cycle, and set to _ new mode. In this case used to connect the loop The steps can be adjusted or modified as appropriate.

[⑽綱此外,新的模式可基於待洗衣物的耗力和條件來設 定。圖22至圖24顯示了用來決定標準模式、強勁運轉模 式(極髒污物模式,快速煮濟模式及冷洗模式),以及輕柔 運轉模S (彩&amp;的、纖細的或羊毛模式)㈣些運轉的該 些步驟、效果及條件。依據所希望的效果及條件,該些滾 旖的運轉可在標準模式、強勁運轉模式及輕柔運轉模式之 間互換地選擇,以創造新的模式。本發明和特徵可以進一 步應用到滾筒式乾衣機的一運轉,其中,例如,公佈於美 國專利公告號:2009/0126222 , 201〇/〇〇〇568〇 和 2010/01625 86,其全部内容係併入本案作為參考。 [00419]任何參考本說明書「一具體實施例」、「例示具體實 施例」等’是指與包括在本發明至少一具體實施例中的具 體實施例相關的一特定的功能、結構、或特徵的描述。這 些出現在說明書中各處的詞組並不一定都指向相同的具體 實施例。此外,當一特定的功能、結構、特徵或與任何具 體實施例相關的描述,據以認為一熟習該技藝之人在權利 136 201124585 範圍内的對功能、&amp;磁 、·,。構、特徵或與其他與那些具體實施例 相關的改變》 [00420】$然具體實施例係與一數量的參考具體實施例揭 露如上’它應該被理解,在不棒離本揭露之原則的精神和 範嘴下_多其他的修改和具體實施例可以被熟悉該項技 藝者所想出。更多特定的、各種變化和修改係揭露可能的 成卩刀及/或女排,係為圖式和附加的權利要求的範圍内 •的組合。除了各個組成部分及/或安排的變化和修改,替代 性的用途對該些熟悉技藝者也將是顯而易見。 【圖式簡單說明】 參照以下圖式詳細說明本發明之具體實施例,相同的 參考數字符號是指相同的元件,其中: 圖1係本案所具體及充分描述的一例示的洗衣機之一 分解圖; 圖2係本案所具體及充分描述的另一例示的洗衣機之 一分解圖; 圖3A-3G、圖4A-4D、圖5A-5F及圖6係繪示本案所 具體及充分描述的不同的滾筒運轉及洗衣作動模式; 圖7-2 1係續·示與本案充分描述的具體實施例相符的包 括如圖3A-3G、圖4A-4D、圖5A-5F及圖6所示之滾筒運 轉的不同操作模式的流程圖;以及 137 201124585 圖22-24繪示用來決定運轉的作用及條件。 【主要元件符號說明】 100 :洗衣機 110 :機櫃 113 :門 114 :開口 11 5 :控制面板 11 7 :模式選擇區 118 :選項選擇區 119 :顯示區 120 :桶 130 :滾筒 131 :通孔 φ 1 3 5 :升降桿 140 :馬達 200 :桶前部 220 :桶後部 230 :桶背 250 :後部墊圈 280 :柔性材料(前墊圈) 300 :滾筒前部 138 201124585 310 : 320 : 330 : 340 : 350 : 351 : 400 : 450[(10) In addition, the new mode can be set based on the labor and conditions of the laundry. Figure 22 to Figure 24 show the standard mode, strong operation mode (very dirty mode, fast cooking mode and cold wash mode), and gentle running mode S (color &amp; slender or wool mode) (4) The steps, effects and conditions of some operations. Depending on the desired effect and condition, the operation of the rollers can be interchanged between standard mode, strong mode of operation and gentle mode of operation to create new modes. The present invention and features can be further applied to an operation of a tumble dryer, which is disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Publication Nos.: 2009/0126222, 201〇/〇〇〇568〇 and 2010/01625 86, the entire contents of which are Incorporate this case as a reference. [00419] Any reference to "a specific embodiment", "exemplary embodiment", or the like, in the specification, refers to a particular function, structure, or feature associated with a particular embodiment included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. description of. The phrases appearing throughout the specification are not necessarily all referring to the specific embodiments. In addition, a particular function, structure, feature, or description relating to any specific embodiment is believed to be a function, &amp; magnetic, in the context of the right of the 136 201124585. STRUCTURE, FEATURES, OR OTHER RELATIONSHIPS RELATING TO OTHER SPECIFIC EMBODIMENTS [00420] </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> And other variations and specific embodiments can be imagined by those skilled in the art. More specific, various changes and modifications are disclosed as possible combinations of knives and/or women's volleyballs within the scope of the drawings and the appended claims. Alternative uses will also be apparent to those skilled in the art, in addition to variations and modifications in the various components and/or arrangements. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT OF THE INVENTION The detailed description of the embodiments of the present invention is the same as the Figure 2 is an exploded view of another exemplary washing machine specifically and fully described in the present invention; Figures 3A-3G, Figures 4A-4D, Figures 5A-5F and Figure 6 illustrate different and specific descriptions of the present invention. Drum operation and laundry operation mode; Figure 7-2 1 continues to show the drum operation as shown in Figures 3A-3G, 4A-4D, 5A-5F and 6 in accordance with the specific embodiment fully described in this case. Flowchart of different modes of operation; and 137 201124585 Figures 22-24 illustrate the roles and conditions used to determine operation. [Main component symbol description] 100: Washing machine 110: Cabinet 113: Door 114: Opening 11 5: Control panel 11 7: Mode selection area 118: Option selection area 119: Display area 120: Bucket 130: Roller 131: Through hole φ 1 3 5 : lifting rod 140 : motor 200 : barrel front portion 220 : barrel rear portion 230 : barrel back 250 : rear washer 280 : flexible material (front washer) 300 : drum front portion 138 201124585 310 : 320 : 330 : 340 : 350 : 351 : 400 : 450

600 球平衡器 滚筒中心 球平衡器 滾筒後部 星形輪 軸桿 承載機殼 500 、 510 、 520 底座 530 :懸吊器600 Ball Balancer Roller Center Ball Balancer Rear Roller Star Wheel Shaft Load Carrying Case 500, 510, 520 Base 530: Suspension

139139

Claims (1)

201124585 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種配置以實施複數個清洗模式的洗衣機,該些 複數個清洗模式包含: 一標準模式,具有一第一預定清洗能力; 至少一柔弱模式,具有小於該標準模式之該第一預定 清洗能力的一第二預定清洗能力;以及 至少一強勁模式,具有小於該標準模式之該第一預定 清洗能力的—第三預定清洗能力’其中該至少-強勁模式 包含具有一強勁清洗能力的至少一強勁運轉。 2.如求項1之洗衣機,其中一標準運轉包含一滾 動運轉或滾翻運轉的至少__者,於該滾動運轉中該滾筒 係以帛預&amp;旋轉速度旋轉’於該滾翻運轉t該滾筒係 、第預又旋轉速度的一第二預定旋轉速度旋轉, u至/ 5¾¾運轉具有一較強勁的清洗能力相較於該滚 動運轉或該滾翱運轉的至少一者。 3. 如請求, . , 項1之洗衣機,其中該強勁運轉包含— 進運轉,丨包^下步驟: ’ 第預疋旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得最初位於— 初始位置的該滾M 、 該 同上之一參考點繞一旋轉軸旋轉,其中 參考點係在該滾妗&gt; ,· 、 展崎之一側上的任_點; 140 201124585 當該參考點繞該滾筒的該旋轉軸行經一第一預定距離 時,改變該滾筒的該旋轉速度; 恢復該滾筒以一第二預定旋轉速度的旋轉;以及 當該參考點繞該滾筒的該旋轉軸行經一第二預定距離 時,改變該滾筒的該旋轉速度’使得該滾筒的該參考點回 到實質位於該初始位置的一位置。 • 4.如請求項3之洗衣機,其中該第一與第二預定旋 轉速度係實質相等,且該第一與第二預定距離係實質相等。 5·如請求項3之洗衣機,其中該第一與第二預定距 離合併約等於繞該滚筒的該旋轉轴36〇度。 6. 如請求項3之洗衣機,其中該改變該滾筒的該旋 ® 轉速度的步驟,包含下述步驟之至少一者:於一預定期間 減低該滾筒的該旋轉速度,於一預定期間暫停該滾筒的旋 轉’及沿著相對於該滾筒的該旋轉方向的一方向上施加一 反轉扭矩’以瞬間停止該滾筒。 7. 如請求項1之洗衣機,其中該強勁運轉包含一摩 擦運轉’其包含以下步驟: 141 201124585 (a) Μ —第—預定旋轉速度沿著一第一方向旋轉該滾 筒使得最初位於_初始位置的該滾筒上之—參考點繞胃 轉軸旋轉至—第—預定位置,其中該參考點係在該浪筒 之一側上的任一點; ° (b)當該參考點到達該第一預定位置,改變該滾筒的該 旋轉方向並以該第—預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第一方向201124585 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A washing machine configured to implement a plurality of cleaning modes, the plurality of cleaning modes comprising: a standard mode having a first predetermined cleaning capability; and at least one weak mode having a smaller than the standard mode a second predetermined cleaning capability of the first predetermined cleaning capability; and at least one strong mode having a third predetermined cleaning capability that is less than the first predetermined cleaning capability of the standard mode, wherein the at least-strong mode comprises one At least one strong operation of strong cleaning ability. 2. The washing machine of claim 1, wherein a standard operation comprises at least one of a rolling operation or a roll-over operation, wherein the roller is rotated at a 帛 pre &amp; rotational speed during the rolling operation. And a second predetermined rotational speed of the pre-rotational speed, the u to /53⁄43⁄4 operation having a relatively strong cleaning capability compared to at least one of the rolling operation or the rolling operation. 3. The washing machine of claim 1, wherein the strong operation comprises-in operation, the bag is carried out, and the step of: 'the first rotation speed rotates the drum so that the roll M is initially located at the initial position, the same as above One of the reference points is rotated about a rotation axis, wherein the reference point is at any point on the side of the roll, and one side of the exhibition; 140 201124585 when the reference point is wound around the axis of rotation of the drum Changing the rotational speed of the drum at a predetermined distance; recovering the rotation of the drum at a second predetermined rotational speed; and changing the drum when the reference point travels a second predetermined distance around the rotational axis of the drum The rotational speed 'by causing the reference point of the drum to return to a position substantially at the initial position. 4. The washing machine of claim 3, wherein the first and second predetermined rotational speeds are substantially equal, and the first and second predetermined distances are substantially equal. 5. The washing machine of claim 3, wherein the first and second predetermined distances are combined to be approximately equal to about 36 degrees of rotation about the axis of rotation of the drum. 6. The washing machine of claim 3, wherein the step of changing the rotational speed of the drum comprises at least one of the steps of: reducing the rotational speed of the drum for a predetermined period of time, and suspending the predetermined period of time The rotation of the drum 'and a reverse torque 'in one direction with respect to the direction of rotation of the drum to stop the drum instantaneously. 7. The washing machine of claim 1, wherein the powerful operation comprises a frictional operation comprising the following steps: 141 201124585 (a) Μ - a predetermined rotational speed rotating the drum in a first direction such that it is initially located at the initial position The reference point on the drum is rotated about the stomach axis to a -first predetermined position, wherein the reference point is at any point on one side of the wave barrel; ° (b) when the reference point reaches the first predetermined position Changing the direction of rotation of the drum and following the first predetermined direction of rotation relative to the first direction 的-第二方向旋轉該滾筒’使得該滾筒之該參考點繞回智 過該初始位置而朝向一第二預定位置; ⑷當該參考點到達該第二預定位置,改變該滾筒的該 旋轉方向並沿著該第—方向旋轉該滾筒’使得該參考點繞 回朝向該初始位置;以及 、⑷在步驟⑷、步驟(b)或步驟⑷之至少—者的期間, 運用以下之任一或多個條件: (i) 沿著該第一與第二方向 々门的这澴筒的一旋轉速度係大 於每分鐘45轉(45 RPM);或者 (ii) 該滾请之該參考點传夫於奸兮、 你大於從該初始位置至該第一 及第二預定位置的一 90度絕對值;或者 (iii) 改變該滾筒的該旋韓方内 熒轉方向,其包含對驅動該滾筒 的一馬達煞車或改變該馬達之一旋棘 旋轉方向以對該滾筒施加 一反轉扭矩。 142 201124585 8.如請求項7之洗衣機,其中沿著一第一方向μ ^ 該滾筒及沿著一哲 考帛方向%轉 第二方向旋轉該滾筒的步驟,包含驅動 接至該滾筒的 J的一馬達以從該馬達分別沿著該第一及第二 向提供旋轉六 _ ,且以大於一參考旋轉速度的旋轉速度沿著 該第及第二方向旋轉該滚筒的步驟。 9如請求項7之洗衣機,其中改變該滾筒的該旋轉 方向的步驟,^ A 匕3當該參考點到達該第一及第二預定位置 時對該馬達施加— …、車力的步驟,以及沿著一相反方向旋 轉·該馬達以改變# 叉邊展肖的該旋轉方向的步驟。 如明求項7之洗衣機,其中,在該第一及第二預 ^置該滾筒之該參考點係大於從該初始位置的90度, 且小於從該初始位置的1 80度。 U•如吻求項7之洗衣機,其中,在該第一及第二預 置該滾筒之該參考點係大於從該初始位置的120度。 .種配置以實施複數個清洗模式的洗衣機,該些 複數個清洗模式包含: 標準模式,具有一第-預定操作時間; 143 201124585 至少 作時間的具有小於該標準模式之該第—預定操 預定操作時間;以及 至少 之該第一預定 強勁模式,具有小於該標準模式 操作時間的一笛3 a ^ 第二預疋操作時間,其中該至少—強 包含具有一相攻功模式 相對短的操作時間的至少一強勁運轉。 13 &gt; 如請求項12之洗衣機,其中—標準運轉包含—滾 動運轉或-滾翻運轉的至少―者,於該滾動運轉中該滾筒 係以第-預定旋轉速度旋轉,於該滾翻運轉巾該滾筒係 以大於該第一預定旋轉速度的一第二預定旋轉速度旋轉, 且該至夕-強勁運轉具有__較強勁的清洗能力相較於該滾 動運轉或該滾翻運轉的至少一者。 14.如請求項13之洗衣機,其中至少一強勁運轉包 • 含: 一步進運轉,其包含(3)(丨)以大於該第一及第二預定旋 轉速度的一第三預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,(Η)在一第一預 疋位置暫停該滾筒的旋轉一預定期間,以及(丨丨丨)重複步驟 (a)(i)及(a)(ii);或者 一摩擦運轉,其包含(b)(i)以一第四預定旋轉速度沿著 該第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第二預定位置, (ii)以該第四預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第一方向的一第 144 201124585 達—第三預定位置,以及 二方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到 (iii)重複步驟(b)(i)及(b)(ii)。 15·如”月求項14之洗衣機,其中⑷⑴以該第三預定 旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒的步驟’包含沿著該第一方向旋轉該 滚筒的步㉟且其中(11)在—第—預定位置暫停該滾筒的旋 轉預定期間的步驟,包含暫時停止該滾筒的旋轉於轉至Rotating the drum in a second direction such that the reference point of the drum wraps around the initial position toward a second predetermined position; (4) when the reference point reaches the second predetermined position, changing the direction of rotation of the drum And rotating the drum along the first direction to cause the reference point to wrap back toward the initial position; and, (4) during at least one of step (4), step (b) or step (4), using any one or more of the following Conditions: (i) a rotational speed of the cylinder along the first and second directions is greater than 45 revolutions per minute (45 RPM); or (ii) the reference point of the rolling is communicated to a sinister, you are greater than a 90 degree absolute value from the initial position to the first and second predetermined positions; or (iii) changing the direction of the rotation of the drum in the Korean side, which includes a pair of driving the drum The motor brakes or changes the direction of rotation of the spine of the motor to apply a reverse torque to the drum. The washing machine of claim 7, wherein the step of rotating the drum along a first direction μ ^ the drum and rotating in a second direction along a philanthropic direction comprises: driving one of the Js connected to the drum The motor rotates the drum in the first and second directions at a rotational speed greater than a reference rotational speed by providing a rotation six _ from the motor along the first and second directions, respectively. 9. The washing machine of claim 7, wherein the step of changing the direction of rotation of the drum, the step of applying a force to the motor when the reference point reaches the first and second predetermined positions, and The motor is rotated in an opposite direction to change the direction of the rotation of the fork. The washing machine of claim 7, wherein the reference point of the first and second pre-set rollers is greater than 90 degrees from the initial position and less than 1 80 degrees from the initial position. U. The washing machine of claim 7, wherein the reference point of the first and second pre-set rollers is greater than 120 degrees from the initial position. a washing machine configured to implement a plurality of cleaning modes, the plurality of cleaning modes comprising: a standard mode having a first-predetermined operation time; 143 201124585 at least a time having a predetermined operation that is less than the standard mode a time; and at least the first predetermined strong mode having a flute 3 a ^ second pre-operation time less than the standard mode operating time, wherein the at least-strong includes a relatively short operating time with a phase-attack mode At least one strong operation. The washing machine of claim 12, wherein the standard operation comprises at least one of a rolling operation or a rolling operation, wherein the roller rotates at a first predetermined rotation speed during the rolling operation, and the roller is rotated by the roller Rotating at a second predetermined rotational speed greater than the first predetermined rotational speed, and the overnight-strong operation has at least one of a stronger cleaning capability than at least one of the rolling operation or the rolling operation. 14. The washing machine of claim 13, wherein the at least one strong running package comprises: a stepping operation comprising: (3) (丨) rotating the third predetermined rotational speed greater than the first and second predetermined rotational speeds Roller, (Η) pauses the rotation of the drum at a first pre-twisting position for a predetermined period of time, and (丨丨丨) repeats steps (a) and (a) (ii); or a frictional operation, which includes (b) (i) rotating the drum in the first direction at a fourth predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches a second predetermined position, (ii) at the fourth predetermined rotational speed along the first direction One of the 144th 201124585 reaches the third predetermined position, and rotates the drum in two directions until the drum reaches (iii) repeating steps (b)(i) and (b)(ii). 15. The washing machine of "Fourth Item 14, wherein (4) (1) the step of rotating the drum at the third predetermined rotational speed comprises "step 35 of rotating the drum along the first direction and wherein (11) is at - a predetermined position a step of suspending the rotation of the drum for a predetermined period of time, including temporarily stopping the rotation of the drum to 約180度,並接著恢復該滚筒以該第三預定旋轉速度沿著 該第一方向的旋轉的步驟。 16.如明求項15之洗衣機,纟中暫時停止該滾筒的旋 轉的步驟’包含在恢復該滾筒以該第三預定旋轉速度沿著 〜第方向的旋轉之前,施加一反轉扭矩以產生該滚筒的 一突然煞車的步驟。 如吻求項14之洗衣機,其中(b)(i)以該第四預定 旋轉速度著該第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第 一預疋位置的步驟,包含以該第四預定旋轉速度沿著該第 方向旋轉該滾筒超過90度,直到該滾筒到達該第二預定 位置的步驟。 145 201124585 18.如請求項17+ + 之洗衣機,其中(b)(ii)以該第四預定 旋轉速度沿著相對 、这第一方向的該第二方向旋轉該滾筒 直到該滚筒到該第二 a 〜頂疋位置的步驟,包含旋轉該滚筒約 240度至該第三預 J只疋位置的步驟。 19. -種配置以實施複數個清洗模式的洗衣機,該些 複數個清洗模式包含:About 180 degrees, and then the step of rotating the drum in the first direction at the third predetermined rotational speed is resumed. 16. The washing machine of claim 15, wherein the step of temporarily stopping the rotation of the drum comprises: applying a reverse torque to restore the drum before the rotation of the drum at the third predetermined rotational speed in the ~first direction The step of a sudden brake on the drum. The washing machine of claim 14, wherein (b) (i) rotating the drum at the fourth predetermined rotational speed in the first direction until the drum reaches a first pre-twist position, including the fourth predetermined rotation The speed rotates the drum more than 90 degrees in the first direction until the drum reaches the second predetermined position. 145. The invention relates to a washing machine of claim 17+, wherein (b) (ii) rotates the drum in the second direction opposite to the first direction at the fourth predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches the second The step of a ~ top position includes the step of rotating the drum from about 240 degrees to the third pre-J position. 19. A washing machine configured to implement a plurality of cleaning modes, the plurality of cleaning modes comprising: 一標準模式 具有一第一預定噪音等級; /、寻模式具有小於該標準模式之該第一預定嗓 音等級的-第二預定噪音等級;以及 至少-強勁模式,具有大於該標準模式之該第一預定 噪音等級的一第三預定噪音等級 包含具有一相對高的噪音等級的 ’其中該至少一強勁模式 至少一強勁運轉。a standard mode having a first predetermined noise level; /, the seek mode having a second predetermined noise level that is less than the first predetermined arpeggio level of the standard mode; and at least a strong mode having the first greater than the standard mode A third predetermined noise level of the predetermined noise level includes 'having a relatively high noise level, wherein the at least one strong mode is at least one strong operation. 2 0.如請求項 轉低的噪音等級的 包含以下步驟: 19之洗衣機,其中具有比至少一強勁運 一第一標準運轉,包含一滾動運轉,其 一方向旋轉該滾筒約 以一第一預定旋轉速度沿著一第 90度至一第一預定位置; 暫時暫停該滾筒的旋轉於該第一預定位置,使得該滚 筒内的待洗衣物從該第一預定位置被拋落至該滾筒内一較 低的位置; 146 201124585 及 〜預定循環 在該第—預定位置恢復該滚筒的旋轉;以 重複該些旋轉、暫停及恢復步驟直到超過 時間。 21 J, 至少一強 〜滾翻運2 0. The noise level of the request item is reduced by the following steps: The washing machine of 19, which has a first standard operation than at least one powerful one, includes a rolling operation, and rotates the roller in a direction to a first predetermined Rotating speed along a 90th degree to a first predetermined position; temporarily suspending rotation of the drum at the first predetermined position, such that laundry in the drum is thrown from the first predetermined position into the drum Lower position; 146 201124585 and ~ the predetermined cycle resumes the rotation of the drum at the first - predetermined position; to repeat the rotation, pause and recovery steps until the time is exceeded. 21 J, at least one strong ~ roll over •如請求項19之洗衣機,其中提供具有比 勁運轉低的噪音等級的一第二標準運轉,包含 轉,其包含以下步驟: 以—第二預定旋轉速度沿著一第一方向旋轉誃 過9〇度至一篦- 袞琦超 人t 第二預定位置; 暫時暫V該滾筒的旋轉於該第二預定位置, ^ 1欠传該滾 3的待洗衣物從該第二預定位置被拋落至該滚筒内一較 低的位置; 恢復該滾筒沿著該第一方向的旋轉;以及 重複該些旋轉、暫停及恢復步驟直到超過一預定循環 時間。 如凊求項19之洗衣機,其中至少—強勁運轉包含 步進運轉’其包含以下步驟: 以—第三預定旋轉速度沿著一第一方向旋轉該滾筒約 180度至一第三預定位置; 147 201124585 暫時暫停該滾 筒内的待洗衣物從 低的位置; 筒的旋轉於該第三預定位置, 該第三預定位置被拋落至該滾A washing machine according to claim 19, wherein a second standard operation having a lower noise level than the energetic operation is provided, including a turn, comprising the steps of: rotating at a second predetermined rotational speed in a first direction 〇度至一篦 - 衮 Qi Superman t second predetermined position; temporarily temporarily V the rotation of the drum at the second predetermined position, ^ 1 the laundry that is owed to the roller 3 is thrown from the second predetermined position to a lower position within the drum; restoring rotation of the drum in the first direction; and repeating the steps of rotation, suspension and recovery until a predetermined cycle time is exceeded. The washing machine of claim 19, wherein at least the strong operation comprises a stepping operation, comprising the steps of: rotating the drum by a first predetermined rotational speed by a first predetermined rotational speed of about 180 degrees to a third predetermined position; 201124585 temporarily suspending the laundry in the drum from a low position; rotating the drum at the third predetermined position, the third predetermined position being thrown to the roll 筒内 滾 恢復該滾筒沿著該第一方向的旋轉;以及 重複該些輯、暫停及恢❹驟直到超過—預定猶壤In-cylinder roll to restore the rotation of the drum along the first direction; and repeat the series, pause and resume until the time exceeds - the predetermined 23.如π求項22之洗衣機,其中暫時暫停該滾筒的 轉於該第二預定位置的步驟,包含沿著相對於該第—方向 的-方向對該滚筒施加一反轉煞車扭矩以突然停止該滚筒 沿者該第-方向的該旋轉’並其後恢復該滾筒沿著該第一 方向的旋轉。 24·如吻求項19之洗衣機,其中具有最小量的噪音等 級的一運轉,包含—旋擺運轉,其包含以下步驟, 沿著一第-方向旋轉該滾筒,使得在該滾筒上的一參 考點以—第四預定旋轉速度從_㈣參考位置旋轉約;〇 度至一第四預定位置; ’使得該滾 滾筒内一較 暫時暫停該滾筒的旋轉於該第四預定位置 筒内的待洗衣物從該第四預定位置被拋落至該 低的位置; 148 201124585 沿著相對於該第一方向的一第二方向旋轉該滾筒,使 得該滾筒上之該參考點行經該初始參考位置至沿著該相對 方向相距該初始參考位置約9〇度的一第五預定位置;以及 暫時暫停該滾筒的旋轉於該第五預定位置,使得該滾 筒内的待洗衣物從該第五預定位置被㈣至該滾筒内一較 低的位置》 25.如請求項19之洗衣機,其中至少一強勁運轉包含 一摩擦運轉’其包含以下步驟: /σ著一第一方向旋轉該滾筒,使得在該滾筒上的一參 考點以一第五預定旋轉速度從一初始參考位置旋轉超過一 90度絕對值; 其後暫時暫停該滾筒的旋轉,使得該滾筒内的待洗衣 物從一目刖位置拋落至該滾筒内一較低的位置; 沿著相對於該第一方向的一第二方向旋轉該滾筒,使 得該滾筒上之該參考點行經該初始參考位置至沿著該相對 方向相距該初始參考位置超過一 90度絕對值的一位置;以 及 其後暫時暫停該滾筒的旋轉,使得該滾筒内的待洗衣 物從一目前位置拋落至該滾筒内一較低的位置。 14923. The washing machine of claim 22, wherein the step of temporarily suspending the rotation of the drum to the second predetermined position comprises applying a reverse braking torque to the drum in a direction relative to the first direction to abruptly stop The drum follows the rotation in the first direction and thereafter resumes rotation of the drum in the first direction. 24. The washing machine of claim 19, wherein the operation of the minimum amount of noise level comprises a spin-drying operation comprising the steps of rotating the drum in a first direction such that a reference on the drum The point is rotated by the fourth predetermined rotational speed from the _(four) reference position; the twist to a fourth predetermined position; 'so that the drum is temporarily suspended for the rotation of the drum in the fourth predetermined position. The object is thrown from the fourth predetermined position to the low position; 148 201124585 rotating the drum in a second direction relative to the first direction such that the reference point on the drum passes the initial reference position to the edge a fifth predetermined position in which the relative direction is about 9 degrees from the initial reference position; and temporarily suspending rotation of the drum at the fifth predetermined position such that laundry in the drum is (four) from the fifth predetermined position Up to a lower position in the drum. 25. The washing machine of claim 19, wherein at least one of the powerful operations comprises a frictional operation comprising the following steps: Rotating the drum in a direction such that a reference point on the drum is rotated from an initial reference position by more than a 90 degree absolute value at a fifth predetermined rotational speed; thereafter, the rotation of the drum is temporarily suspended, such that the drum is to be washed The object is dropped from a sight position to a lower position in the drum; the drum is rotated in a second direction relative to the first direction such that the reference point on the drum passes the initial reference position to a position in which the relative direction is more than a 90 degree absolute value from the initial reference position; and thereafter temporarily suspending rotation of the drum such that the laundry in the drum is dropped from a current position to a lower position in the drum position. 149
TW99126791A 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Laundry machine TWI432624B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (15)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020090073960A KR101625046B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073826A KR101155001B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090073827A KR101611279B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073959A KR101595027B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073976A KR20110016326A (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090073977A KR101638901B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073978A KR101092454B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073981A KR101632210B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073828A KR101674935B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073980A KR20110016329A (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090073979A KR20110017468A (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090079827A KR101634179B1 (en) 2009-08-27 2009-08-27 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090080128A KR101712905B1 (en) 2009-08-27 2009-08-27 Control method of laundry machine
KR1020090079915A KR20110022363A (en) 2009-08-27 2009-08-27 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090105116A KR101731332B1 (en) 2009-11-02 2009-11-02 Method for washing and washing machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201124585A true TW201124585A (en) 2011-07-16
TWI432624B TWI432624B (en) 2014-04-01

Family

ID=43586295

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99126790A TWI424107B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126789A TWI429803B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126788A TWI410547B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126791A TWI432624B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Laundry machine

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99126790A TWI424107B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126789A TWI429803B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126788A TWI410547B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine

Country Status (11)

Country Link
EP (5) EP3130694A1 (en)
CN (2) CN102471972B (en)
AU (2) AU2010283168B2 (en)
BR (2) BR112012002451B1 (en)
ES (4) ES2608812T3 (en)
MX (2) MX2011012606A (en)
PL (3) PL2496750T3 (en)
RU (2) RU2497987C2 (en)
TW (4) TWI424107B (en)
UA (2) UA100209C2 (en)
WO (4) WO2011019195A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101590371B1 (en) 2009-02-16 2016-02-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Washing machine and washing method
CN105369549B (en) * 2014-08-20 2019-05-31 青岛海尔洗衣机有限公司 A kind of program for washing of roller washing machine
JP6435138B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2018-12-05 アクア株式会社 Drum washing machine
CN105648699B (en) * 2014-11-17 2018-04-20 无锡飞翎电子有限公司 Roller washing machine and its control method
JP6739215B2 (en) * 2015-05-25 2020-08-12 ローム株式会社 Motor drive circuit, vibration device, and electronic device
DE102016212525A1 (en) * 2016-07-08 2018-01-11 BSH Hausgeräte GmbH Laundry care device with a controller
CN109695124A (en) * 2017-10-20 2019-04-30 青岛海尔滚筒洗衣机有限公司 A kind of control method and washing machine of washing machine
KR102493162B1 (en) * 2017-11-08 2023-01-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Laundry treating appratus and controlling method thereof
KR102557579B1 (en) 2018-08-23 2023-07-20 엘지전자 주식회사 Control method for laundry washing machine
KR20200026062A (en) * 2018-08-30 2020-03-10 엘지전자 주식회사 Washing machine and controlling method therefor
DE102018122462A1 (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-19 Miele & Cie. Kg Method and device for operating a cleaning device and cleaning device
JP7442114B2 (en) * 2019-05-10 2024-03-04 青島海爾洗衣机有限公司 washing machine
CN110106663A (en) * 2019-06-15 2019-08-09 国武时代国际文化传媒(北京)有限公司 For the efficient washing methods of light clothes
CN112760911B (en) * 2020-12-24 2022-01-11 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Control method and device of washing machine, storage medium and processor
DE102021132564A1 (en) 2021-12-09 2023-06-15 Miele & Cie. Kg Method and control unit for operating a dryer and dryer

Family Cites Families (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2045514A1 (en) * 1970-09-08 1972-03-09 Siemens Elektrogeraete Gmbh Method for spinning laundry in drum washing machines
DE2416518A1 (en) * 1974-04-03 1975-10-30 Bosch Siemens Hausgeraete Washing machine spin-drying process - has an intermediate water introduction phase to loosen clothing from drum mantle
SU1694744A1 (en) * 1985-07-30 1991-11-30 Московский Прожекторный Завод Method of washing textiles in drum-type washing machines
IT1204219B (en) * 1986-03-11 1989-03-01 Zanussi Elettrodomestici LINEN AND WASHING MACHINE PROCESSING PROCEDURE THAT REALIZES THIS PROCEDURE
JP2749371B2 (en) * 1989-05-20 1998-05-13 株式会社日立製作所 Fully automatic washing / drying machine
JP2834855B2 (en) * 1990-06-26 1998-12-14 三洋電機株式会社 Drum type washing machine
IT1256274B (en) * 1991-11-11 1995-11-29 Zanussi Elettrodomestici LINEN TREATMENT PROCESS FOR WASHING MACHINE AND LINEN DRYER.
DE4310595A1 (en) * 1993-03-31 1994-10-06 Bosch Siemens Hausgeraete Washing machine with a reversing laundry drum
IT1268525B1 (en) * 1993-06-18 1997-03-04 Zanussi Elettrodomestici MACHINE FOR WASHING WITH PERFECTED RINSING CYCLES
IT1267586B1 (en) * 1994-09-28 1997-02-07 Zanussi Elettrodomestici WASHING MACHINE WITH PERFECTED ANTI-UNBALANCING DEVICE
JPH08299658A (en) * 1995-05-12 1996-11-19 Toshiba Corp Drum type washing machine
KR100206777B1 (en) * 1996-03-05 1999-08-02 구자홍 Motor control method of washing machine
DE19619603B4 (en) * 1996-05-15 2005-11-24 AEG Hausgeräte GmbH Method for influencing the mechanics acting on the laundry located in a washing machine or a laundry drying machine and washing machine or laundry drying machine for carrying out the method
EP1111117B2 (en) * 1999-12-23 2008-07-02 Diehl AKO Stiftung &amp; Co. KG Method for positioning a washing machine drum in a target position
US6737828B2 (en) * 2001-07-19 2004-05-18 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Washing machine motor drive device
KR20040006252A (en) * 2002-07-11 2004-01-24 삼성전자주식회사 Shoes washing control method for washing machine
DE10234473A1 (en) * 2002-07-29 2004-02-12 BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH A method for acceleration of the absorption of water in the dry wash load of an automatic washing machine, using a controlled sequence of alternate direction tumbles at different speeds
CN1521305A (en) * 2003-02-14 2004-08-18 乐金电子(天津)电器有限公司 Washing method of washing machine
DE10326551A1 (en) * 2003-06-12 2005-01-05 BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH Washing and rinsing process for a washing machine
US7673358B2 (en) * 2003-09-26 2010-03-09 Miele & Cie Kg. Method of controlling the revolutions of the drum of a program controlled laundry machine
KR20050061701A (en) * 2003-12-18 2005-06-23 주식회사 대우일렉트로닉스 Method for controlling drive motor of drum type washing machine
JP4111168B2 (en) * 2004-05-18 2008-07-02 松下電器産業株式会社 Drum washing machine
NZ552422A (en) * 2006-12-21 2009-09-25 Fisher & Paykel Appliances Ltd Laundry appliance including control means which energises a motor to evenly distribute a load in response to signals from load sensors
JP4100576B1 (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-06-11 松下電器産業株式会社 Drum washing machine
JP4402122B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2010-01-20 パナソニック株式会社 Drum washing machine
JP4851955B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2012-01-11 パナソニック株式会社 Drum washing machine
EP1983088A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2008-10-22 Whirlpool Corporation A method for rinsing fabric in a washer and washer adapted to carry out this method.
EP1995366B1 (en) * 2007-05-21 2015-05-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Washing machine and control method of maintaining a balanced state of laundry thereof
US20090145172A1 (en) * 2007-12-10 2009-06-11 Bsh Home Appliances Corporation Washing machine with ultraviolet protection cycle

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201124587A (en) 2011-07-16
TW201124584A (en) 2011-07-16
CN102471972B (en) 2014-09-10
ES2608812T3 (en) 2017-04-17
TWI432624B (en) 2014-04-01
EP2496747A2 (en) 2012-09-12
MX349451B (en) 2017-07-31
BR112012002347A2 (en) 2016-05-31
MX2011012606A (en) 2011-12-14
BR112012002451A2 (en) 2016-11-08
TWI429803B (en) 2014-03-11
EP2496747A4 (en) 2015-06-24
PL2496750T3 (en) 2018-03-30
UA100209C2 (en) 2012-11-26
PL2464778T3 (en) 2017-04-28
PL2464777T3 (en) 2017-04-28
CN102471972A (en) 2012-05-23
RU2011146829A (en) 2013-09-20
WO2011019195A2 (en) 2011-02-17
WO2011019196A3 (en) 2011-04-07
BR112012002347B1 (en) 2020-01-07
RU2011147906A (en) 2013-09-20
EP2464778A2 (en) 2012-06-20
AU2010283168B2 (en) 2014-01-16
WO2011019195A3 (en) 2011-04-21
EP2464777A2 (en) 2012-06-20
RU2499091C2 (en) 2013-11-20
EP2496750B1 (en) 2017-10-25
TW201124586A (en) 2011-07-16
EP2464778B1 (en) 2016-09-28
WO2011019199A2 (en) 2011-02-17
TWI424107B (en) 2014-01-21
CN102471976B (en) 2014-09-10
AU2010283168A1 (en) 2011-12-08
WO2011019197A1 (en) 2011-02-17
WO2011019196A2 (en) 2011-02-17
AU2010283165B2 (en) 2013-08-15
EP3130694A1 (en) 2017-02-15
EP2464777B1 (en) 2016-09-28
EP2496747B1 (en) 2019-10-02
AU2010283165A1 (en) 2011-12-01
ES2655588T3 (en) 2018-02-20
EP2464778A4 (en) 2015-07-01
EP2496750A1 (en) 2012-09-12
MX2011012259A (en) 2012-01-30
RU2497987C2 (en) 2013-11-10
UA103697C2 (en) 2013-11-11
ES2755887T3 (en) 2020-04-24
CN102471976A (en) 2012-05-23
TWI410547B (en) 2013-10-01
EP2464777A4 (en) 2015-06-24
ES2614489T3 (en) 2017-05-31
BR112012002451B1 (en) 2019-10-22
EP2496750A4 (en) 2015-07-01
WO2011019199A3 (en) 2011-04-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201124585A (en) Laundry machine
RU2497992C2 (en) Method of controlling washing machine (versions)
RU2516181C2 (en) Method of washing machine control
US8966944B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
US20110099731A1 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
RU2497988C2 (en) Method of controlling washing machine (versions)
US20110099730A1 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
US10533275B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
RU2520061C2 (en) Method of washing machine control

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees